154 INDEX.

Page Page

Sarcoptilus, Gray, 0. g. ..........00005 45 | Turbo gemmatus, Reeve, n. sp. ...... 50

Sarcoptilus grandis, Gray, n.sp. ... 45 histrio, Reeve, n. sp. .....2....+. 52

WLU onan eee any esas pi susesxeecesets 119 | ——Japonicus, Reeve, n. sp. ......... 51

SAE Y EN eo aso esa aen cian cRseaeee 115 laminiferus, Reeve, n. sp. ...... 49

Scalp clin viii eciss seaesttneiwcwasless 44 lugubris, Reeve, n. sp. ......... 50

Scheeniclus magnus, Gould, n.sp.... 39 Natalensis, Reeve, n. sp. .....- 49

Sciurus dorsalis, Gray, n. sp........-- 138 | —— nivosus, Reeve, n. sp.......22.-.- 51

SIME AEDT pods ae vee caveuesea tetas 53 | —— militaris, Reeve, n. sp. ......... 51

SEPRID AO Peco, repre. ot sone Sod see 27 murreus, feeve, n. sp. ......... 49

Spheriodactylus ...10......02.ceeeeseeee 61 porcatus, Reeve, n. sp. ......... 51

SPA QUTUBID noes assasccsss-crsssna tte 65 | —— pustulatus, Reeve, n. sp.......... 50

Squilla multicarinata, White, n. sp... 144 | —— pyropus, Reeve, n. SPs iio de sete.

STENORHYNCHUS, Owen .......0.00- 88 saxosus, Reeve, i. Sp.........0.-- 49

Streptaxis uberiformis, Pfr., n. sp... 108 trochoides, Reeve, n. sp. ...... 50

Strix passerina, Temm. ............... 37 | ——- tumidulus, Reeve, n. sp.......... 51

Strub hi Onde) <es.c3.seeo0on« eect 4,7 turcicus, Reeve, n. sp. .......-. 50

Sus Indicus, Gray .scsesdes.ccdsesceoke bow |) Pipinta ccetadss 6 gabe. d cwsstctlene oes 23

Taxnpea, Waterh.\ocss.+2.n90te oe ke 86) | Pupatnal cc. .cctsaseseces Ss arenes eae 23

Testudo mauritanica, Dum. et Bib. 38 | Ursipa, Grates Scsckzcctsotentheeeeeee 86

tabulata, Walb. csc... .icecevosceas 38s |) Unsina; Gray . 2.2... Seeder 75, 85

Thaliella, Gray, n. 2. .........eeeceeeee BAe) Orgs eee Bas ato ouice, Seca 75

Thaliella ornata, Gray ......006.0..05 Ad-| Unsus, 2annoci:. 25.56 eee 86

Thalurania, Gould, n. g. ...........0.05 13 | Vespertilio emarginatus, Brongn. ... 112

Thalurania viridipectus, Gould, n. Bps.-LS% |; VOBON, «5. caesusacsacueteo Ss hyenas ees 86

Thymallus vulgaris, Nils. ............ 38 | Vitrina abyssinica, Riipp., n.sp. ... 108

Totanus griseopygius, Gould, n. sp. 39 | —— apertas, Becher Me Spel. coonec oan 107

Tragelaphus Angasii, Gray, n. sp.... 89 | —— Beckiana, P/r., n. Bp set aee 105

TRICHECINA, GI@y .........c00cceees 85, 88 | —— Bensoni, P/fr., n. sp. ..........+- 107

(PRICHEGUS v-¥2.: cds < ene tne ees 88 | —— bicolor, Beck., n. sp. .......000+ 104

TUS OSMRIR Soc ood crotch test ene 44 crenularis, Beck., n. Sp. ...+..... 106

Trochilus amethysticollis ............ 12 | —— Cumingii, Beck., n. sp. ......... 104

BONGDGNERS sac... cascneessauevece 11 grandis, Beck., n. sp. ..-......... 108

caligatus, Gould, n. sp. ........- 14 Guimarasensis, Beck., n. sp. ... 104

— Clarisse, Boure. ...........0....0- 12 | —— gutta, P/r., n. sp. ...... see 105

—— cupripennis....... aaepeck. muse ie 12 hians, Ripp., n.sp. ....- matte 107

CTU LARONOLUS.\ 2. 5. cease arenes 14 | —— Leytensis, Beck., n. sp.......... 105

GUETINNG cos a soce kee aes baat 14 margarita, Beck., n. sp.......... 104

ROUANTROD sosascckvectdds.aeBeneiee 11 | —— monticola, Benson, n. sp. ...... 107

—— SANGENMN, on uso Sess teased 14 | —— papillata, Pfr., n. sp............. 106

NIGTOFASCIALUS. .....60e.ccaeceeeese 13 planulata, Pfr., n.sp. ..... -... 106

Pamela, 255 sno OR an acaas aces 12 | —— politissima, Beck., n.sp. ...... 105

SAUCE ON nes oa 2aade vanetenee est 14 | ——resiliens, Beck., n.sp. ........- 106

—— Spencei, Boure. ..........0....00+ 12 | ——rufescens, Pfr., n. sp. ......... 106

SCVOPRAIANUS.........000.ceseeceeees 12 Riippelliana, Pfr. ............06 107

Troglodytes Gorilla, Sav. ......... 53-56 smaragdulus, Beck., n. sp....... 104

NAGOT ics sotplloa stow te+sscae ss 27, 30-35 virens, Pfr., . Sp. sessee..-seeees 108

NIGER) |Ge0f...-<acccaacceecses ses thiOo || .9 VAVEXTASsconrseelt stloees ears aceeseeee 78

Savagei, Owen, n. sp. ......+04.- 2fh|)") VIBVAERIDAL oe Ans cne nn epnesnemaceteereed 87

—— SAVAGEI, Owen .......00...005 53-56 | Viverra malaccensis.............cseeeees 77

Turbo articulatus, Reeve, n.sp....... 51 | VIVERRIDAL...ccc..cecceeeeeeceeceee «.. 80

Circularis, Reeve, n. sp. ......... 51 | VIVERRINA ......ccccessesseeeeesecece cae 3287

corallinus, Reeve, n. sp.....++... DOH) VOUPES, Gray. icc. .scscs<ordetne ees 87

fluctuatus, Reeve, n. sp........+- 52

Printed by Ricnarp and Joun E, Taytor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

WITH ILLUSTRATIONS.

1849.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY ;

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,

AND BY MESSRS. LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

ye: Nee ‘bbs vag Hideo AE Gib to xiqerrgosto ft.

mre ayia bay? pation Moll a Wo doliqrvoaek bet

ig NOCHE ae.

mind

tae ‘4 ap a ». a “a tami: & ot ae:

igen:

a Re, ‘4

tel ah

“9

Ree

LIST

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Apams, A., Esq., R.N., F.L.S. page

Monograph of the Recent Species of T’rigonia, including

the description of a New Species from the Collection of H.

Caine Bag se RL es en Ses a eee: sa Roe

On the animal of Geomelania. . . ae eS

Descriptions of New Species of Shells fen the Collection

if Gt .Cuming;. Baga oss. os Ss Ae ae 8) eID

Bairp, W., M.D., F.L.S.

Monograph of the Family Limnadiade, a family of Ento-

mostracous Crustacea . .. . OG BG e: Helihy Om

Bianp, Dr., Corr. Memb.

CHG ie cg ce ap vce ch ab Pee dhe es kk bie oe

BonAPARTE, Prince.

On the Lorine Genus of Parrots, Aeclectus, with the de-

scription of a New Species, Eiclectus Cornelia . . . + ~ 142

Bourcuier, R. I., Esq., Corr. Memb.

Letters cutchh-durs) bisaaccateceh. cabionthe dct skated) nes esac oe hoe

BurTEerwortTH, Lieut.-Col.

Letter relating to the shipment of some additions to the

Society’s:Menagerie 89802.) 22 WN he PLO? Pe NT

Davy, Joun, M.D., F.R.S. L. & E.

Notice of a peculiarity of structure observed in the Aorta

of the Wild Swan (communicated by Mr. Gulliver) . . - 28

Doustepay, E., Esq., F.L.S.

Exhibition of specimens of the Larva, Pupa, and perfect

Insect, of Siver gigas «<4. ciny snows Yiselsnde alee, 28

Duncan, JoHN, =a H.M. Vice-Consul at Whydah. page

Letter. . . SUSY ets ome OG

Letter relating to his Tiegpiew ith ihe King of Dahomey 163

EvpuinsTon, A., Esq.

Letter relating to a Collection made for the Society in

Sie sec Sey d cite eve Comte nt eR ee ne

Forses, Prof. EpwArD, F.R.S. &e.

Introductory Note to Mr. Huxley's Paper on Trigonia . 30

Gasxotn, J. S., Esq.

Description of seven New Species of Marginella, and two

DE its oy he eee hay One Ae ORR MRR AE aR DE coe)

Gou cp, J., Esq., F.R.S.

Description of a New Species of Nutcracker . . . - - 23

Description of two New Species, with the characters of a

New Genus, of Zrochilide ... - 95

On New Species of Mammalia and Birds Aa janet 109

Descriptions of three New Species of Indian Birds. . . 112

Grace, W., Esq.

eter. . vs) aus “gms vs 3 eee aioe Ceo

Gray, G. R., Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of two examples of the Genus Gallus . . . . 62

On a New Species of the Genus Glareola. . . whe 63

Description of a New Species of the Genus Cultrides.. - 63

Gray, J. E., Esq., F.R.S.

Descriptions of three New Species of Delphinide . ee

On some New or little known Species of Monkeys. . - 7

Description of a New Species of Herpestes . . +. ~. + Il

Description of a New Species of Box-Tortoise from

Mexico . .« 16

Notes on the Skull of ee Henionsa sic vcs Kiting 29

On a very large Roe Deer (C. deucotis) in the collection

of the Earlof Derby . . -up-opitetat-tephad GM

On the Genus Bradypus of Binnie - of 65

Description of some Corals, including a new British Coral

discovered by W. MacAndrew, Esq. . . .. .- - + « 74

On the British Specimens of Regalecus . . . 78

On the variation in the Teeth of the Crested Seal (Coa

phora cristata), and on a New Species of the Genus from

the West Indies . . . oO AES: tee Oe OM

On the Species of Aha vw « SSG BE 0 Weekes

Gray, J. E., Esq., F.R.S.

On the Cyprea umbilicata and C. eximia of Sowerby. .

page

125

Description of a New Species of Gorgonia from Australia 146

Description of a New Genus and several New Species of

Terrestrial, Fluviatile and Marine Molluscous Animals in-

habiting New Zealand . - 164

Gutiiver, G., Esq., F.R.S.

Note on the Spermatozoa of the Giraffe x!

Guny, R., Esq.

On the Habitat of Cyprea umbilicata, Sowerby. In a

Letter to J. E. Gray, Esq. ae’, Sy del altle aie Caen ees

Harris, Lord, Governor of Trinidad.

Petier sis evilewiediot eo use») Site 64

Hay, J. Drummonp, Esq.

Letter offering to present Gazelles, and promising to trans-

mit the Reptiles found in the neighbourhood of Tangier . 62

Hirt, Ricwarp, Esq.

Letter relating to the subject of procuring Reptiles for

TRE SMMICLY ICOM SPAIAIGH cae te es iw ape te ee SOM

Hora, J. H., Esq:

Exhibition of a female specimen of Ovis Gmelini, from

‘TaQer Wieieueeestate CFU ose, siete, oo) gle es ise fa Od

Houxtey, G., Esq., R.N.

Description of the Animal of Trigonia, from actual dis-

section, with an introductory Note by Prof. E. Forbes, F.R.S. 30

Jonas, Dr.

Description of a New Species of the Genus Thracia. Com-

municated by H. Cuming, Esq. . ; 170

Keraart, W. C., Esq.

Letterseaet ae 91

Kepret, Hon. Capt., R.N.

Letter relating to a young female Uran Utan - 106

MELVILLE, Dr., M.R.C.S.

Continuation of his Observations concerning the Ideal

Vertebra Stee ERE ale dale F ettl sted h es. be fel kD

Oral exposition of Dr. Kaup’s views of the Natural Ar-

rangement of Birds . 94

} j

MircHELt, D. W., Esq., B.A., F.L.S., Sec.Z.S. page

Notice of a Hybrid pe Bat 25% hatched in the

Menagerie . . oS EIS LF, 2S CES. 7

Notice of a Hybrid Bull . OLN OY SE IO GOR Ree, 172

Morcuisoy, Sir R. I., G.C.St.S.

Letter relating to the Aurochs. . . . «©». » = - 32

Morray, Hon. C. A., H.M. Consul-General in Egypt.

Letters relating to Collections made in Egypt . 33, 64, 106

Letter relating to a Hippopotamus presented to the So-

ciety by HH. Abbas Pasha. . . . . . . . ~ « - 163

Partsy, Major.

Notice of the capture of Orthagoriscus Mola off the Chesil

iBank; Dorsetshire aie® tere cies hi Sahel Tans wae, 4, ee eG

PFEIFFER, Dr. L.

Descriptions of twenty-four New Species of Helicea, from

the Collection of H. Cuming, Esq. . . - : . £26

Descriptions of twelve New Species of Vitrina sd Sea

cinea, from the Collection of H. Cuming, Esq.. . . » 132

Descriptions of thirty New Species of Tornatellina, Cylin-

drella, and Clausilia, from the Collection of H. Cuming, Esq. 134

Reeve, Lovett, Esq., F.L.S.

Description of a New Species of Bulimus, from the Col-

lection of A. L. Gubba, Esq. of Havre . . .. . . 16

Descriptions of sixteen New Species of Bulimus, in the

Collection of H. Cuming, Esq., discovered by Mr. W. Lobb

in the Andes of Peru . . -~ .- pe ee ee Coe nee

Description of a New Species of ‘Gilera oe oh , age

Suaw, A. N., Esq.

Letters relating to Collections made at Bombay . . 33, 94

Sowersy, G., Esq., F.L.S. &c.

Description of a New Species of the Genus Tomigerus . 14

Description of two newly-discovered Species of Cyclostoma 15

Sowersy, G. B., Jun., Esq., F.L.S.

On a New Genus of Pholadida, with notices of several

New Species, and of a remarkable specimen of Pholas Calva

in Mr. Cuming Collectiony,. 4.2%. ‘<del / Guta

STEVENSON, Mrs.

Metter whe oer ceiich cote getter 3) com BEN 1, CTOs

Vii

Turner, H. N., Jun., Esq. p page

Notes on the dissection of the Paradoxurus typus and of

Dipus Agyptius . 2m

On the Evidences of Affinity afforded me tlie ‘Skull. in the

Ungulate Mammalia Weert amet” fal 3 . 147

TweepikE, J. N., Esq., Corr. Memb.

Letter relating to Collections made at Hayti . 33

Tyxer, Lieut. R. E.

Wettersis daar jee, 4 045-945 106

Notes on the Oi of Soe Tuas: communicated by

the Secretary - - 100

VeKEMANS, M.

Letter. 33

WarTernouss, G. R., Esq., Pres. E.S.

Description of a New Species of Tupaia, discovered in

Continental India by W. Elliott, Esq. . . 106

WesTERMAN, M.

Letter. 33

Westwoop, J. O., om F.L.S.

Monograph of the large African Species of Nocturnal

Lepidoptera belonging to or allied to the Genus Saturnia 33

Waite, A., Esq., F.L.S.

Descriptions of apparently New Species of Aptera, from

New Zealand . i Na a i a 3

Wine, W. Esq., M.E.S.

Character of three New Genera and Species of Lepidoptera 104

cs a by \D “A oO gay ee

\ ONC. & . , re

spite ial

ekg gtomPibae sess }

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 9, 1849.

William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary reported that since the last Meeting of the Society

a beautiful living example of Felis viverrina, Benn., had been pre-

sented by Capt. Scanlan, from whose valuable cooperation he had

reason to believe that the Menagerie would receive some still more

important additions.

A small collection of Insects and Reptiles in spirit had been pre-

sented by Dr. E. D. Dickson, Corr. Memb., and Mr. Gagliuffi, British

Vice-Consul at Morzook, obtained by them at Bornoo, Morzook, and

Tripoli, together with sixteen skins of Birds and five skins of Mam-

malia, including a magnificent specimen of the Weddan, Ovis trage-

laphus, or Wild Sheep of Barbary.

A collection of Reptiles in spirit, formed in Hayti by J. N. Tweedy,

Esq., Corr. Memb., and presented by him, were also exhibited to the

Meeting.

The following papers were read :—

1. DescRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF DELPHINIDE. By

J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S., Kemper or THE ZOOLOGICAL

DEPARTMENT IN THE Britisu Museum, ETC.

The species which form the subject of the present communication

were collected by Dr. Dickie, R.N., during his voyage in the Pacific,

and have been transferred by him to the British Museum.

Devruinus Evtropta.

Nose of skull rather longer than the length of the brain-cavity,

rather dilated on the sides before the notch, very convex and rounded

above ; triangle elongate, produced before the tooth-line, concave on

No, CXC.—PRoceEpinGs or THE ZooLOGICAL Soctety.

we Nt

the sides, and strongly keeled in the centre behind ; hinder edgé of

blow-hole rather prominent. Intermaxillar wide, convex above, leaving

a rather broad open space in front. Palate rather concave in front,

convex in the centre behind, the hinder part keeled on each side.

Lower jaw thick, blunt, and rather produced beyond the upper in

front. Skull rather compressed behind. Teeth

cylindrical, conical at the top. The frontal ridge half the distance

between the notch and the convexity of the condyles ; condyles large,

rather oblique ; foramen magnum rather wider than high.

rather slender,

in. lin.

Length, entire) syeyer ara acts 05 0 Li 0

Gtrbeaivnen ween 2 SS Bik ALO

of teeth-line .......2.0... 6 10

Ob lomer qa). <6 i4 ae.

Width:at notehitasceet sees 6 co. 3 6

ALeOnOUipestsrnever mekevevorsia te cries 6 5

at middle of beak ........ 2 10

of middle of intermaxillar.. 1 3

at condyles above........ 3 3

Height of each condyle .......... Lies

Skull from notchy son sees oO LO

LAGENORHYNCHUS CLANCULUS.

Skull wide and rather high behind; beak flat, outline wide at the base,

rapidly tapering and acute in front, but rather convex on the sides ;

sides slightly rounded, the hinder edge near the notch only slightly

turned up and rounded ; lower jaw high behind ; triangle extending to

near the middle of the beak. Teeth a

ther acute at the top ; the lower front one very small. Intermaxillaries

broad, hard.

small, cylindrical, curved, ra-

Lensthiventirél, uiuninmentaniionss 14 6

of. beak)! )... Samia to. eA TB

Of skrllle ier eae ee oes fares

of teeth-line ............ 6 6

of lower jaw ...... Se Seti jal ih:

of symphysis of lower jaw.. 1 4

Width-at notch pone eine ane AnD

atOrbie cco euetow tke 420

at middle of beak ...... ener tea

of intermaxillar in middle . 1 4

of condyles above ........ 2 10

Hab. Pacific.

Very peculiar for the elongation and reflexion of the beak before

the notch, and the regular beveling of the sides of the beak.

LAGENORHYNCHUS THICOLEA.

Skull rather narrow behind ; beak elongate, almost one-fifth longer

than the length of the head, rather dilated and concave above behind,

with the side edges in front of the notch elongated, keeled, and turned

up ; the middle of the beak flat, with flat shelving sides, the shelving

part being broader, and forming a slight keel in front. Intermaxillaries

flat, gradually tapering. Triangle to the middle of the beak concave on

the sides, and keeled in the middle behind. Teeth 5 ? very slender,

curved, elongate, conical, tapering, acute; the front very small.

in. lin.

Length of skull entire.... 14 6 end of nose injured.

OLDER ets ots 8 4

of teeth-line AY

of lower jaw .... 12 3 entire.

Width-at-orbits) <.as-6. ~/, 20

SeNOLCIL ees eee To

at middleofbeak.. 2 2

— of intermaxillary i 2

rineaebto (ellie caeenteraa ce

Width of condyles ...... 3 0

Hab. West Coast of America.

2. DESCRIPTIONS OF APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES OF APTERA

FRoM New ZEALAND. By ApAm Wuirte, F.L.S. etc.

Mycate (CrenizA) ANTIPODUM.

Chelicera deeper than long, ochrey-brown, the top at the base

somewhat hollowed, smooth ; sides smooth, front and tip with several

short hairs.

Cephalothorax rotundo-ovate, pale ochrey-brown, the sides in front

somewhat grooved. Eyes situated on a slight elevation in front of

cephalothorax : the two posterior eyes on each side close to each other.

Legs of a pale brown, but deeper in colour than the cephalothorax.

Abdomen of the same pale brown as the legs, covered with rather

long hairs ; the tail nearly as long as the abdomen, the terminal joint

elongate, slender, gradually thinner.

Hab. New Zealand.

Myeate (Creniza) HEXOPS.

Chelicera deep black, much deeper than long; above somewhat

narrowed ; the top and the greater part of the sides quite smooth ;

the front and a narrow line on the sides slightly punctured, each of

the punctures supplied with a hair.

Cephalothorax fulvous yellow, oval, somewhat truncated behind

and slightly sinuated ; two small silky whitish spots on the fore-part

behind the first row of eyes; eyes situated on a slight elevation of

cephalothorax, which is deep brown ; a narrow brown line extending

down the middle of the back, but not reaching the end.

Legs of a pale brown, sparingly furnished with rather long hairs ;

the femoral joints somewhat thickened.

Abdomen black, covered with shortish hairs, which in some lights

have a greyish tinge ; the hairs on the under side of the body greyish.

Tail about half the length of abdomen ; the last joint the longest,

and gradually more slender from the base.

Hab. New Zealand (Port Nicholson).

This species is very remarkable from its possessing only six eyes.

DoLOMEDES LATERALIS.

Cephalothorax of a very pale brown, with a faintish line down the

middle ; a very distinct white line from the anterior angle of the ce-

phalothorax, continuing down the side and carried along each side of

the abdomen; the cephalothorax and abdomen on the inner edge of

the white line of a deeper brown colour ; the legs and palpi of a pale

ochrey-yellow, with many black hairs.

Chelicera covered with greyish hairs.

Hab. New Zealand.

This species, which is described from a male, differs from the Dolo-

medes mirificus, Walck. Apt. i. 355, and the Dolomedes sagittiger,

as well in markings as in size.

DoLoMEDES SAGITTIGER.

Cephalothorax of a very deep brown ; the extreme edge of the sides,

where the legs are inserted, pale; a wide yellowish longitudinal line

from the anterior angle of cephalothorax; the outside edges with

some brown points; the inner edge with some sinuations ; the band

does not reach the end of the cephalothorax ; the middle of the cepha-

lothorax with a narrow white line extending from behind the second

line of eyes, almost to the end; on each side of it in front a short

interrupted line, somewhat rounded in front.

Abdomen deep brown, the sides of a palish hue as far as the middle.

The eyes of the first row very small.

Legs deep brown, with darker coloured hairs.

Hab. New Zealand.

This species seems to be closely related to Dolomedes mirificus,

Walckenaer, Aptéres, i. 355.

Artus Darwintl.

Chelicera black, with greenish reflexions, punctured and striated in

front, and somewhat impressed at the end; palpi pale brown.

Cephalothorax deep blackish brown, highly polished, considerably

paler in the middle of the back ; front part projecting very consider-

ably over the chelicera; the front edge behind the first row of eyes

with several tufts of short close-set black hairs.

Eyes with the middle pair of first row very large ; the lateral eyes

of first row placed somewhat behind the middle pair, and larger than

the two hind eyes ; the eyes on the second line very small, nearer the

lateral eyes of first row than those of the third.

Legs: First pair very long, deep blackish brown; femoral joint

rather longer than the tibial, which is double the length of the genual

joint ; the tarsal joint pale at the end; a small spine near the end of

the femoral joint on the inside; a longer spine about the middle of

the genual joint; three spines placed after each other on the inner

edge of tibial joint; second, third and fourth pairs of legs of a

pale yellow, smooth, with a few short bristly hairs on the inside and

outside.

Abdomen small, at the base projecting slightly over the cephalo-

thorax with a broad pale line down the middle ; an impressed dark

longitudinal line in the middle.

Hab. New Zealand.

This makes a third species of Attus from New Zealand ; the other

two recorded species are Attus abbreviatus, Walck. Aptéres, 1. 477,

and Attus Cookii, Walck. i. 478. Most probably the Attus Phri-

noides, Walck. i. 479, is from the same country, and doubtless many

other species will yet be found.

SPHASUS GRACILIPES.

Cephalothorax and abdomen covered with shining silvery hairs.

Legs fulvous.

Cephalothorax narrowed in front, with a slight groove from the end

of the narrowed part on each side extending to the middle of the back ;

the posterior part ovate.

Abdomen nearly three times the length of the cephalothorax, much-

elongated and attenuated at the end.

Hab. New Zealand.

Eprerra verrucosa, Walckenaer, Apteéres, ti. 135.

Hab. New Zealand.

The specimens in the Museum collection are not im very good con-

dition, but seem to agree in nearly every important particular with the

species to which I have referred it ; the posterior lateral eye however

can scarcely be said to be almost on the same line as the anterior.

TEGENARIA ANTIPODIANA.

Labium nearly as wide as long, truncated at the end.

Cephalothorax gradually convex above, deep ferruginous brown,

with two wide longitudinal fulvous bands.

Legs ringed with yellow and brown, the first two legs with the rings

obsolete.

Abdomen as long as cephalothorax, but not quite so broad, appa-

rently without any impressed points in the middle.

This species appears to differ from the Tegenaria australensis,

Walckenaer, Aptéres, ii. p. 12. Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, in

many particulars, especially in the marking of the cephalothorax and

the shape of the labrum.

DANDRIDGIA DYSDEROIDES.

Chelicera as long as the cephalothorax.

Cephalothorax elongated, square in front, slightly wider just behind

the middle; a slight groove down the middle.

Eyes situated on two lines, the posterior line the longest ; the two

middle eyes of first line nearer each other than the outer eye; the

posterior line with the middle eyes rather nearer each other than the

side eyes.

Legs elongated, first pair the longest, second pair rather longer

than the fourth, the third considerably shorter than the fourth.

Abdomen small, shorter than cephalothorax, smooth.

Hab. New Zealand.

Named after Mr. Joseph Dandridge, an apothecary, who lived in

Moorfields more than a hundred years ago, and who has left copious

evidence in his MSS. (now preserved in the British Museum) of his

love of arachnology.

PHALANGIUM LISTERI.

Chelicera enormously long; first joint not quite so long as the

second, and like it rough, with outstanding short spines, the end very

slightly thickened ; the end of the second joint gradually thickened,

with two claws, one fixed, with a small tooth inside near the base,

followed by a deepish notch ; the moveable claw with a largish tooth

about the middle, which fits into the notch of fixed claw.

Hab. New Zealand.

CHELIFER PALLIPES.

Claws and body of a deep brown, the legs pale, the claws with a

greenish hue, and furnished with many pale hairs; abdominal seg-

ments edged with palish; the femoral joints of legs much-com-

pressed.

Hab. New Zealand.

3. NoricE OF THE CAPTURE OF ORTHAGORISCUS MOLA OFF THE

Cuesit Bank, Dorsetsoire. By Masor Partey.

In this communication, which was addressed in the form of a letter

to Mr. Gray, Major Parlby stated that in the beginning of June 1846

the specimen in question was observed almost daily in the West Bay,

sometimes sailing about slowly with half its dorsal fin above the sur-

face of the water, sometimes moving with great rapidity, playing about

and splashing the water violently, or blowing like a whale or grampus.

As it generally kept off and on between the mackerel and the shore,

the fishermen attributed their ill success with the shoals, which never

left the deep water, to the presence of this unusual visitant ; and it is

remarkable that on the day after its capture they took upwards of

20,000 fish.

The capture happened on the 13th of June, in consequence of the

Sunfish swimming directly into the centre of the line of nets. When

entangled in the first net it exerted itself so powerfully that it broke

through, and was only secured by the yawl or outer net and the co-

operation of about forty men, who finally succeeded in landing it on

the Chesil Bank : and even here its vigour was so great that it dashed

about the pebbles, according to the fishermen’s account, like a shower

of grape. It expired in about three hours, after uttering “hideous

groans,” like those of a horse dying of the staggers.

On the capture becoming known to Major Parlby and Mr. Fox,

surgeon, of Weymouth, they hastened to inspect the fish, and found

that the skin was entirely covered with a white mucous slime, upon

the removal of which the real colour of the integument was discovered

to be of a dull dirty brown colour, and the texture to resemble the

most beautiful shagreen.

Major Parlby and Mr. Fox having jointly purchased the fish, pro-

ceeded to have it prepared for the British Museum, to which insti-

tution they subsequently presented it.

The dimensions are as follow :—

ft. in.

Total lencthe dt sess ictal. 6° 3

Height of dorsal fin ........ 2 5

Breadth of it at base........ 1 3

Height of ventral fin ........ Seria

Gana ce dia BRAS sina 9:0

January 23, 1849.

William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. Nore on THE SPERMATOZOA OF THE GIRAFFE (Camelopardalis

Giraffa). By Grorce GuLuiver, F.R.S.

In the testicle of the Giraffe that died on the 14th of this month

in the Society’s menagerie, the semen was tolerably abundant, and

there were plenty of spermatozoa in the vas deferens.

The drawings now shown were made from these spermatozoa. They

are represented on a scale of z2,;th of an English inch, and magnified

about 700 times in diameter.

These spermatozoa resemble in shape, size and chemical characters,

those of many other mammals noticed in my former observations in

the Proceedings of the Society, July 26, 1842, page 101 ; April 11,

1843; February 24, 1846; and January 22, 1847, page 105.

The age of the Giraffe was about fifteen years.

2. ON SOME NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF MONKEYS.

By Joun Epwarp Gray, Esea., F.R.S. erc.

The older authors have described two species of White-nosed Mon-

keys which have been called Hocheurs by the French.

In the British Museum we have specimens of each of these species,

and also of two very distinct kinds, which appear either not to have

occurred to preceding authors, or to have been confounded by them

with the species described by Erxleben.

CERCOPITHECUS MELANOGENYS. The Black-cheeked Monkey.

(Mammalia, Pl. IX. fig. 1.)

Dark olive, minutely yellow grisled; face, cheek, forehead, chest

and hands black ; a large cordate spot on the nose and a small spot

on each temple white. Throat, under-part of the body and inside of

the legs whitish ; the front of the shoulders, outside of the limbs, end

of the tail blackish. Ears, the middle of the back, and upper part of

the tail, rufous.

In the British Museum collection there is a half-grown specimen

of this species which died in a menagerie near London, and was said

to have come from Western Africa.

The Black-cheeked Monkey is easily known from Cercopithecus

nictitans by its yellow punctulated fur and cordate form of the spot

on the nose ; the latter character equally distinguishes it from Cerco-

pithecus petaurista, from which it is also separated by the black-

ness of its cheeks and the greyness of the outside of the limbs, and the

redness of the middle of the back and the tail.

This species was indicated in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for

1845, but is redescribed and figured here for the purpose of com-

parison with the next.

CERCOPITHECUS LUDIO. The Ludio.

(Mammalia, Pl. IX. fig. 2.)

Blackish, minutely yellow grisled ; face, temple, crown of the head,

shoulders and fore-legs, black ; outer side of the hinder legs and end

of tail blackish ; large oblong spot on the nose white ; throat, upper

part of the inside of arms, and lower side of the body, whitish ; rump

and under side of base of tail dark reddish brown.

Hab. West Africa.

In the British Museum there is a nearly full-grown specimen of this

species, which was procured from a menagerie in Liverpool, and was

said to have been brought from the west coast of Africa.

This is at once known from two other species which have the fur

punctated with yellow, viz. C. petaurista and C. melanogenys, by the

large size and erect oblong form of the white spot on the nose, and

especially by the absence of any white on the cheek or temples; it ig

easily distinguished also by the general black tint of the fur, and

especially by the red hairs of the rump.

In the course of last year there was exhibited in the Gardens of the

Society a short-tailed American monkey, which was regarded by several

eminent zoologists as a species of Cebus which had lost part of its tail ;

but there was a peculiarity in the position of the thumb as regarded

the fingers, which at once showed that whatever might be the natural

length of its tail, it evidently did not belong to the genus Cebus as at

present restricted. The examination of the animal after death showed

that it was a most distinct genus, and nearly related to, ifnot a variety

of, Brachyurus Ouakari of Spix.

I may observe that the genus Brachyurus was established by Spix

in his work on American Monkeys for two species, viz. 1. the Simia

Chiropotes of Humboldt (the S. Sagulata of Trail), which has been

generally referred to the genus Pithecia ; and 2. Brachyurus Ouakari.

Spix in the same work restricted the genus Pithecia to the Saki or

Long-haired American Monkeys.

The examination and comparison of the skull of the short-tailed

Wolf «lel er lith

Printed by Hullmandel & Walton

monkey and of the allied genera have induced me to think that the

American Monkeys with long hairy tails, and with six grinders, may

be divided into two very natural subfamilies, characterized by the

position and form of the cutting teeth.

The first of these groups I should propose to call Callitrichina:

they have small erect cutting teeth, forming a regular series with the

canines. This group contains the genera Callithrix and Chrysothriz,

with small diurnal eyes, and Nyctipithecus, with large nocturnal eyes.

The second group, which may be called Pitheciana, have the cutting

teeth large, converging together, and separated from the canines by

a large space, and their under ones more or less shelving. This group

contains three genera, viz. :—

1. Pithecia. The fur elongate, dry, harsh ; the tail club-shaped ;

the crown like a wig, and the chin slightly bearded ; the lower cutting

teeth rather shelving.

This is the genus Pithecia, as restricted by Spix, the Yarkea of

Lesson, containing P. monachus, P. leucocephalus, and P. rufiventer

of Geoffroy.

Spix (tab. 37. f. 4) figured a skull which appears to belong to a

species of this genus, but he does not indicate its name.

2. Brachyurus. The fur silky, short ; tail elongate club-shaped ;

the crown like a wig, and the chin largely bearded on each side ;_ the

lower cutting teeth are rather shelving ; limb short and straight. Con-

taining Cebus satanas of Hoftmanseg, which is the type of Spix’s

genus.

Lesson has given the name of Chiropotes to this group, and Cucajao

to a second group, established on the Simia melanocephalus of Hum-

boldt, which is probably only a badly stuffed specimen of this species.

Spix, in his work on Brazilian Monkeys, figures a skull which ap-

pears to belong to this genus, but it is like several others on the same

plate, without any name, t. 37. f. 5.

3. Ouakaria. The fur short, silky ; tail short, subcylindrical, the

crown with short hair ; the chin scarcely bearded ; the lower cutting

teeth very much shelving ; legs elongate.

This genus forms part of the genus Brachyurus of Spix; and if

Spix had not evidently described the teeth, &c. of his first species in

his generic character, I should have been induced to have retained for

this group the name of Brachyurus, which is more applicable to it

than to the one to which it is applied; and indeed M. Isidore Geof-

froy appears to have so applied it.

Several species have been described which chiefly differ in the length

of the tail; as, 1. Ouakaria Spixii; Brachyurus Ouakari, Spix,

Brazil, t. 8, with the tail about one-third the length of the body.

2. Ouakaria calvus; Brachyurus calvus, I. Geoff. Rev. Cuvier. 1847,

137, much paler in colour, but it is very doubtful if the shortness of

the tail does not depend on the imperfection of the specimen, and the

colour on partial albinism.

We have specimens of B. calvus in the British Museum, presented

by M. Bourcier. The skull may be thus described :—

The cutting teeth projecting ;

the upper one broad, especially

the two middle ones; lower one

elongate, narrow, more sloping,

and projecting like those of Indri.

Canines conical, far away from

the cutting teeth, leaving a large

vacancy ; flattened in front ; they

are flattened before and behind,

placed rather obliquely, with a

sharp inner edge. The skull is

very unlike that of the Cebide ;

most allied to that of Pithecia

leucocephala,but the cutting teeth

in that species are not so proclined.

The converging, slender, shelving, cutting teeth in the lower jaw

of this genus, as well as its slender limbs and the shortness of its tail,

bear a certain resemblance to the Indri amongst the Lemuride.

The form of the lower jaw also offers a good character for the

distinction of the genera.

1. Lower jaw not dilated behind. 2. Lower jaw dilated behind.

Atelina (part). Mycetina.

Ateles. Mycetes (much).

Cebina. Lagothrix (moderately).

Cebus. Atelina (part).

Pitheciana (part). Brachyteles (moderately).

Pithecia. Callitrichina.

Jacchina. Callithrix.

Jacchus. Chrysothrix.

Midas. Nyctipithecus.

Pitheciana (part).

Brachyurus. Ouakaria.

3. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF HERPESTES.

By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. ere.

HERPESTES PUNCTULATUS.

Reddish grey, minutely black and grey punctured; face redder.

Under-fur black ; long hair brown, upper half whitish, with a broad,

black, subapical band and a bay tip. Tail-end black.

Hab. South Africa; Port Natal.

This species is allied to H. Mutgigella in size, appearance, and the

black tip of the tail, but differs from that species in being redder, and

in the face being red bay.

It agrees with H. badius, A. Smith, in the colour of the end of the

tail ; but that species differs from it in the nearly uniform bay colour

and in the length of the hair.

I may here remark, that H. badius offers two very distinct varieties,

one being uniform red bay, the hair being of a uniform colour ex-

cept a few just over the shoulder-nape which have a black subapical

ring. This is the variety figured by Dr. Smith in the ‘ South African

Zoology.’ The other with most of the hairs of the back and sides

having long white tips edged below with a black band, giving the

back a grisled appearance.

The foregoing papers were followed by an address from Dr. MEt-

vILLE, M.R.C.S., in continuation of his observations commenced on

December 12, 1848, concerning the Ipzan VERTEBRA, of which he

has furnished the following abstract :—

I employ the term ‘ vertebra’ in the extended sense in which it is

used by M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire and Prof. Owen, as equivalent to a

segment of the endo-skeleton, or to the proximal, more or less ossi-

fied, element of that skeleton.

The ideal or typical vertebra is the most complicated possible ver-

tebral segment, exclusive of the ichthyic or other peculiarities ; it

furnishes the key to the actual vertebrae in the same individual series

or in the skeletons of the different vertebrate classes.

An actual vertebra may exist as a unity prior to, or even during

chondrosis, but becomes resolved by ossification into a variable num-

ber of distinct and independent ultimate elements; which therefore

are not repetitions of one and the same elementary ‘body’ or

The number of these ultimate elements varies in the actual ver-

tebrze in the same spinal column, and also in those constituting the

skeletons of the different vertebrated animals.

The ideal vertebra contains the greatest number of these elements,

most of which form arches attached to, or springing from, a central

piece or element, and protecting the great nervous and vascular axes

and the visceral system.

The upper or neural arch is composed generally of three elements,

two lateral, (neural lamine, or neuropomata) ; and an upper or mesial

piece, (neural spine, or neuracantha), which may be subdivided in

the median plane.

The inferior or hzemal arch is also constituted when most developed

(tail of the lepidosiren) by three elements; the two lateral (heemal

laminz or angiopomata) and the azygos inferior one (angiacantha

or hzmal spine), which is never subdivided. This arch is most

generally present in the caudal region, disappears in the trunk, and

reappears in the cervix. In man it only exists at the junction of the

occipital and atlantal vertebre, forming the so-called ‘body of the

atlas,’ which is regarded by me as the heemal arch of the third

cranial vertebra displaced backwards to the intervertebral interspace,

as in the caudal region.

The visceral arch, which is also inferior but external to the last,

may be regarded as composed of an azygos inferior and two lateral

elements. The former is the sternal segment and may be subdivided

mesially. Each lateral piece is also resolvable generally into an upper

segment (vertebral rib or pleura); and a lower one usually cartila-

ginous (sternal rib or hypopleura), which may be subdivided into two

or three pieces (three in Plesiosaurus).

The segmentation of the vertebree is partly due to the laws which

preside over their genesis, and partly determined by teleological causes.

Several of the elements unite to form the vertebra of the anthro-

potomist ; thus the constituents of the neural arch coalesce with the

centrum in the dorsal vertebrze ; while in those of the cervical, lum-

bar and sacral regions, the abortive pleural complements also are an-

chylosed to the elements just mentioned.

Tn fishes, the lower part of the vertebral body is formed by the ex-

panded bases of the angiopomata, which meet those of the neuropo- .

mata and enclose the proper centrum; but in the higher vertebrata

the greater development of the centrum excludes the angiopomata

from any share in the body, and displaces them backwards to the in-

tervertebral interspace next in succession.

The coexistence of the visceral and hzemal arches is seen in fishes,

in the cervical region of many lacertz, and in the tails of the lizards

and crocodiles, &e.

Therefore the one is not convertible into the other, as has been

supposed by Professor Owen, who regards the sternum and sternal

ribs in the thorax as the equivalents of the angiacantha and angiopo-

mata, the latter being dislocated from their normal attachment to the

centrum and suspended to the extremities of the corresponding pleural

elements constituting the sternal ribs, while the former is expanded

and sometimes divided mesially to form the sternum.

I am therefore compelled to suggest a new nomenclature of the

elements of a typical vertebra more conformable to nature than

that employed by Professor Owen, who has used the same term for

several distinct objects, and given two different appellations to the one

and the same element.

My view of the typical vertebra is that which has been adopted

by the distinguished German anatomists Miiller, Rathke, &c.

The cranial vertebrze are three in number, and may be named, from

before backward, the frontal, parietal and occipital vertebree.

The supposed nasal vertebra has no existence, the bones presumed

to constitute it belonging to different categories.

Each cranial vertebra is composed of a centrum, a neural and a

visceral arch; the hzemal arch is present only in the third or occipital

vertebra forming the so-called ‘body of the atlas.’

Between the neural arches of the cranial vertebra pass out diverti-

cula of the cerebral vesicles to the ‘sense-capsules,’ as well as the

ordinary cerebro-spinal sensero-motor nerves. The primary segments

of the brain are three in number. The special sense nerves, and those

of the cerebro-spinal system, correspond in number to the cranial

vertebral segments. The auditory capsule is intercalated between the

neuropomata of the second and third cranial vertebree ; the optic

nerve issues between those of the first and second, while the corre-

sponding capsule is contained in the orbital cavity, protected by cer-

tain bones, pro-orbital, meso-orbital and meta-orbital, &c. ; the olfac-

tory capsules are situated in front of the first vertebra, and are thus

enabled to approximate mesially, separated only by the prolongation

of the body of the frontal vertebra.

The occipital vertebra has for its centrum the basi-occipital, for its

neuropomata the ali-occipital, and for its neuracantha the supra-

occipital, which is sometimes divided into two.

The basi-sphenoid is the centrum of the second or parietal vertebra ;

the neuropomata are termed ali-parietals, and the divisions of the

neuracantha parietals.

The centrum of the frontal or most anterior vertebral segment is

formed by the pre-sphenoid, the neuropomata by the ali-frontal, and

the divided neuracantha by the frontals.

The squamosal and mastoid bones may be regarded as belonging

to the same category as the ossa Wormiana, namely, the accessory

neuropomatous pieces.

The post-petrosal bone in the Chelonia is erroneously regarded by

Professor Owen as the equivalent in the occipital vertebra of the an-

gioparal element of the body of the vertebra in fishes, or of the infe-

rior transverse process in the higher vertebrata, since both receive the

same name in his system.

The mastoid is also regarded by Prof. Owen as the ‘ parapophysis’

of the parietal vertebra.

The visceral arch of the frontal vertebra is formed by the palato-

maxillary apparatus exclusive of the pro-maxilla, and by the malleus

leucus with the lower jaw in the mammalia, or by the os quadratum

and Meckel’s cartilage with the appendages in birds and reptiles.

The corresponding arch of the parietal is formed by the anterior

horn of the hyoid bone, and that of the occipital by the posterior

cornua and body of the same bone.

February 13, 1849.

William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary reported that a male Giraffe had been fawned in the

menagerie on the previous day. The produce of the mother, who

was imported in 1836, thus amounted to five males, all of whom,

with one exception, were in full health and vigour. The dates of

their birth are as follow :—

. June 9, 1839; died soon after.

. May 24, 1841; now in possession of the Zool. Soe. Dublin.

. February 25, 1844; now in the Menagerie.

. April 22, 1846; $5 35

. February 12, 1849; ,, s

The Secretary also stated that the Menagerie had been enriched,

since the last meeting, by a fine specimen of the Tui Bird (Prosthe-

madera Nove Seelandia), brought from New Zealand by Lieut.Gough,

R.N. This gentleman had also succeeded in conveying to England an

example of Platycercus tabuensis, Latham, from the Feejee Islands,

which unfortunately died before it reached London. The skin had

been mounted and was exhibited to the meeting.

O&O be

The papers communicated were—

1. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS TOMIGERUS,

Sprx. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. etc.

(Mollusca, Pl. II. fig. 6, 7.)

ToMIGERUS PRINCIPALIS, n. sp. Tom. testd rotundato-trigonalis,

compressiusculd, tenui, levigatd, pallescente, lineis brunnets non-

nullis, per paria dispositis, cinctd ; spird subelatd, anfractibus

quinque, quorum duobus primis nigricantibus, tertio quartoque

pallidis, brunneo-unifasciatis, ultimo magno, postice gibbo, infra

planulato; aperturd axi paralleld, auriformi ; peristomate late

expanso, albo, margine dextro producto, rotundato-subangulato;

aperturd intus lamellis senis instructd, duabus in pariete aper-

turali, quarum posticd compositd, tribus in margine basali, und

compositd postice furcatd antice bifidd in margine dextro.

This is the largest species of this genus we remember to have seen ;

for which reason we have named it 7. principalis. It is of a some-

what triangular form, rounded at the angles, and rather compressed,

not being nearly so globular as the remaining three species. The

substance of the shell is rather thin, it is smooth and of a pale colour

with several brown transverse lines disposed in pairs; the spire is. —

rather elevated, consisting of five volutions, of which the first and

second are small and very dark-coloured, the third and fourth are

pale with a brown band, and the fifth is large, and gibbose posteriorly,

its anterior margin white, and it is flattish and brown anteriorly ; the

Proce: Z.S. Mollusca _Il.

Gallet lith . Reeve Benham & Reeve, imp

oP o2-3. NANINA VITRINOIDES . Gray 6.7. TOMIGRRUS PRINCIPALI S, Sow.

7 47.5. CYCLOSTOMA APLUSTRE , Sow 8.9. CYCLOSTOMA FORMOSUM. Sow.

10. BULIMUS IRRORATUS, Reeve.

aperture is parallel to the axis, ear-shaped, with a broadly expanded

white peristome, whose right margin is produced and forms a rounded

angle; the aperture is furnished within with six lamellar teeth, two

on the columellar side, of which the posterior is compound, three

within the basal margin; and a single compound plate which is fur-

cate posteriorly and bipartite anteriorly within the right hand margin.

In Mr. Cuming’s collection.

From Pernambuco.

2. DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEWLY DISCOVERED SPECIES OF

Cycutostoma. By G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S.

(Mollusca, Pl. IT. figs. 4, 5, 8, 9.)

1. CycLostoma rormosum. Cycl. testd suborbiculari, subdepres-

sd, tenuiusculd, spiraliter striatd, tricarinatd, fulvo-rufescente ;

spird brevi, acuminatd, anfractibus quinis rapide crescentibus,

rotundatis, carinis duabus validis, albicantibus castaneo-arti-

culatis ; antice striis subobsoletis, gradatim majusculis, cari-

ndque tertid umbilicum circumferente; suturd validd, levi ;

aperturd magnd, ferée circulari, postice paululim acuminatd,

peritremate latiusculo reflexo, incisuris parvis tribus, ad carinas

externas idoneis ; wmbilico magno, profundo, spiraliter striato,

striis exterioribus gradatim mapusculis.

This very handsome Cyclostoma bears a general resemblance to

C. Cuvierianum, though easily distinguishable by having three distinct

keels, by having a more acuminated apex, and by the latter having

the spiral strize decussated by other sharp striz parallel with the

lines of growth. The C. formosum is nearly orbicular, though some-

what depressed ; it is rather thin and smooth, and of a reddish fulvous

or brown colour : its spire is rather short, but acuminated, consisting

of five volutions which are of a roundish form and increase rapidly,

and are ornamented with two keels which are of a pale colour, spotted

with chestnut brown: anteriorly the striz are rather indistinct, but

larger; and there is a thick keel surrounding the umbilicus; the

suture is distinct and smooth, but belted posteriorly by the middle

keel ; the aperture is large, nearly circular, slightly acuminated poste-

riorly, with a rather broad reflected peritreme, in which are three

little cuts answering to the ends of the external keels; the umbilicus

is large and deep, spirally striated within ; the outer striee being the

larger.

From Madagascar, in the collections of A. L. Gubba, Esq., Havre,

and Mr. Cuming.

2. CycLostoMa APLUSTRE. Cyel. testd suborbiculari, tenuius-

culd, levi, albicante, fasciis nonnullis posticis, angustis, castaneis,

subinterruptis, striisque tenuissimis spiralibus, ornatd ; spird le-

vatiusculd, subacuminatd, apice obtuso; anfractibus quinis rotun-

datis, creberrimé transversim striatis, striis posticis fortioribus,

anticis fere obsoletis ; umbilico magno, intus spiraliter striato,

striis tenuissimis; aperturd feré circulari, postice paululum

acuminatd, peritremate tenui, acuto, supra umbilicum paululim

reflexo.

A species somewhat resembling C. ligatum, but differing in several

characters. It is suborbicular and thin, smooth, whitish, posteriorly

with several narrow slightly interrupted chestnut-coloured bands and

close-set very slender spiral striz; the spire is rather elevated and

acuminated, but the apex is obtuse: volutions five, very regularly

rounded, and very finely transversely striated, the transverse strice

decussating the spiral striee, and the posterior strie being the most

distinct, the anterior being almost undistinguishable: the umbilicus

is large, very finely spirally striated within; aperture large, nearly

circular, slightly acuminated posteriorly, with a thin, sharp-edged

peritreme which is rather wide and slightly reflected over a part of

the umbilicus.

From Madagascar, in the collection of A. L. Gubba, Esq., Havre.

3. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF BULIMUS FROM THE

COLLECTION oF A. L. Gupsa, Ese., or Havre. By Lovenu

Reeve, F.L.S8.

(Mollusca, Pl. II. fig. 10.)

Buuimus rrroratus. Bul. testd acuminato-oblongd, medio ven-

tricosd, anfractibus sex, subrotundatis, striis tumidis elevatis

interruptis obliqué exsculptis, infra suturas peculiariter con-

centrice crenulatis, columelld stricté uniplicatd; rufescente-

purpured, epidermide tenui cinerascente, fulvo hic illic punctatd,

indutd, columelld cearulescente-albd, labro incarnato-roseo.

Hab. ?

This beautiful species, received by Mr. Cunning from A. L. Gubba,

Esq. of Havre, is materially distinct from any hitherto described. It is

of a swollen ovate form with the spire rather sharply acuminated, and

the columella is distinguished by a sharp winding plate. The ground

colour of the shell is a reddish purple, the last whorl being particu-

larly characterized by a thin ash-coloured epidermis sprinkled with

light fulvous spots all inclining towards the lip, which is of a delicate

flesh-pink.

4, DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF Box TORTOISE FROM

Mexico. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. etc.

(Reptilia, Pl. IT.)

In a collection of reptiles recently received from Mexico are two

specimens of a Box Tortoise, which, beside differing from the com-

mon box tortoise of North America, in being of a more elongated

form, both agree in two characters, which are not found in that

species or in any other species of the genus; first, in having an

additional vertebral plate ; and secondly, in the hind feet bemg only

armed with three large claws: there is no appearance of the fourth

claw, and even scarcely any rudiment of the fourth toe found in the

other specimens of this genus, and in all other Emyde.

This species will form a section or subdivision of the genus, which

may be called Onychotria.

uypmey uoxry %G duty '.9 2p eft0AD,

PR Fi

Cisrupo (OnycHorriaA) Mexicana. Three-toed Box Tortoise.

Shell oblong, dark-brown, pale, spotted and rayed, spot and rays

sometimes confused.

Vertebral plates with a nearly continued keel, and with a small

intermediate one between the usual fourth and fifth plates.

The hinder margin acute revolute.

The head pale brown ; the legs yellow or orange spotted, with five

unequal claws.

The hind legs brown, uniform, with only three large claws, the

middle and the front one largest.

The sternum flat; the gular plates wide in front, and suddenly

narrowed behind.

Hab. Mexico.

There was a specimen of the Kinosternon scorpiodes, and of the

Gopher, Testudo gopher, in the same collection: the latter only dif-

fered from the usual North American specimen in being rather larger

and blacker.

February 27, 1849.

William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary reported that he had received a letter from His Ex-

cellency Lieut.-Col. Butterworth, the Governor of Singapore, dated

Jan. 6th, in which he was informed of the shipment of some additions

to the Society’s menagerie.. The facilities possessed by Lieut.-Col.

Butterworth for securing the most interesting productions of the In-

dian Archipelago cannot fail to render the interest which he takes in

the progress of this Society of the greatest advantage to it.

The Secretary further stated that he had received information

through the Chairman, that Mrs. Martin Stevenson, of Valparaiso, had

received from Don Francisco. Javier Ovalle a pair of young Pumas,

captured on his estate of Catapileo, which he was desirous of pre-

senting to this Society. Mr. and Mrs. Stevenson had obligingly

provided for the custody of these interesting animals, until they were

sufficiently mature to admit of their being transmitted to England.

The collection had been increased since the last meeting by three

living examples of Lemur rufifrons, Benn., and one of Nycticebus

javanicus.

The following papers were read :—

1. DrescrIPTION OF SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF MARGINELLA AND

Two OF Cypr@#a. By Joun S. GAskoin.

MARGINELLA QUADRILINEATA. Marg. testd oblongo-ovatd, pal-

lide virescente, nitidd; lineis rufis quatuor, equidistantibus,

No. CXCI.—Procerepinés or THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

transversis ; basi rotundatd, levi; aperturd latd anticé pre-

cipue; canali latissimo ; labio lato, marginato, ultra apicem

extenso; columelld anticé quadriplicatd, plicis duabus anticis

concurrentibus canalem intermediam formantibus ; apice oblito.

Shell oblongo-ovate, of an uniform, opaque, pale-greenish colour,

highly polished, with four distinct, nearly equidistant, very narrow,

uninterrupted, even, red lines or bands, surrounding the shell from

the upper or outer edge of the incrassated margin of the lip, which con-

tinuing within the columella, extend over the earliest formation of

whorls: these lines are equally conspicuous on the inside of the last

whorl, and no doubt throughout the whole inside of the shell. The

same pale-greenish colour pervades the inside as the outer part ; base

round and smooth ; aperture wide, especially at the anterior portion,

where the columella suddenly contracts in diameter, subspiral, curved

posteriorly ; channel very broad, which and the edge of the lip are

subpellucid and whitish; at the anterior part of the columella are

four prominent rather tenuous plaits: the first two conjoi and form

the inner side of the channel ; the two posterior are on the columella ;

between the inner side of the channel and the anterior third of the

columella is a concavity ; lip thick, smooth, extends beyond the apex,

no trace of crenulation, strongly marginated, and the margin has its

upper edge or rim of a darker colour than the shell; it proceeds over

the arch of the channel, and becomes obliterated just above the third

plait ; apex imperceptible.

Long, °°, of an inch; wide, 545, of an inch.

Hab.

The only specimens I have seen of this species are an adult shell in

the cabinet of Mr. Metcalfe, and an adult and a young one in my own ;

all of which were brought to this country in H.M.S. the Samarang.

It cannot be confounded with any known species of Marginella ;

the four narrow conspicuous red lines or bands, the two anterior plaits

being a bifurcation of the inner wall of the channel, the wide aperture,

and general form of the shell are ample distinctives.

MarGinEtia Pupica. Marg. testd oblongo-ovatd, albidd, fasciis

sex vel septem, transversis, continuis, pallidissimé viridi-fulvis ;

maculis distinctis pallidissimé brunneis interruptis ; basi rotun-

datd ; aperturd latiusculd ; labio crasso, marginato, ultra api-

cem extenso ; columelld quinqueplicatd ; canali lato et profundo ;

margine interno labii minuté denticulato ; apice lato, obtuso.

Shell oblong-ovate, of a white colour, having six or seven very faint

greenish-brown bands traversing the shell from the border of the

aperture to the upper edge of the margin, interrupted by rather large,

distinct, very light-brown spots or markings; these bands have be-

tween them broad white lines, which are the colour of the shell; the

posterior end of the shell is in an evenly projecting ridge or varix,

surrounding the spire; base round, colour of the shell; aperture

rather wide, curved (bowed) ; lip thick, extending a little beyond the

apex, as described in reference to the posterior portion of the shell ;

margin rather thick, and extending over the arch of the channel ; the

columella is furnished with five plaits, the three anterior are promi-

nent, especially the second, which extending over the base obliquely,

forms a thickened varix ; small obtuse denticulations exist along the

whole inner edge of the lip ; channel deep and wide ; apex broad and

obtuse.

Long, 25, of an inch; wide, ;48, of an inch.

Hab. Central America.

Cab. Metcalfe, Gaskoin, Cuming.

In size, form, markings, fewer plaits, the denticulations on the

inner edge of the lip, &c., separate this species from all others; its

nearest affinity may be the Marginella tessellata, Lam., although

even that affinity is very distant ; in the size remarkably so.

MaRGINELLA TRIPLICATA. Marg. testd ovatd, ventricosd, ful-

vescente, levi, nitiddque ; aperturd angustd ; labio tenui, inflexo,

marginato ; columella anticé triplicatd; canali nullo ; spird

subelatd, anfractibus distinctis, apice acutiusculo.

Shell ovate, ventricose, of a general light fawn colour, without bands

or other markings, smooth and shining ; base round, aperture rather

narrow ; lip thin, much-inflexed, marginated ; three fine white plaits

are situated at the anterior portion of the columella, equidistant ; the

first forms the termination of the columella, the second passes very

slightly on to the base, in a parallel direction to the first, the third

not at all so; these plaits convey an idea as though they were differ-

ently produced to those of the generality of the Marginelle ; that is,

in not being formed on the columella, but as though the columella

had been delved in itself, leaving the lines or plaits projecting; and

the semblance of a fourth plait is given by the depth and abruptness

of the notch beyond the third: channel none; spire slightly promi-

nent, with distinct whorls; apex subacute.

Long, 534, of an inch; wide, ;2°. of an inch.

Hab. The Philippines, &c.

The gibbosity and sudden tapering of this shell, the uniformity of

its coloration, in having but three plaits, and those at the anterior end

of the columella, and its short but perfect spire, distinguish it from

any species yet described.

I had intended, on determining to describe this shell, to have re-

tained for it the appellation by which it is so well known to many

naturalists and collectors—Marginella angystoma, although by whom

so designated I have been unable to learn, it never having before been

described nor figured ; but finding afterwards that M. Deshayes has

described and published a fossil species found at Grignon under that

name, I am obliged to forgo my wish, and have called it from perhaps

a more leading characteristic—Marginella triplicata.

MARGINELLA SERRATA. Marg. testd elongatd, subcylindricd,

pallidd; aperturd angustd; columella antice quadriplicatd ;

labio tenui, inflexo, valde serrato dentibus sex vel octodecim ;

margine crasso ; spird subelatd, anfractis distinctis, apice obtu-

siusculo.

Shell elongated, subcylindrical, of a very light greyish colour, some-

times with light brown cloudings ; base rather round, aperture narrow,

columellar side nearly straight, with four nearly transverse equidistant

plaits at the anterior portion, the first continuing to form the inner

side of the channel, the second and the third passing obliquely for-

wards over the base, and the fourth in no degree so ; lip slightly spiral,

inflexed, thin, and deeply serrated at its entire edge, forming sixteen

to eighteen teeth ; margin thick, and continuous over the arch of

the channel, and, like the lip, is of a lighter colour than the rest of

the shell; spire somewhat prominent, whorls distinct ; apex rather

obtuse.

Long, 25, of an inch; wide, 15, of an inch.

Hab, The Mauritius.

Cab. Cuming.

This species approaches nearest in form to the Marg. triticea of

Lam., but has a much narrower aperture, and the edge of the lip is

strongly serrated its entire length. .

MARGINELLA CONTAMINATA. Marg. testd oblongo-ovatd, pallide

froris lactis colore; extus tenuissimé striatd; aperturd latd,

labio crasso, columelld sexplicatd, plicis tribus anticis prominen-

tioribus ; margine lato, planulatoque ; apice prominente obtu-

SiSSIMO.

Shell oblongo-ovate, of an uniform pale cream colour, without

bands or markings; internally the colour is somewhat darker ; ex-

ternal texture of the shell is finely striated: the striee terminate ante-

riorly at the thickened varix over the arch of the channel curving to-

wards the columella, and in a similar manner at the edge of the white

deposit around the spire ; base round, aperture wide, slightly curved;

on the columella are six or more white plaits, the three anterior being

rather prominent, the first continuing to form the inner side of the

channel; the second forms a varix on the base of the shell; the

channel broad and deep; a white deposit exists on the columella

within the aperture, which widens and thickens outwardly from about

the anterior fourth of the aperture, covering the plaits and proceeding

over the arch of the channel, forming there a ridge or varix at its

posterior edge, and diminishing in width as it approaches the lip,

along the whole length of which it continues forming a broad flat

margin, and terminates around the spire, which is also covered by it:

apex slightly prominent, very obtuse.

Long, 1 inch; wide, 55, of an inch.

Hab.

Cab. Cuming, Gaskoin.

It differs from Marginella cornea, Lam., in its more elongated

form, the number, distribution and construction of the plaits, in its

broad, flat margin, in the thinness and planeness of the lip internally,

the varix at the anterior part of the base, &c.

MARGINELLA LINEATO-LABRUM. Marg. testd ovatd, levi, an-

Sractibus posticé rotundatis, pallidée flavescente, nigro lineato-

punctatd ; spird prominente ; basi rotundatd; aperturd latis-

simd; columelld quadriplicatd ; labio crassiusculo, marginato,

lineis octo vel novem transversis, supra labrum et marginem

continuis.

Shell ovate, smooth, the whorls even (not crenulated), of a light

yellow-brown colour, having on the last whorl nine rows of distinct

small black spots, or short markings, obliquely longitudinally placed,

the two posterior rows of which are continuous along the whorls of

the spire even to the apex; spire very prominent, whorls rather gib-

bous ; base round; aperture very wide ; the columella has four white

prominent plaits, the two anterior passing obliquely outwards, the

first to form the inner elevated side of the channel, the two posterior

are transverse ; lip, slightly bowed, is thick and marginated, and has

eight or nine nearly equidistant, dark-reddish, somewhat broad lines

crossing its edge and continuing over the margin ; margin continuous,

but with much less thickness, over the arch of the channel, and with

the first or anterior plait; channel broad and deep, obtuse.

Long, 559, of an inch; wide, ;%° of an inch.

Hab. ?

Cab. Cuming.

The only specimen I have seen of this peculiar species is not in fine

condition ; when so, it must be very beautiful. It differs from Mar-

ginella Faba, Linn., in the evenness of the shoulders of the whorls,

its less attenuated form, and the linear markings of the margin, &e.

MARGINELLA PULCHERRIMA. Marq. testd oviformi, fulvescente,

JSasciis albis quinque, angustis, transversis, maculis linearibus

nigris, in centros fasciarum conspicuis ; interstitiis fascid primd

ad secundam fasciam, tertidque ad quartam, lineis plurimis

tenuissimis fulvescentibus longitudinalibus notatis; apertura

alba, latiuscula ; columelld quinque-plicata ; labio tenui ; apice

distincto.

Shell oviform, shining, of a light fawn colour, with five transverse,

distinct, narrow, even, uninterrupted white bands surrounding the

shell, from the edge of the lip, the two anterior terminating at the

columellar edge of the aperture, the others proceeding inwards over

the columella ; the posterior is always the'least distinct (conspicuous) :

floating, as it were, in the centre of these white bands, are very dark-

brown or black, equidistant, linear markings or streaks, and similar

markings in colour and form radiate obliquely on the slight ridge

which encircles the spire: the spaces of the shell between the an-

terior band and the second, and between the third and the fourth,

are occupied by numerous, fine, longitudinal and parallel light-brown

lines, the other spaces between the bands are irregularly marked with

the same colouring, varying in individual specimens, in intensity of

coloration, especially in the middle space (that between the third and

the fourth bands); base round ; aperture white, rather wide, flexuous

posteriorly ; five plaits on the columella; the three anterior project ;

the first is continuous with the inner side of the channel, the second

takes a similar direction behind it, passing obliquely over the base of

the shell, and next this is a white varix following outside the aperture

a similar direction, on which are four or five dark-brown spots ; lip

thin, no margin; apex perceptible.

Long, 2°, of an inch; wide, 14, of an inch.

Hab. West Indies.

Cab. British Museum, Metcalfe, Gaskoin, &c.

Differs from the Voluta catenata of Montagu* (Marginella of

others) in having but four distinct, and one rather obscure, bands; in

these being uninterrupted, and the linear markings floating in their

centres, and not linking interrupted or disjointed portions of the bands,

as in M. catenata; im the dark colour, and the more oviform shape.

I have hitherto found this species among parcels of Marginella sagit-

tata of Hinds.

CyPR#A CRIBELLUM. Cyp. testd subcylindricd, levi, albd, bruneo

omnino obtectd, preter maculis numerosis, testd concoloribus,

Sere circularibus, inequalibus et irregulariter dispensatis ; mar-

ginibus bruneo-rufescente punctatis ;, basi subplanulatd, albd ;

aperturd latd, precipue antice ; columella ventricosiusculd ; den-

tibus labii prominentibus, equalibus, circa quindecim ; dentibus

columellaribus subobsoletis (preter dente primo) circa duodecim;

dente primo majus prominente deinde anticé est incisura pro-

funda; sulco columellari nullo, extremitatibus anticis leviter

productis, externé valde convergente ; canali lato et profundo ;

extremitatibus posticis obtusis ; canali postico lato, aperturd

recté continuo; margine externo incrassato ; spird late umbili-

catd.

Shell subeylindrical, smooth, white, covered by a dark-brown coat- °

ing except at numerous nearly circular white spots, of unequal sizes

and irregular distribution, thus leaving at those spots the colour of the

shell to view; the line of meeting of the two mantles of the molluse

on the dorsum is generally perceptible ; internally of a brown colour ;

outer edge of the margin more or less dotted with rather large dark

reddish-brown dots, similar dottings, but less in degree, on the colu-

mellar side of the base ; base rather flat, white (white deposit, on the

centre of the columellar side, semitransparent); aperture wide, espe-

cially anteriorly, inner edge of the lip spiral; columella slightly ven-

tricose ; teeth on the lip prominent, even, extending partly on to the

base, about fifteen in number, those on the columella very slightly

prominent (excepting the first), not extending on the base,—about

twelve i in number ; the first greatly projects, between which and the

imner anterior extremity is a deep notch,—no columellar groove,—and

at the posterior half of the aperture the teeth exist along the outer,

those on the inner edge being mere indications of teeth ; extremities,

anterior very slightly produced, the outer one converging greatly ;

posterior extremities obtuse, very slightly produced ; channels, ante-

rior wide and deep, posterior rather wide and in a straight line with

the aperture; margin, only on the outer side, incrassated ; spire

widely pats ese

Long, 34 of an inch; wide, = of an inch.

* Which I believe to be a West Indian production only, and not.as Montagu

was led to suppose, a British species. I have found the Marginella catenata fre-

quently among the small West Indian Marginellz, as have many others, and from

no other source did Montagu himself obtain it.

Hab. Mediterranean Sea.

Cab. Gaskoin, Saul, &c.

This species differs from Cyprea Cribraria of Linn. in the general

conformation of the shell, being more cylindrical, in its short, obtuse

extremities, its wide aperture, particularly anteriorly, the large dot-

tings on the margin, the character of the teeth, the mternal colour of

the shell, &c.

CypR#®# Puuicis vARIETAS. Cyp. testd longiore, dentibus nu-

merosioribus minutioribusque, supra labrum circa viginti-novem,

supra columellam circa viginti-tribus ; canali postico denticu-

lato.

Shell longer in form, of a light reddish-brown colour, aperture

narrower and straighter, teeth finer and much more numerous than

the ordinary form, being about twenty-nine on the lip, while the pro-

totype has about nineteen, and on the columella side, about twenty-

three, against from fourteen to seventeen; posterior channel more or

less denticulated.

Hab. 2

Cab. Cuming, Gaskoin.

2. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF NUTCRACKER.

By Joun Goutp, F.R.S. erc.

NvcCIFRAGA MULTIPUNCTATA, Gould.

Crown of the head and nape of the neck brownish black ; feathers

of the face, sides of the neck, back, chest and abdomen brownish

black, with a broad and conspicuous mark of dull white down the

centre ; wings glossy greenish black, the coverts and secondaries with

a lengthened triangular mark of white at the tip, a faint trace of a

similar mark appearing on the tips of the primaries ; tail glossy green-

ish black, the two centre feathers slightly, the next on each side more

largely, and the remaining three extensively tipped with white, the

extent of the white increasing as the feathers recede from the centre ;

under tail-coverts white ; upper tail-coverts and thighs striated with

white.

Total length, 143 inches; bill, 12; wing, 83; tail, 7; tarsi, 14.

This species exceeds in size both the N. caryocatactes and N. he-

mispila, but at the same time has a smaller and more slender bill than

either of those birds; it also differs from both of them in its length-

ened and cuneiform tail; it has a greater quantity of white on the

apical portion of the tail-feathers than the European species, but less

than is found in the NV. hemispila; the white markings of the back

and the entire under surface are also much larger and more numerous

than in either of the other species, and are most remarkably developed

on the scapularies.

The only specimen I have seen of this fine species is in the Museum

of the Philosophical Society at York ; its precise habitat is unknown,

but as other species which were certainly from Simla in India accom-

panied it, we may reasonably conclude it was from that country.

3, NoTes ON THE DISSECTION OF THE Parapoxurus Typus,

AND or Dieus Heyrtius. By H. N. Turner, Jun.

Having received, through the liberality of the Society, a few of

the animals that have died in the menagerie in the course of the pre-

sent winter, I feel bound to lay before them, as well as I may be able,

whatever details of structure I observe which may be new, or may

give rise to ideas calculated to assist in the advancement of the science.

Since the Society have done me the honour to insert in their Pro-

ceedings the somewhat lengthened communication which I was last

permitted to lay before them, I hope that the remarks I have now to

offer, some of which have a bearing on the same subject, may also

prove acceptable.

It formed part of my object in that paper to demonstrate that the

Viverrine group, (of which the Paradoxuri are now universally ad-

mitted to form a part,) are so closely allied to the Cats as to safely

warrant their being united with them in one family, instead of being

looked upon as a section intermediate to the canine and feline groups,

or, on account of their number of tuberculous molars, more closely

allied to the former, in which light they have very frequently been

considered: and I think it will be apparent, from the observations I

have now to bring forward, that the genus Paradorurus, one of the

least exclusively carnivorous of the order, and formerly associated

with the Bears in the plantigrade division, has a much closer relation-

ship with the group, which, from its being pre-eminently carnivorous,

is usually considered as “typical”’ of the order, than naturalists have

been wont to anticipate. It is not unfrequently the case, that when

an affinity between two species or genera is established upon essen-

tial peculiarities of structure, certain minor details, or even habits and

actions of the animal, remind one so forcibly of the relationship we

have already proved to exist, that they assume an unlooked-for de-

gree of interest ; and, having kept for some time a living specimen

of the common Paradoxurus, I think a few of the observations I have

made upon it may on this account be interesting, in connection with

the structural peculiarities which the receipt of a dead one has enabled

me to remark.

The claws are as retractile as in the domestic Cat, although from

the absence of the long and soft hair, with which the sides of the toes

are clothed in the latter animal, they are fully exposed when in the

retracted position. But on examining the claws of the Paradoxure,

it becomes obvious that the raising of the point from the ground is

not the only means employed by Nature to maintain their sharpness.

Every one must have observed in the common Cat, as well as in the

larger species preserved in our menageries, the habit of occasionally

scratching or dragging with the claws against the surface of any hard

substance, a process not apparently calculated to improve their sharp-

ness, but obviously intended to aid the shelling off of the outer layer

of the claw, which is continually renewed by growth from the root,

and the blunted point is thus occasionally replaced by a new one. I

have not observed this habit in the living Paradoxurus ; but on ex-

amining the claws of the dead one, I noticed that some of them were

much larger than others, these being worn and blunted at the point,

while the smaller ones were sharp; also that the series of claws on

each foot were irregular as to their sizes, and that the corresponding

claws on the opposite feet in some cases differed greatly in size ; so

that it would appear, that in the absence of the scratching propensity,

the claws scale off naturally, and to a much larger extent at a time

than in the Cats. I have occasionally noticed my living specimen with

a claw apparently loose, but the casting off of the outer layer of the

nail is a difficult thing to verify by actual observation.

On one occasion, my specimen having escaped from his cage, on my

seizing him by the neck for the purpose of replacing him therein, he

made use of his claws to defend himself, just as a cat would naturally

be expected to do; while it is well known that any animal of the dog

tribe, being seized in that manner, is helpless, having no instinct

prompting him to make use of his extremities against his captor; in

this tribe also the paws are never used for seizing, but only for the

purposes of locomotion, and to steady the prey upon the ground,

while the teeth perform their office. The positions sometimes assumed

by the Paradoxurus in a state of repose, also resemble those of the

cat; for instance, it frequently lowers the body between the fore-paws,

approximating the shoulder to the foot, while the elbow remains raised

by the side: the canine animals, on the other hand, xever crouch with-

out applying the elbow to the ground. The Paradoxurus again re-

sembles the Cat in the habit of occasionally bending the head verti-

cally beneath the neck while asleep, a position never assumed by the

Dog.

In all the anatomical characters which in my former communica-

tion I assigned to the Felidee (in which family the viverrine section is

included), the Paradoxurus fully agrees ; those presented by the gene-

rative and odoriferous organs are the most remarkable. There is no

true musk-bag, simply the two secerning pouches situated one on each

side the anus, which are so common among the carnivora. In addition

to these, there is at the base of the prepuce, an oval, flat, naked space,

which is not simply a secreting surface, as stated by Mr. Gray in a

paper contributed to the Proceedings a few years back, but contains

a number of minute orifices, each opening into a somewhat cylindrical

glandular sac: these are arranged vertically side by side, and, toge-

ther with the anal pouches, secrete the substance which imparts to

the animal its characteristic odour. The generative organs are alto-

gether very largely developed; the prostate is large, of a slightly

lobulated form, and the urethra passes obliquely through its centre.

Cowper’s glands, whose presence is characteristic of the Felid, are

remarkably large, causing a prominence externally posterior to the

scrotum ; and, as usual in the family, each is surrounded by a power-

ful muscular envelope, which is at least an eighth of an inch in thick-

ness ; the fibres converge to a tendinous portion, which extends, from

the point where the duct issues, some distance on each side of the

gland; the size of these organs altogether is about equal to that of

the testes. The length of the penis, from the orifices of Cowper’s

duct to the meatus urinarius, is a little more than three inches ; it is

perfectly flexible in every part, and therefore the os penis must be

either very minute or wanting ; this is another feline character, since

in the Bears and Weasels, as well as in the Dogs, the bone forms a

considerable part of the organ. The glans is cylindrical, it tapers a

little for about six-tenths of an inch, then terminates suddenly in a

small conical point, in the groove around the base of which is situated.

at the lower part the urethral orifice. The body of the glans has a

slight median groove beneath, and its whole surface is covered with

horny spines directed backwards. Cuvier, who alludes to a similar

peculiarity in the Cats, makes no mention of it, either in the Ichneu-

mon, the Civet, or the Hyzena. Its existence is therefore an interest-

ing mark of affinity between two genera apparently so dissimilar, al-

though, from its inconstancy, it will not serve as a character of the

family. In the Paradoxurus the spines are minute, very numerous,

and regularly distributed *.

The same organs in the Jerboa present some peculiarities worthy

of notice. I will observe, in addition to what has before been described,

that Cowper’s glands are each curved upon itself in a manner similar

to the vesiculz seminales. The two sharp-pointed bony stylets with

which the upper part of the glans is armed, and which have been

mentioned by authors, arise about the middle of the dorsum of the

glans, one on each side of a prominence of its substance; they are

gently curved, and rather suddenly pointed at the end. In the re-

cumbent condition they incline a little towards each other, just over-

hanging the extremity of the glans, and bear some resemblance to the

pointed lower incisors of some small Rodent. The glans itself appears

_ tripartite at the extremity, there being a deep fissure running the whole

length of its under surface, and just at the extremity another on each

side : at the meeting-point of the fissures is the urethral orifice. Just

behind the origin of the bony stylets the presence of a small ossicle

can be distinctly felt within the substance of the glans.

A very remarkable peculiarity in this little animal is, that amidst

the long white hairs which clothe the lower part of the foot is a small

sharp horny spike, situated just below the base of the middle toe, as if

it were intended to enter the ground, and thus prevent the animal from

slipping when it alights. This I have reason to believe is not generally

known, although it must I think be alluded to by Dr. Shaw in his Ge-

neral Zoology, since he there remarks, “‘ There is also a very small spur

or back-toe, with its corresponding claw:”’ and subsequently adds,

“nor does any vestige of it appear in the figure given by Dr. Pallas of

the skeleton.” This may well be, since it is simply a cutaneous deve-

lopment, having no connection with the skeleton whatever. I have

looked at the specimens of the Jerboa in the British Museum, but in

* Since the above was written, I have received the body of a male Coatimondi.

I alluded to that animal in my former paper, as being placed by Cuvier among the

list of those possessing the vesiculz seminales, which, I observed, required con-

firmation. I can now assert that they do not exist; the walls of the vasa defe-

rentia are swollen immediately before these vessels enter the urethra, and the

prostate has a more sudden projection at its upper end than I have observed in

the musteline animals that I have dissected. The absence of the vesicule semi-

nales is then a constant character of the true Carnivora.

consequence of their being dried and mounted, the little appendage,

which is concealed by the hair, was not to be perceived; but in the

Alactaga, as well as the same circumstances would permit, I could see

that a little horny process existed, but was rough and blunt.

In the dissection of an animal whose only mode of progression con-

sists of leaping with the hinder extremities, and which differs from

the other jumping Mammalia in the circumstance, that in the position

of rest the extremity only of the metatarsus is applied to the ground,

the muscles of the leg may be expected to afford some points of in-

terest. The most striking of these are, that none of the muscles situ-

ated upon the tibia remain fleshy for more than about half the length

of that bone, each terminating in a long tendon; and that upon the

foot itself there are no muscles whatever, the actions of the flexors

of the toes being relieved by a strong ligament, which arises from the

os calcis, and divides into five, giving one to the middle toe, two small

sesamoid bones being developed in it ; and two divisions to each of the

other toes, the index and the annularis, each of which has also its

sesamoid bones, those furthest from the axis of the foot being rather

largely developed, extending some distance over the sides of the arti-

culation. The ligament near its origin contains three little supernu-

merary bones, one on the outer, two on the inner side ; the latter are

grooved for the passage of the tendon of the flexor perforans. On

the homology of this tendon I have next to remark. It might very

naturally be expected, that in animals having no thumb on the hinder

extremity, and in which the fibula is in great part wanting, the flexor

longus pollicis, which in man has its origin in the fibula, would be

either much reduced or absent ; but so far from such being the case,

it will be seen, on reference to any work on the comparative anatomy

of the muscular system, that this muscle exists, and that its tendon

becomes entirely confluent with that of the flexor longus digitorum.

But further, I think it will appear that in those lower Mammalia, in

which the thumb or the fibula, or both, are wanting or imperfectly

developed, it is the flexor longus digitorum that is reduced in size, and

the flexor longus pollicis that becomes the principal muscle acting on

the toes. The dissection of the Jerboa made this homology very

evident. The large flexor muscle which gives the perforating tendons

to the toes arises, as may be expected, partly from the tibia as well

as from the fibula; but it is distinctly shown to be the flexor longus

pollicis, from the fact that its tendon passes through a distinct sheath,

separate from and posterior to that which contains the tendons of the

other two muscles, namely the flexor longus digitorum and the tibi-

alis posticus. Of these, which are both very small, the former shows

its homology most clearly, by arising from the surface of the tibia,

immediately below the insertion of the popliteus. The tibialis posticus

is an extremely minute and delicate muscle, arising only from the

tibia.

In the Rabbit the two perforating flexors form a single muscle,

having the proper origins of both ; lower down they become to a cer-

tain extent separable, but the tendons are completely reunited before

they pass the ankle, which they do in the place belonging to the

flexor longus pollicis. This compound muscle, occupying the whole

posterior surface of the bones of the leg, so pushes round the tibialis

posticus, that it takes the chief part of its origin from the inner side

of the tibia, which in Mammalia generally is free from muscular

attachment. In the Paradoxurus I found that the flexor longus

digitorum has, in addition to its usual attachments, a pomt of origin

in the head of the fibula; but then the bones are separate, and the

flexor longus pollicis is a distinct muscle, having also origin in both

bones, and each tendon passes the ankle in its usual place*.

March 13, 1849.

W. Yarrell, Esy., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary reported that a living specimen of Herpestes fasciatus,

Desm., and Celogenys paca, Linn., had just been added to the So-

ciety’s collection. The former animal was exhibited to the Meeting.

The Secretary directed attention to a small series of skins of Mam-

malia and Birds collected in Ceylon and Sennaar by Aubrey Paul,

Esq., the species of which were briefly noticed by Mr. Gray and

Mr. Gould.

The following papers were read :—

1. Norice OF A PECULIARITY OF STRUCTURE OBSERVED IN THE

AORTA OF THE WiLp Swan. By Joun Davy, M.D., F.R.S.

L. & E., Inspecror-Generat or Army Hospirats, ETC.

(CommuNIcATED BY Mr. GULLIVER.)

When engaged in examining anatomically this bird (a full-grown

female, killed in the neighbourhood of Chatham in February 1839),

my attention was arrested by a peculiar appearance in the inferior

portion of its aorta, which I shall briefly describe with the hope of

leading to further inquiry. Before the ischiatic arteries are given off,

the aorta is comparatively large and is enveloped externally in a dense

fibrous coat, possessing very little elasticity : below the origin of these

* Since writing the above I have taken opportunities of looking at the same

muscles in a Fox and in a Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus). The former animal

differed from the Paradoxurus, and resembled the Jerboa, in the great extent of the

flexor longus pollicis and the much-reduced size of the tibialis posticus, which here

also terminates in a long slender tendon, showing an interesting correspondence of

adaptive character in two animals, in which the motion of the hind-limbs is vi-

gorous, but of one kind only. In the Monkey the flexor longus pollicis is a much

larger muscle than the flexor longus digitorum, and has considerable attachment

to the tibia.

Meckel and Cuvier allude to the union of the two long flexors in the Rabbit

fs they pass the ankle, but neither author informs us at which point that takes

place.

arteries, the trunk of the aorta suddenly becomes small, and continues

small and tapering to its termination ; and this change is accompanied

with an alteration in the structure of its external coat. In place of a

dense fibrous envelope, it is now sheathed in a substance very like

muscular fibre, and which from its properties I believe to be a mus-

cular layer. It is of some thickness, of a reddish hue, slightly elastic,

easily broken, and divided by a ligature and easily separated into

longitudinal fibres of considerable length. Under the microscope

each filament appears to be composed of nearly parallel fibres of ex-

treme delicacy, and destitute of those peculiar markings which be-

long to the fibres of the voluntary muscles generally and to some of

the involuntary. Moreover, when placed in a warm damp atmo-

sphere, at a temperature between 80° and 90° Fahr., it rapidly putre-

fies and is reduced to a poultaceous or semifluid consistence. These

properties seem to characterize it as a muscular structure; I would

not dwell on any one in particular, but rather on the assemblage of

them. An attempt of late has been made to revive the old doctrine

of the muscularity of the middle coat of the arteries, founded almost

exclusively on microscopical appearances. The structure described

above, I consider not of the nature of the middle arterial coat, be-

lieving that that coat is not truly muscular, but rather of the nature

of the muscular coat of the intestines, to which, in point of colour,

consistence, the effect of a ligature, its microscopical appearance and

proneness to putrefy, it is so very similar.

If this structure be admitted to be muscular, it may be viewed as

accessory and of a use similar to that of the accessory hearts of the

Chimera and Torpedo, and destined to some peculiarity of function

which further research is required to determine.

Before concluding this notice, I may mention incidentally that I

availed myself of the opportunity afforded by this Swan to examine

the air contained in its osseous air-cells. I found it to be composed

of about 83°3 per cent. azote, and of 16-7 per cent. oxygen, tested by

means of lime-water and phosphorus. It was collected from the cells

belonging to the cervical vertebrae,—cells by means of which this part

of the bird is happily buoyant, floating in water, even when deprived

of its feathers and integuments and detached from the trachea. And,

further, I may mention, which was new to me, that its large intestine

is almost as amply provided with villi as its small ; and that even the

isthmus or narrow neck of each of its large czeca is similarly provided

with villi. Some other animals, especially birds, may be analogous

in this respect ; but in no other instance in which I have yet examined

the large intestines in search of villi have I found them.

2. NoTes ON THE SkuLL or Eauus Hemtonus anv Eauus

Krane. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S.

Mr. Hodgson has lately sent to the British Museum three speci-

mens of the Horse, which he had described under the name of Equus

Kiang ; unfortunately they were so destroyed by insects during their

passage from India, that it was impossible to preserve any part of

them except the skull and the bones of the limbs.

As a doubt had arisen as to the distinction of this species from the

Hemione, Equus Hemionus, of Kutch, I have compared these skulls

with the skull of the latter belonging to an imperfect skeleton, which

was kindly presented to the Museum, with the skin, by the Earl of

Derby, from an animal which lived some time in Knowsley Park.

The forehead of all the three specimens of EL. Kiang is rather con-

vex between the eyes, and the centre of the face is narrow and keeled

on the sides; while in the skull of #. Hemionus the forehead is flat

between the eyes, and the centre line of the face is rather broader and

rounded gradually off on the sides, and the incisive bone is longer and

more gradually arched, making the incisor more perpendicular in the

latter than in any of the furmer.

But the most distinctive character between the four skulls is in the

position of the infraorbital foramen. In EF. Hemionus it is high up,

about one-third the space between the face-line and the back edge of

the teeth ; it is far back, being directly over the front end of the cheek-

ridge and the back edge of the third grinder: while in all the three

specimens of the skulls of #. Kiang this foramen is lower down, being

nearly in the centre of the space between the face-line and the base

of the teeth, and it is placed in a line over the back edge of the second

grinder, some distance in front of the end of the cheek-ridge.

The under surface of the body of the posterior sphenoid is narrow

and convex in L. Hemionus, and broad and flat in &. Kiang. The

vomer is much more compressed in the latter than in the L. Hemionus.

I am not certain that the distinctions here described may be suffi-

cient to show that these two animals are separate species, but they

indicate the necessity of the subject being more fully examined.

In the position of the suborbital foramen the E. Kiang more nearly

resembles the #. asinus, and the HL. Hemionus that of #. Zebra and

E. Burchellit.

Two of the skulls of the H. Kiang show the small rudimentary

grinder in front of the other ; but this tooth is to be more or less di-

stinctly observed in the skulls of the other Hqguide in the Museum

collection. I may observe, that in the skull of Hquus Burchellii in

the British Museum collection, this tooth is placed on the inner side

of the first true grinder.

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ANIMAL OF TRIGONIA, FROM ACTUAL

DISSECTION. By G. Huxtey, Esa., R.N., wiTH AN INTRO-

DUCTORY NOTE BY PRroressor EK. Forsss, F.R.S. ere. ere.

(Mollusca, Pl. IIT.)

The accompanying account of the animal of Trigonia was forwarded

to me by Mr. Huxley, Assistant-Surgeon to the Rattlesnake, now sur-

veying in the Eastern and Australian Seas, under the able command

and scientific zeal of Capt. Owen Stanley.

The great number, beauty and geological importance of the species

of this interesting genus have made especially valuable a knowledge

of the structure of its animal. Quoy and Gaimard were the first to

give any account of it, and a figure and description of the animal of

5 Molhisea I

Proe: Z

Hullmandel. & Walton

Lithographers.

fw)

Hane)

Bis

ZZ,

ere)

ose

Lh.

Trigonia were published from their drawings and notes in the zoolo-

gical division of the Voyage of the Astrolabe*. Since then I am not

aware of this curious creature having been re-observed, though much

has been written respecting its systematic position. As in such a case

a verification of the evidence we possess, through a new and accurate

set of observations, is of almost as much importance as the descrip-

tion of an unobserved animal, the Zoological Society may consider

Mr. Huxley’s notes in the light of a valuable contribution to mala-

cology.

Both accounts confirm the idea suggested by the shell of its position

among the Arcacea, and its close affinity with Nucula and Arca. The

degree of union of the mantle-lobes, and the development of siphonal

tubes in this family, as among the neighbouring Mytilide, is of ge-

neric and not sectional significance.

I add the description of the animal given by the French naturalists

for comparison :—

T’animal a le manteau ouvert dans les trois quarts de sa circon-

férence inférieure. I] est frangé sur ses bords, avec de petites taches

ou lunules blanches qui alternent avec des stries rayonnées. On voit,

au sommet de ce manteau, les impressions denticulées de la charnitre,

et en avant et en arriére, les muscles qui unissent les valves. Le pied

est grand, robuste, sécuriforme, trés recourbé en arriére, tranchant et

denticulé sur son aréte, de chaque cdté de laquelle sont des laciniures,

au tiers antérieur seulement. II ne nous a pas paru se dilater comme

dans les muscles. Les branchies sont grandes, libres, subtriangulaires,

en pointe, reposant, de chaque cété de la racine du pied, leur doubles

lamelles. Les palpes buccaux sont excessivement petits, réunis dans

une partie de leur étendue. L’anus est 4 lextrémité d’un court

pédicule. La disposition du manteau et le manque de tubes rap-

prochent ce mollusque de celui des Nucules, dont il differe cependant

par la disposition des branchies et la briéveté des appendices de la

bouche.”

Description of Trigonia.

The mantle-lobes are rounded and plaited, to correspond with the

ribs of the shell. The edges of the mantle are marked with white

spots; posteriorly, opposite the anus they are provided with short

convex appendages. ‘The mantle-lobes are disunited throughout, not

joining until they reach the upper surface of the posterior adductor,

some distance above the anus.

The gills are somewhat triangular, extendmg backwards almost

horizontally on each side of the visceral mass. Each gill is formed

of three stems, fixed at one extremity, free and pointed at the other,

and giving attachment throughout their whole length, on one side to

depending filaments, which become shorter as they are more posterior.

The filaments are formed of a tubular horny thread, supporting on

one side a broad membranous fringe. I could perceive no trace of

vessels in this fringe, but it appeared to be covered by an epithelium

(ciliated ?).

* Vol. iii. p. 476, Mollusques, pl. 78. f. 5.

The mouth is placed at the anterior and superior part of the ani-

mal, between two thickish horizontal lips. The labial tentacles are

two on each side, rather long, lanceolate, and slightly pectinated. The

anus is placed posteriorly and superiorly between the gills, and just

about the posterior adductor muscle.

The so-called “foot” is composed of two portions, an upper and

quadrilateral (properly the abdomen), and a lower pointed part (the

true foot), the two being set at right angles to one another.

The first portion is sharp-edged and slightly pectinated posteriorly,

marked by a groove bounded by two folded lips anteriorly. The

second portion is slightly pectinated along its lower edge, pointed

anteriorly, prolonged behind into a curved process, where it jos the

superior portion.

Visceral mass.—The mouth opens by a very short cesophagus into

a wide pyriform stomach, surrounded by a dark dendritic liver. The

stomach narrows into a long intestine, which descends for the whole

length of the abdomen, and forms one or two loops in the substance

of the generative gland; then passes up again above the stomach,

penetrates the heart, and passing between the two small lateral mus-

cles of the foot, terminates in the anus.

Fig. 1. View of the animal with the right valve of the shell re-

moved, and the right lobe of the mantle turned back. a, mouth ;

6, anus; ¢, filamentous appendages of mantle; d, gill; e, grooved

superior part of foot.

Fig. 2. View of the animal from behind, with the valves separated.

Letters as before.

Fig. 3. Visceral cavity laid open. a, stomach, surrounded by the

liver; }, intestine; ¢, heart; d, generative gland.

March 27, 1849.

William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary communicated to the Meeting a letter which had

been addressed to the Council by Sir Roderick Impey Murchison,

G.C.St.8., &c. &e., in which he gave the gratifying intelligence of

his having been assured by the Count Kisselef, Minister of the

Imperial Domains of Russia, that if it was possible to obtain another

Male Aurochs, it would afford his Excellency the greatest pleasure to

receive the high command of His Majesty the Emperor for its

transmission to the Society. Although the communication of Count

Kisselef did not amount to an absolute promise, Sir Roderick ex-

pressed his conviction, that with so earnest an intention of assisting

the Society on the part of the confidential Minister of his Imperial

Majesty, there was still a chance of the Aurochs again living and

reproducing its species in Britain. ;

_ Letters had also been received from M. Westerman, M. Vekemans,

the Hon. C. A. Murray, A. N. Shaw, Esq., and H. N. Tweedie, Esq.,

Corr. Members, relative to collections already made or to be expected

from Egypt, Bombay, and Hayti.

The following paper was read :—

MonoGrRaPH OF THE LARGE AFRICAN SPECIES OF NOCTURNAL

LEPIDOPTERA BELONGING OR ALLIED TO THE GENUS SATUR-

nia. By J. O. Westwoop, F.L.S. erc.

(Annulosa, Pl. VIT. VIII. IX. X.)

Linneeus, in pursuance of the plan which he generally adopted, of

placing the largest species of any group at its head, introduced as the

first species of the Nocturnal Lepidoptera (the whole of which con-

stituted in his System but one genus, Pha/ena) those gigantic moths

of which the Phalena Atlas may be considered as the type, distin-

guished both by himself and Fabricius by the character “‘alis pa-

tulis.’ Placed thus at the head of this great division, and being in

themselves some of the most gigantic and at the same time most

beautiful of the insect tribes,—valuable also to the human race on

account of the product obtained from several of the species,—I have

thought that a synopsis of the African species (a considerable number

of which are now for the first time described and figured, and several

of which, being inhabitants of Southern Africa, appear as likely to

afford a supply of silk as their Indian relatives,) would not be with-

out interest.

So little however has hitherto been effected in the classification of

the nocturnal exotic Lepidoptera, even of the larger species, and in

fact so completely have the chief characters, on which a real distri-

bution of these insects can alone be established—I allude more espe-

cially to the arrangement of the veins of the wings and the transfor-

mations of the insects—been neglected, that it is impossible, without

a revision of the whole of the family Bombycide, to arrive at the most

satisfactory plan of arrangement of a geographical selection of the

species. It will however not be useless to notice the attempts which

have been made relative to the arrangement of these insects. Dr.

Boisduval, in his ‘ Genera et Index Methodicus,’ has divided the

Heterocera into a number of tribes of equal rank, amongst which is the

Saturnides*, characterized thus : ‘ Larvee obesze arboricole, segmen-

tis prominulis, modo tuberculis piligeris, modo spinis verticillatis vel

pennatis instructee. Folliculum tenax. Alee patulee latee seepius macula

ocellari vel diaphana ornatze : lingua nulla.’ The tribe comprises the

single genus Saturnia of Schranck and Ochsenheimer (¢tacus, Ger-

mar), with the four European species Pyri, Spini, Carpini, and Ce-

cigena as its types. The characters given by Boisduval are suffi-

ciently precise, but those obtained from the peculiar structure of the

* Op. cit. p. 73.

No. CXCII.—Procerpines or THE ZOOLOGICAL Society.

antennee and of the veins of the wings, which Boisduval has not no-

ticed, are far more distinctive. M. Boisduval’s next tribe, Endromi-

des, is a very artificial one, consisting of the two genera Aglaia and En-

dromis, which possess but littlein common: Aglaia Tau, in fact, pos-

sesses the broad, flat, pennate, male antennze of Saturnia, with which

it also agrees in each joint emitting four branches, two at the base and

two at the apex, the latter pair being shorter and more slender than the

former ; moreover, each branch of the former pair has its fore-margin

fringed with very delicate hairs, directed of course to the tip of the

antenne, and its apex is furnished with two stronger bristles, also ex-

tended in the same direction, and each of the latter pair of branches

has its hinder margin similarly fringed, the hairs of course being di-

rected towards the base of the antennz, and nearly meeting the op-

posite row of hairs supplied by the basal branches of each jot. This

very peculiar structure, also possessed by the giant Saturni@ (alone,

as I believe), has not been previously noticed by any writer with whose

works I am acquainted, and would most probably afford physiological

peculiarities of much interest. The veins of the wings of Aglaia are

also disposed on the same general plan as in the Saturnia, namely

the apical portion of the fore-wing is traversed by six branches, three

arising from the great median vein and three from the post-costal

vein, the two hindermost of the latter uniting together near the

middle of the wing: there is however this difference between the

wings of Aglaia and Saturnia; namely, that whereas in Saturnia the

first branch of the post-costal vein is very minute, consisting of a

scarcely visible, almost transverse veinlet, occurring halfway between

the tip of the costal vein and the extremity of the wing, in Aglaia

this first branch of the post-costal vein is longer than all the rest,

arising at about one-third of the length of the wing from the base.

Thus Aglaia and Saturnia agree in possessing a simple costal vein, a

post-costal vein with five branches, a median vein with three branches,

and a simple anal vein. Wealso find that, like Saturnia, all the wings

in Aglaia are marked in the middle with an eye-shaped spot. Bois-

duval however appears to have considered that the transformations

of Aglaia were the chief grounds for separating it from the Satur-

nides: he describes the larvee of A. Taw as “ rugulose, per juventu-

tem spinigere ; adultze mutica. Folliculum sub-nullum. Puppa

muscis vel foliis demortuis obtecta*.’’

From the preceding considerations I am induced to regard Aglaia

as belonging to the same subsection or tribe as Saturnia, considering

the differences of metamorphosis existing between them as more than

counterbalanced by the striking similarity of their more important

characters in the perfect state. As to the connexion between Aglaia

and Endromis, proposed by Boisduval, I cannot consider it as pos-

sessed of any real existence, Endromis having a totally different

arrangement of the wing-veins, the apical portion of the fore-wings

being traversed by seven branches, namely four arising from the me-

dian vein, and three simple ones arising from the post-costal vein, the

* Op. cit. supr. p. 74.

wing being furnished with a simple costal, a 5-branched post-costal,

a 4-branched median and a simple anal vein. Now this is the typical

number of branches which a lepidopterous wing ought to possess,

according to the theory of Mr. Edward Doubleday, that we are to

suppose the existence of a discoidal vein traversing the middle of the

discoidal cell, and that this discoidal vein, as well as the post-costal

and median, are respectively furnished with three branches, Ac-

cording to this theory therefore, the two branches of the post-costal

vein which run to the tip of the fore-wing of Exdromis, together with

the first branch traversing the front of the dise of the apical portion

of the wing, are the only real branches of the post-costal vein ; the

two following branches of the post-costal vein, as I have regarded

them, and the first branch of the median vein, are the branches of the

supposed discoidal vein, and the three remaining branches of the me-

dian vein are its only true branches. I do not intend in this place

to enter into a detail of the reasons which induce me to refuse assent

to this theory ; I may however observe, Ist, that with regard to the

functions of these branches, it is evident that the fourth branch of the

median vein, where present, must form a portion of the system of cir-

culation effected by the branches of the median vein, just as in like

manner the three branches of the post-costal vein of Saturnia, which

traverse the apical portion of the fore-wing, must be considered as ef-

fectually forming a portion of the post-costal vein ; 2ndly, that it seems

to me contrary to analogy to admit the existence of fully-developed

branches of a vein, the base of which has no real existence ; and 3rdly,

that instances occur (e.g. Psyche Stettinella, Cochleophasia tes-

sellea) in which the number of branches exceeds the supposed typical

number of nine (7. e. three post-costal, three discoidal, and three me-

dian), those insects having ten branches, in which case one of the

veins must have an extra branch ; whilst in Saturnia for instance, the

supposed discoidal vein can only have two branches,—hence I see no

reason why cases may not be supposed in which one vein should have

more, and another vein fewer, than the typical number of branches ;

or, in other words, why the median vein in Endromis should not

have four branches, whilst there are only five branches for the post-

costal and supposed discoidal veins.

The antennz also of Endromis, as well as its transformations, are

quite different from those of Aglaia and Saturnia; indeed the tribe

Endromides of Boisduval seems to possess no single connecting cha-

racter.

Hiibner, in his ‘ Verzeichniss bekannter Schmetterlinge*,’ has at-

tempted an arrangement of these insects which appears to me unna-

tural, so far as the primary divisions are concerned, whereas his inferior

groups (Coztus), founded almost entirely upon the form and marking

of the wings, appear to bring together the closely allied species. His

first tribe of the Bombycoid Nocturnal Lepidoptera is termed Sphin-

goides, and contains five stirpes :—I1st, Dimorphe (Endromis, Chao-

nia, Petasia, &e.); 2nd, Ptilodontes (the Prominent Moths) ; 3rd,

* Augsburg, 1816, 8yo.

Andrie (Stauropus, Cerura, &e.); 4th, Platyptericides (Drepana,

Platypteryx, &c.); and 5th, Echidne, composed of Aglaia and a

number of Saturnia. The second tribe of the Bombycoid Nocturnal

Lepidoptera is termed Vere, and consists of the remainder of the

Saturnia (S. Pavonia, Pyri, &c.) ; Apollonia, Cram. ; Maia, Drury ;

perspicilla, Stoll; Cedo nulli, Cram.; and Pandiona, Cram., im

separate coitus, forming a first stirps Heree ; the remaining stirpes,

composed of the Penthophore, Larie, Orgyie, Lithosie, Arctia,

Lasiocampe, Gastropache, &c. ; and the third tribe of the Bombycoid

Lepidoptera being composed of Hepialus, Cossus, and Zeuzera.

By this arrangement it will be seen that S. Pavonia, Pyri, &c.,

and the other species above named, are separated from the great body

of the Saturnia, a step for which I can see no real grounds, the charac-

ters of those species in the preparatory and perfect states agreeing

with those of the stirps Hchidne far more intimately than with any of

the other Bombycoid Nocturna, constituting the tribe named Vere.

Mr. James Duncan, in the volume of Exotic Moths forming part of

Sir W. Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library (vol. vii. 1841), has suggested

a mode of distribution of the Saturnia, founded upon the form of the

wings in the two sexes of the different species, of which the following

is a sketch :—

1. Those with the hind-wings rounded in both sexes.

Genus 1. Hyalophora {or the Speculares Attaci and Samie of

Hiibner |, with large vitreous spaces on the disc of the wings:

Atlas, Hesperus, Cecropia, &e.

Genus 2. dttacus, with eye-like spots on the wings, containing

the great majority of the species.

2. Those with the hind-wings furnished with an angular projection

posteriorly.

Genus 3. drsenura |Rheseyntes of Hiibner]. Hind-wings of

male alone angulated. Sp. Hrythrine, Fab.

Genus 4. Lomelia |Imérasia of Hiibner|. Hind-wings of both

sexes angulated. Sp. Hpimethea, Drury.

3. Those with the hind-wings produced into a long tail.

Genus 5. Actias, Leach [Tropea, Hiibner]. Tail about the

length of the body. Sp. Luna, Linn.

Genus 6. Eustera [Hudemonia, p. Hiibuer]. Tail very long;

apical margin of fore-wings rounded. Sp. Argus, Fab.

Genus 7. Copiopteryx [Eudemonia, p. Hiibner]. Tail very

long ; fore-wings truncated. Sp. Semiramis, Cram.

The application of the character derived from the variation in the

form of the wings in the two sexes of the different species is a step

gained in their arrangement; it must however be admitted that the

species with rounded hind-wings, forming Mr. Duncan’s first section,

must be cut up into a considerable number of subsections to place

them on an equivalent footing with the species with angulated or tailed

hind-wings. Moreover the existence of large vitreous patches on the

wings is not sufficiently important for the formation of genera among

these insects, since it is found gradually obliterated in a series of the

species by the space being more and more clothed with scales, until,

as In our common Saturnia, all that remains of the vitreous spot is a

narrow lunule at the base of the pupil of the eye-like spot. Although

Mr. Duncan’s observation, that “the species in which the fore-wings

of the male are most decidedly falcate have this form much less

strongly marked in the female ; where the former are not very strongly

falcate, in the female they become subfaleate (H. Promethea may

serve as an example), while the females of subfalcate winged males

have the exterior outline of their fore-wings either straight or slightly

curved outwards ”’—is correct, yet he has carried it too far in proposing

to unite together two insects belonging to different genera, and equally

far removed in their geographical range, namely the curious Saturnia

Lucina of Drury (which possesses very strongly falcate fore-wings, the

veins of which, as is evident from Drury’s figure, are arranged as in

the typical Saturnie, and which I find recorded in Drury’s MSS. to

be a native of Sierra Leone) and the Assamese Bombyx spectabilis*,

described by Mr. Hope in the Linnean Transactions (vol. xviii. part 3,

figured in pl. 31. fig. 3. from my drawing), which possesses an out-

wardly rounded apical margin of the fore-wings, and which, as may be

seen from my figure, has a different arrangement of the veins of the

fore-wings, the apical portion of the dise of which is traversed by seven

branches, the innermost pair of the post-costal vein not being united

together in a fork on the dise; the insect in fact belonging rather to

the group of which Lasiocampa is a good typet.

* This species is the Bombyx Certhia, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 412; Bombya

Wallichii, Gray in Zool. Misc. p. 39; and Phalena maxima, Chusan, Petiver. Gaz.

t. 18. fig. 3.

t+ I may take this opportunity of describing a very fine new species of Lasio-

campa from Tropical Africa, in my own collection.

LAsIocAMPA stricina, Westw. L. alis anticis pallide incarnato-albidis strigis

quatuor fulvo-castaneis, posticis basi fuscis strigis tribus transversis albis,

pone medium fulvo-castaneis.

Expans. alar. unc. 6.

Hab. Sierra Leone. In Mus. nostr.

The general colour of this insect is a rich chestnut-fulvous or sorrel colour. The

basal half of the fore-wings is of a pinkish buff, the piuk tint being strongest at

the base, and extending across the hind part of the thorax. Between the base

and the distance of one-third of the length of the wing, are two straight, trans-

verse, chestnut-fulvous strigze, which are shaded off gradually to the pale ground

colour of the wing; at the distance of one-third is another abbreviated striga of

the same kind (indicating the situation where the discoidal cell is closed). Across

the middle of the wing is a broad, more oblique chestnut-fulvous bar, shaded off

in the same manner; and beyond this, and parallel with it, is another narrow,

darker chestnut-fulvous, oblique striga, leaving a broad apical margin of chestnut-

fulvous, slightly clouded with an obscure paler wave. The principal veins of the

wing are indicated at a little distance beyond the middle by a double row of

minute chestnut dots, and along the apical portion by a brighter tint. The fringe

is claret-brown. The hind-wings are blackish-brown at the base, with three

transverse white fasciz, the outer ones being close together, and running nearly

across the middle of the wing; the apical half of the wing being chestnut-fulvous,

with a slight indication of a paler fascia. The antennz are very pale buff and

bipectinated ; the tips are broken off in my specimen, the part remaining having

seventy-three pairs of rays. Beneath, the wings are paler chestnut-fulvous, with

a darker duplicated striga across the middle, and some slightly indicated waved

strige beyond the middle.

As already stated, the insects of the genus Satwrnia ave among the

largest of the Nocturnal Lepidoptera, a few Hepialide and Erebi

alone equaling them in size. How far this circumstance gives them

the character of a typical group may be reasonably questioned ; to me

indeed it appears that an increased size in the species of any group is

in itself a proof of a certain degree of aberration : certainly if strength

of flight and compactness of form be considered, we must regard the

Lasiocampe and allies as much rather the real representatives of the

Linnean Bombyces ; just as in the Butterflies, no one would consider

the species of Papilio on account of their large size as the types, but

would confer that title on Vanessa and its allies, notwithstandmg the

want of well-developed fore-legs. Another circumstance which might

be alleged as a proof of the typicality of the Saturnia, is the wide geo-

graphical range of the species, which occur in all quarters of the globe,

which peculiarity extends even to the minor divisions of the genus ;

thus we have very closely-allied tailed species from North America,

India and South Africa; I believe however that naturalists have at

length agreed in refusing to this circumstance the right of conferring

typicality on groups.

Saturnia in fact appears to me to be one of those groups like Pa-

pilio among the Diurnal Lepidoptera, Carabus among the Carabide,

Feronia among the Harpalide, or Cicindela among the Cicinde-

lide, which are of great extent and comprise a number of species,

generally of comparatively large size, which it is difficult to group

into well-defined sections or subgenera, although their forms are very

varied. One or more species may be detached and characterized as

distinct subgenera, but when the whole group is carefully studied, it

is ascertained that these particular species do not possess more im-

portant characters than the rest. I shall not attempt therefore, in

describing the African species alone of this group, to introduce a system

of distribution among the species, further than the artificial division

given below.

The beautiful markings of the wings, and especially of the hind-

wings, of many of these insects, appear to indicate the character laid

down by Linneeus and Fabricius, namely “Ale patule,” by which

we are to understand, that when the insect is at rest the fore-wings

do not closely cover the hind-ones, as is the case in the species with

dingy-coloured hind-wings, but leave their beautiful markings exposed

to view. Mr. E. Doubleday indeed informs me that the North

American S. Luna generally sits with its wings perpendicularly ele-

vated over its back, like a butterfly at rest. These beautiful eye-like

markings of the wings are indeed a good character of the group, al-

though that which is afforded by the arrangement of the veins above de-

scribed is of higher importance. The latter indeed, together with the

emission of four branches from each joint of the flat pennated antennze,

may be considered as the essential characters of the genus, although

they have never hitherto been employed to distinguish it. Another

character, also hitherto unemployed, which will I think prove of im-

portance in determining the minor groups of Saturnia, consists of the

difference in the number of branches in the antennz of the different

species ; this I have carefully noticed in the following descriptions, as

well as the differences in the formation of the female antennze, in which

sex some of the species possess those organs almost filiform, whilst in

others they are nearly as strongly pennated as in the males.

In the following pages thirty-three African species are introduced,

of which seventeen are now for the first time described.

For convenience the following artificial mode of division is em-

ployed in their arrangement :—

A. Fore-wings very sickle-shaped ; with a small eye-like spot near

the tip.

a. mw the wings with a glassy lunate central spot. Sp. 1.

6. Fore-wings with a central bean-shaped vitreous spot ; hind-

wings with large oval one. Sp. 2.

B. Fore-wings less strongly sickle-shaped or rounded externally ; all

the wings with an eye-like spot.

a. Hind-wings not tailed. Sp. 3-10.

6. Hind-wings tailed. Sp. 11, 12.

C. Fore-wings with a small triangular or quadrate vitreous central

spot ; hind-wings with a large eye. Sp. 13-24.

D, Wings without eyes or vitreous spots. Sp. 25-28.

E. Aberrant species. Sp. 29-33.

Section A.

Subsection a.

Sp. 1. Sarurnia Vacuna, Westw. (Pl. VII. fig.1.¢) S. alis

maris faleatis fuscis, fascia communi media alba, omnibus lu-

nula magna media vitrea, utrinque albo flavoque marginata ;

anticisque macula ovali nigra subapicali (albo supra cireum-

data).

Expans. alar. func. 61; Qune. 54.

Inhabits Ashantee. In the British Museum.

The male has the fore-wings considerably falcate at the tips, and

the hind ones almost triangular. The female has the fore-wings

somewhat emarginate in the middle of the hind margin, and the

hind-wings less elongated. The general colour of the wings is brown,

thickly irrorated, especially in the males, with white. The fore-

wings have a broad suboblique bar, extending from the base of the

inner margin and directed forwards in a right angle immediately in

front of the central lunule, the margin of which is formed of a nar-

row brown bar, within which it is dirty yellow, internally edged with

white, the central part being vitreous. This is followed by a white

oblique nearly straight bar, the brown space beyond which is much-

powdered with white; the apical margin is pale livid buff, traversed

by a very slender undulating brown line, with a black oval dot near

the apex, which is powdered at its base with white; the apex of

the wings being rosy fulvous, separated from the livid brown ante-

cedent part of the wing by a very much-angulated white line.

The hind-wings are white at the base, which extends on the out-

side and joins the central white fascia ; the apical portion is coloured

as in the fore-wings. The lunule is smaller and more curved than in

the fore-wings, but similarly coloured.

The antenne are fulvous. The abdomen whitish buff.

The male antennz are broad, and have forty-six rays on each side

lying flat ; the four rays of each joint of equal length. The female

antennee are of considerable breadth, and with forty-eight or fifty

rays on each side.

The palpi are very short but distinct and rather slender, and the

spiral tongue is also distinct and composed of two flattened free fila-

ments.

Subsection A. 6.

Sp. 2. SarurnrA Myruimnta, Westw. (Pl. VIII. fig. 3.) 8. alis

anticis subfaleatis, omnibus purpureo-fuscis albo-rroratis ; et

pone medium striga alba valde curvata ; anticis lunula magna

vitrea albo flavoque marginata; maculaque parva subapicali

nigra albo irrorata; posticis ocello magno ovali vitreo albo

flavoque marginato, serieque catenata submarginali punctorum

nigrorum.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 43-53.

Hab. Port Natal. In Mus. Britann.

The fore-wings are considerably emarginate along the outer mar-

gin in the male, and more slightly soin the female. The veins agree

in arrangement with the typical Satwrnie. The general colour of

the wings is a dark livid brownish purple, thickly powdered with

white atoms; the middle of each wing is occupied by a large trans-

parent spot, kidney-shaped in the fore-wings and oval in the hind

ones; the vitreous portion is surrounded by a slender line of white,

which is succeeded by a yellow one, and this by a slender black line;

these eyes are of nearly equal size. The fore-wings are also marked

near the base with an oblique white fascia, extending from near the

base of the fore-wings to the base of the large eye ; beyond the eye

is a curved white bar, internally edged with a darker bar of livid

purple; the apical part of the fore-wings is brown shaded to fulvous

and buff; the outer margin of the wing dusky buff, with a series of

greenish buff spots edged with a slender brown deeply undulating

line; near the tip of the wing is a black spot irrorated with white at

the base, from which runs a very slender and much-angulated white

line. The hind-wings have a fulvous edge gradually shaded to buff-

brown, bearing a row of dark brown catenated spots followed by a

slender dusky line. The under side of the wings resembles the upper

side, with the costa of the hind-wings white. The body is purplish

brown, the thorax behind with a white fascia, and the segments of

the abdomen have the hinder margin white. The antenne, head and |

legs are fulvous. ‘The antennze are broadly pennate, with the rays

continued to the tip. The males have fifty-eight rays (arranged in

double pairs to each joint), with single rays at the tip. The females

have also fifty-eight long rays (four to each joint), with eight or ten

single’rays at the tip. The palpi are porrected, but do not extend

beyond the hairs of the clypeus.

Section B.

Subsection a.

Sp. 3. Sarurnia arta, Westw. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.) S. alis avis ;

anticis apice acutis basi livide maculatis, medio ocello livido

cincto circulo tenui albo, alteroque purpureo marginato, linea

tenui dentata media, strigaque obliqua subundata, posticis ocello

magno multi-annulato ornatis.

Expans. alar. unc. 43-5.

Hab. Ashantee, Sierra Leone and Port Natal. In Mus. Britann.

The fore-wings are nearly alike in both sexes, being but very

slightly emarginated in the male, with the tips acute ; wings rich yel-

low, with several livid or reddish patches near the base, followed by a

much-waved livid striga; in the middle of the wing is a moderate-

sized ocellus, the centre vitreous, outwardly edged with black, sur-

rounded by a livid ring, and this by a white circle, outside of which

is a narrow purplish or reddish ring. Connected with the outer edge

of the ocellus is a slender, very strongly denticulated dark brown line;

beyond this is a nearly straight purplish brown striga, extending from

the fore-margin, where it is rather angulated and extending to the

middle of the inner margin ; beyond this line the outer margin of the

wing is marked with confluent livid or reddish patches, the margin

itself being of the same colour except at the tip.

The hind-wings are more or less tinged with red at the base, fol-

lowed by an angulated dark denticulated striga arising from the anal

margin. In the middle of the wing is a large brilliantly coloured

ocellus ; the pupil is black, with a slender vitreous line towards the

- base; the iris is livid, outwardly shaded to red, surrounded by a

slender white circle and this by a red ring. From the inner margin

of the eye runs a dentated brown line to the anal margin, and behind

it is a waved or dentated brown striga, the apical portion of the wing

being coloured as in the fore-wings. The thorax is yellow, with the

head, collar and legs livid brown. The wings are much less brilliantly

coloured on the underside, and the great ocellus of the hind-wings is

almost obliterated. The vitreous part of the ocellus of the fore-wings

is much smaller in the male than in the female; and the ocellus of the

hind-wings in the female is much more vividly coloured than in the

male.

The antennz of the males are 32-jointed with forty-eight rays on

each side, the two apical rays of each joint being rather shorter than

the two basal ones.

The palpi are short, but distinct and broad; the basal joint with

scales extending beyond the second joint. The antennee of the female

are 37-jointed, the rays being about three times as long as the thick-

ness of the antennze, and the two apical rays of each joint being quite

short.

Sp. 4. Sarurnia Berna, Westw. (Pl. VIII. fig. 2.) 8. alis an-

ticis flavo-griseis, striga subangulata ante, alteraque fere-reeta

pone medium ; ocello mediano hyalino fulvo-cincto ; alis pos-

ticis rubidis ocello magno vitreo iride fulva nigro circumdata

strigaque subapicali alba, fusco externe marginata.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 44-43.

Hab. Port Natal et Zoolu. In Mus. Britann.

The fore-wings are nearly alike in both sexes, the outer margin

being scarcely emarginate. The general colour is uniform obscure

yellowish grey, covered with minute black irrorations ; at the distance

of about one-third of the length of the wing from the base is a rather

narrow white transverse striga, slightly angulated outwardly, having

a dusky edge on the inside next the base of the wing. In the middle

is arather small ocellus, the centre being semi-oval and vitreous, edged

with fulvous, and surrounded by a thin black circle; this is surrounded

by a dull buff ring, and this by a white one; beyond the middle is

an oblique nearly straight white striga, nearly parallel with the outer

margin, outwardly edged with a dark brown line. Hind-wings pale

livid pink at the base and along the anterior portion; near the base

is an obscure white striga, and in the middle is a large oval ocellus,

coloured in the same manner as the ocellus of the fore-wings, and

followed by a curved white striga edged outwardly with brown.

The thorax is coloured as the fore-wings, with a narrow transverse

white ring across the front. The abdomenis more strongly fulvous-

coloured. Wings beneath grey, the fore-ones tinged with pink on the »

inner margin; across the middle is a fulvous cloud; the basal fascia

and the eyelet of the hind-wings are wanting. The veins are arranged

in the typical manner.

The male antenne are 35-jointed with fifty-six rays on each side,

the rays rather long; the two basal rays of each joint are obliquely

porrected, so that the rays form four series instead of all being on the

same plane; the six apical joints minute and not producing rays.

The antenne of the female are setaceous, the rays being scarcely

visible without a lens. The palpi are flattened, short and deflexed.

Sp. 5. Sarurnra Hersixia, Westw. (Pl. IX. fig.1.) S. alis maris

integris flavis fusco subirroratis, striga angulata transversa ante

medium alteraque ante apicem subundata fuscis ; ocello magno

mediano vitreo iride lata obscure lutea, linea tenui circulari ni-

gra circumdata; alis posticis basi roseo-flavis, ocello maximo

mediano vitreo circulis concentricis obscure luteo, nigro, late

rufo, et albo cincto, strigaque subapicali subundata fusca.

Expans. alar. antic. une. 5.

Hab. Congo. In Mus. Britann.

Male with the fore-wings entire, and slightly rounded along the

outer margin. General colour yellow; fore-wings finely powdered

with small brown scales, having a slender, angulated, brown striga

before the middle, slightly tinged on the outside with rosy; in the

middle of the wing is a large eye, having a subovate vitreous centre,

surrounded by:a broad dirty luteous brown ring, succeeded by a

narrow black ‘circle with a white outer ring; halfway between this

and the outer margin is a narrow brown striga parallel with the outer

margin, inwardly edged with rosy white. Hind-wings rosy yellow at

I. SATURNIA. TYRRHENAW, 2. SBELINA, W.- 3. S MYTHIM NIA, W

’

‘

- €

. Ls

‘

’

‘

~ ~

vat ers

y “ = ae

, “ a tea

i es i

the base, near which is an oblique, very pale brown striga; followed

by a very large eye with an oval glassy centre, surrounded by a

broad dirty luteous brown ring, and this by a narrow black circle :

this is succeeded by a broad red ring, and this by a white one, the

adjoining space being rosy buff : between the eye and the apical mar-

gin is a subundulated blackish striga, edged internally with white.

The fore-wings beneath want the anterior, angulated, brown striga ;

the ocellus is coloured as on the upper side, and the hind-wings are

fulvous yellow, with the ocellus smaller than above, the black ring

being surrounded by a white one, and this by a narrow rosy one ; the

white waved subapical striga is also narrowly bordered within with

rosy.

Reais of the male chestnut-yellow, rather broad and flat, with

forty-eight rays on each side, the two apical rays being very short,

four rays being produced from each joint.

Body entirely orange-yellow, the outside of the tibiz and tarsi

blackish.

Sp. 6. Sarurnia Mentepg, Westw. (PI. IX. fig. 2.) 8. alis inte-

gris testaceo-rufis apicibus fuscis, striga curvata ante alteraque

pone medium angustis albis, communibus, alis omnibus ocello ni-

gro (medio subvitreo) iride alba.

Expans. alar, antic. unc. 54.

Hab. Port Natal et Africa Austral. In Mus. Brit. et Hope.

Fore-wings of the male entire and slightly rounded along the

outer margin. Wings rich testaceous red ; fore-wings with the costa

pale buff-brown, base carmine-red, having a white slightly curved

fascia running across all the wings, each of which is also marked in

the middle with an equal-sized oval eye; the centre vitreous, but

clothed with black scales, surrounded by a broad black ring, and this

by a rather broad white one; this eye is followed by a uniform white

bar, nearly parallel with the outer margin, which is rather dull buff,

finely irrorated with brown scales ; fringe dull buff. Wings beneath

greenish buff, the anterior with the eye nearly similar to that of the

upper side, followed by a white streak edged outwardly with black,

and with a grey triangular patch near the tip of the wing, the outer

margin somewhat paler, the middle dotted with brown. Hind-wings

buff-white, irregularly clouded with dirty buff; across the middle is

a nearly straight brown fascia, the apical half of the wing darker buff-

brown, with two large lilac-grey spots, one near the anal angle, and

the other towards the outer angle.

Antennze dark brown ; those of the male rather broad, with fifty-two .

joints in each, and about 100 rays on each side, extending consequently

nearly to the extreme tip. Female antennee nearly resembling those

of the male.

Thorax dark carmine-red, brown in front, with a narrow white

collar. Abdomen and under side of the body pale whitish buff.

Head and legs pale buff-brown.

Sp. 7. Sarurnra Tyrruea, Cramer. 8. alis griseis ngro irro-

ratis ; anticis striga ante medium alba valde dentata ; omnibus

ocello mediano (majori in alis posticis) vitreo, iride griseo-fulva

annulis concentricis nigro, fulvo et albo circumeincta ; omnibus

etiam striga versus marginem duplicata undata communi.

Expans. alar. antic. fere unc. 54.

Syn. Phalena Tyrrhea, Cram. Ins. 4. tab. 46. fig. A. Bombyx

Tyrrhea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. part i. p. 415.

Hab. Cap. Bon. Spei et Africa australi. In Mus. Britann.

The antenne of the male are moderately broad and flat, with fifty-

two rays on each side ; the four or five terminal joimts very short, and

not producing any rays ; the rays are for the most part of nearly equal

length, so that the broad part of the antennz has its sides nearly

parallel.

The antenne of the female are compressed, and with scarcely any

rudiment of pectinations.

The palpi are distinct, but very short.

The outer margin of the fore-wings of the female is entire.

Sp. 8. Sarurnia CyTHEREA, Fabr. S. alis anticis margine ex-

terno parum emarginato; griseis, strigis duabus albis, anteriore

undata, omnibus ocello magno (in alis posticis majori) vitreo ;

parte vitrea in anticis magna ovali, in posticis parva rotundata;

iride flava, annulo nigro alteroque albo circumdata.

Expans. alar. antic. individui typici Banksiani unc. 61 ; individ. in

Mus. Brit. une. 5.

Syn. Bombyx Cytherea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. a. p. 410. Echidna

communiformis Cytherea, Hiibner, Auss. Sch. F. 3, 4. Phalena

Capensis, Cramer, Ins. tab. 302. fig. A, B; tab. 325. fig. G@( 2), (nee

Phalena Capensis, Linn.). Sulz. Hist. Ins. tab. 21. fig. 1.

Hab. apud Cap. Bon. Spei.

In Mus. Banks. (Soc. Linn. Lond.) et Britann.

The male antennz are moderately broad, with 126 rays on each

side, affixed obliquely, the joints being very short, the ten terminal

joints very short, with only one ray on each side, gradually diminish-

ing in size.

The female antennze are slightly serrated, each joint emitting two

oblique serrations on each side, the basal pair being the largest, the

size of the serrations gradually diminishing to the tip.

The palpi are short and broad, but do not extend beyond the hairs

of the face.

I have seen a variety from the Zoolu country much varied with

yellow, especially on the thorax, at the base of the wings, and along

the apical portion beyond the subapical striga.

Sp. 9. Sarurnia Drone, Fabr. 8S. alis sulphureoflavis, anticis

in mare parum falcatis, strigis duabus, anteriore antice recta,

postice dentata carnea, posteriore (communi) recta obscuriore,

anticis etiam plaga albo-carnea basali alteraque versus apicem

coste nubilaque lata undata pone strigam externam griseo-

carneis, omnibus in medio ocello (in alis posticis majort), pupilla

minuta vitrea, iride fulva annulis nigro, albo carneoque cireum-

cincta.

Expans. alar. antic. une. 5-54.

Syn. Phalena Guineensis flava perelegans, Petiver, Gazoph. pl. 29.

fig. 3. c.478. Bombyx Dione, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. a. p. 410. Pha-

lena Paphia, Linn. (ex parte).

Hab. Congo, Ashantee (Mus. Brit.), Sierra Leone (Mus. Hope).

The fore-wings in the female are not so subfalcate as in the male,

but the apical margin is slightly emarginate. The male antennz are

rather broad and flat, with forty-four rays on each side, four being

emitted from each joint ; about six of the terminal joints are furnished

only with short, gradually diminishing spurs. The female antennze

are almost filiform. The palpiare short, but distinct and deflexed.

The nomenclature of this species is involved in some difficulty.

Old Petiver rightly figured it as above referred to, under the name

of Phalena Guineensis flava perelegans et pulchre oculata. Linnzeus,

in the 10th edition of the ‘Systema Naturee’ (p. 496), described an in-

sect under the name of Bombyx Paphia, thus: “ P. Bombyx elinguis

flava alis patulis falcatis concoloribus ocello fenestratis. M. L. U.,”’ thus

indicating that the typical specimen of his species was contained in the

museum of the Queen of Sweden. But Linnzeus referred not only to

Petiver’s figure, but also, in the second place, to Catesby’s ‘Carolina,’

ii. p. 91. t. 91, where is represented an insect described by Catesby

as “ Phalzena ingens Caroliniana oculata e luteo fusca lineis dilute

purpureis insignita,”’ which Cramer and Fabricius subsequently figured

and described under the name of Polyphemus. Linnzeus however, in

this 10th edition of the ‘Systema Nature,’ gave to his B. Paphia the

** Habitat in Guinea.”

In his ‘Museum Ludovic Ulrice,’ Linnzeus however treated his

B. Paphia in a different manner. Without altering his specific cha-

racter, he refers in the first place to Catesby’s ‘Carolina’ (8. Polyphe-

mus); 2ndly, with a query, to Petiver’s Phalena Guineensis; and

3rdly, to an insect figured by Rumphius in his ‘ Herbarium of Am-

boyna’ (iii. t. 75), which, from the observation of Rumphius, “ Fol-

liculus est Erucee Bengalensis Tesser vocatze,”’ is evidently the Tusseh

silk moth of Roxburgh (8S. Paphia), thus confounding three American,

African and Indian species under one name. He moreover in this work

gives the ‘ Habitat in America Septentrionali,” and his detailed de-

scription evidently proves that he had the American species of Catesby

in view in proposing the name of Papfia ; indeed his reference to the

«M. L. U.” in the 10th edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ likewise fully

proves that, although giving in that work Guinea as the habitat of his

Paphia, the American insect was the one before him.

But in the 12th edition of the ‘Systema Naturee,’ we find Linnzeus

making the matter still more confused ; for we now find the reference

to Petiver restored to its first position, that to Catesby given with

doubt, and the reference to Rumphius added in the third place, the

locality being ‘‘ Habitat in Guinea, Asia.”

Now if we are to regard the last work of an author as containing

his matured opinions, and allow him at the same time the right to

modify his opinions to an extent involving the change of specific

names, in the manner followed in this instance by Linnzeus (which is

however a power which I deny that an author ought to possess), we

must remove from the Carolina species all right to the name of Paphia

and confer it on the African insect ; but I contend that as Linnzeus

clearly defined the American species under that name in the ‘Museum

Ludov. Ulr.,’ and in his subsequent work made no attempt to dis-

criminate the three species, we are warranted, Ist, in retaining the

name of Paphia for the American insect, in which ease it will be ne-

cessary to sink the Fabrician name of Polyphemus into a synonym of

Paphia; 2ndly, in giving to the African one the Fabrician name of

Dione (striking out the incorrect Fabrician reference of Petiver’s

Guinea insect to the Asiatic species) ; and 3rdly, in giving a different

specific name to the Tusseh silk moth of India, to which Fabricius

restricted the name of S. Paphia, but which it ought certainly not to

retain, seeing that Linnzeus, when he first proposed that name, knew

only the African and American insects. Drury has however enabled

us to clear up the difficulty as to this third species, having figured it

in the second volume of his ‘ Illustrations’ under the name of Mylitta

(pl. 5. fig. 1== Paphia, Cramer. Ins. 13. tab. 147. fig. A), which name

Fabricius also adopted, giving the Asiatic species twice over under

the names of Paphia and Mylitta.

The synonyms of the three species will stand thus :—

1. Saturnia Paphia, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr.

B. Polyphemus, Fabr.

Hab. North America.

2. Saturnia Dione, Fabricius.

Phalena Guineensis, Petiver.

Ph. Paphia, Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. 10. ex parte.

B. Petiveri, Guérin, Ann. Soe. Sericicole.

Hab. Africa.

3. Saturnia Mylitta, Drury, Fabr.

B. Paphia, Cramer, Fabricius.

The Tusseh Silkworm Moth.

Hab. India.

SatrurniA Wanxsercit, Boisduval in Delegorgue, Voy. dans

PAfr. Austr. ii. p. 600.

Of this supposed species, which inhabits Port Natal, I have seen

specimens, but I cannot consider them distinct from S. Dione, of

which they are highly coloured individuals. The followmg is M.

Boisduval’s description :—

“Elle est un peu plus grande que la Saturnia Pyri d@ Europe, et

son port est assez différent. Le dessus des quatres ailes est jaune,

fortement saupoudré d’atomes bruns avec une bande ¢troite, brune

doublée intérieurement de gris violitre commune réguliére; com-

mengant prés du sommet des supérieures et arrivant au bord interne

des inférieures, juste au niveau de ’extrémité de ’abdomen. Vers le

base des quatre ailes on voit une autre bande commune trés-sinueuse

irréguliére, violitre précédé 4 la base des supérieures d’une espéce dé-

taché de sa couleur. L/ ceil des ailes sup¢rieures est petit, transparent,

cerclé de jaune et entouré d’un peu de violatre surtout dans le male ;

Y’ceil des ailes inférieures est plus grand, jaune, 4 prunelle diaphane

et 2 iris noir cerclé de violet. Dédié 4 M. Wahlberg, l'un des com-

pagnons de M. Delegorgue.”

In addition to the above characters, it may be noticed, that the bar

beyond the middle of the wings is slender, grey, outwardly edged with

a dusky line, and inwardly with purplish brown ; outside the bar is a

series of large, triangular, lilac-white patches united together, and the

dise of the wings, especially towards the base, is much more irrorated

with lilac-pink.

Sp. 10. Sarurnra APOLLONIA, Cramer, Ins. vol. iii. pl. 250 A.

S. alis pallide fuscis albo flavoque variis ; anticis fascia subapi-

cali flava extus fusca; alis posticis albis strigis duabus fuscis

pone medium, exteriore flavo intus marginata ; omnibus ocello

nigro in medio subvitreo iride alba; in anticis etiam annulo

favo cincto: corpore albo thorace macula media fusca.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 33.

Hab. Caput Bon. Spei et apud Portum Natalensem.

The antenne are fulvous and short ; the pectinations forming an

elongate ovate outline, poimted at the tip, with only thirty-eight

rays on each side, four being emitted from each joint. The rays lie

flat, and several of the terminal joints are destitute of rays. The

female antennze are 24-jointed, the pectinations formimg a much nar-

rower oval outline than in the male; the pectinations of the basal

part being short, each joint emitting four rays, of which the apical

pair is not above half the length of the basal ones.

This species is well-figured in Mr. Angas’s plate of Lepidoptera of

the Zoolu country, fig. 14.

Subsection B. 6.

Sp. 11. Sarurnia Mimosa, Boisduval (Voy. de Delegorgue dans

I’ Afrig. Austr. p. 600). S. alis glauco-viridibus, anticarum costa

grisea linea vel striga undulata griseo-fusca paullo pone me-

dium maculaque grisea ad angulum posticum ; omnibus ocello

equali, flavo, iride tenui castanea anticeque lunula tenut grisea

notata ; posticis in caudam longissimam spatulatam basi griseo-

fuscam, apice flavo-viridi productis.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 54, long. alar. postic. unc. 45.

Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann. &c.

This species belongs to the subgenus Actias of Leach, and is allied

to S. Selene of India, S. Luna of North America, S. Isis* of Java,

S. Cometes of Madagascar, described by M. Boisduval in his ‘ Fauna

of Madagascar,’ (apparently identical with the species captured at

Nosse Bé, on the east side of Madagascar, by M. Mittre, exhibited

by M. Guérin at the Entomological Society of France (see Annales

* This very rare species, of which M. Boisduyal was acquainted with only a

single specimen in the collection of M. Robyns of Brussels, will require a new

specific name to distinguish it from the S. Jsis of this monograph.

de la Soc. Ent. 1846, p. civ.); S. Menas of Silhet (figured in my

Cabinet of Orient. Entomol. pl. 22), and S. Leto, Doubleday, also

from Silhet (figured in the Trans. of the Entomol. Soe. vol. v. pl. 15.

A very fine specimen of this last-named insect, with the markings on

the wings much more distinct, is contained in the Ashmolean Mu-

seum at Oxford).

The wings of S. Mimose are pale yellowish-green with the apical

margin waved, that of the fore-wings of the male being somewhat more

emarginate than in the female. The costa of the fore-wings is broadly

purplish-grey, much-irrorated with white ; beyond the middle arises

on the costa an oblique dark chestnut spot, which emits an undulating

line across the wing (which forms a waved fascia in the female), and

near the tip of the wing the pale costa is separated from the green

ground by a dark chestnut dash. In both sexes the anal angle of the

fore-wings is occupied by a grey-brown patch which extends narrowly

into the wing parallel with the outer margin; the incisures of all

the wings are tinged with chestnut-purple ; from the middle of the

pale costa of the fore-wings arises a purplish-brown spot to which is

attached the ocellus, which is rather small, oval and transverse ; the

centre formed of a small glassy spot surrounded by fleshy-brown and

this by yellow, more orange-coloured on the side towards the base of

the wings, where it is also surmounted by a black-brown lunule pow-

dered with white scales along its middle. The hind-wings are more

uniformly green above, with an ocellus similar to that of the fore-

wings, the anal angle produced into a slender tail longer than the

body of the wing and spatulated at its extremity ; this tail is chestnut-

brown throughout its narrow part, where it is much-powdered with

white, the dilated apical part being green. The body is yellow and

the antenne are fulvous.

The underside resembles the upper, except that the undulating

line beyond the middle of the wing is wanting, and is replaced by a

similar one nearer to the outer margin of the wing, and running along

the hind-wings.

The underside of the abdomen is marked with purple spots along

the apical margin of the segments. The antennze of the males are

very broad, emitting 50 rays on each side, the five or six terminal

joints with very short rays. The rays on each side of each joimt

arise at a little distance from the base and extremity of each joint, so

that there is a more decided space between the second ray of one joint

and the first ray of the next joint than usual.

The veins of the fore-wings are arranged as in the typical Saturnia,

and those of the hind-wings as in S. Menas (as exhibited in my figure

above referred to) and as in S. Luna, the peculiarity in the subgeneric

group Actias of Leach containing the above-named species, being

that the three branches of the median vein of the hind-wings are

compressed closely together, arising on the inside of the ocellus and

extending into the long tail, a transverse vein running across the

middle of the ocellus, closing the discoidal cell, and uniting the inner

branch of the post-costal vein with the outer branch of the median

vein.

Boisduval informs us that this species “est trés commune 4 quatre

a cing lieues dans l’intérieur du pays sur les Mimosa. Les cafres se

servent du cocon qui est trés-gros et trés-solide pour se faire des

tabatitres. Pour cela ils y font un trou pour extraire la chrysalide,

et ils le bouchent ensuite avec une cheville de bois.”

A beautiful figure of this species is given by Mr. Angas in his

plate of Zoolu Moths, fig. 18.

This is evidently the species alluded to in the following note, pub-

lished by M. Signoret in the Journal of the Proceedings of the

Entomological Society of France, Annales 1845, p. xevii:—‘* M. V.

Signoret présente 4 la Société un dessin d’une nouvelle espéce appar-

tenant au genre Saturnia, et il communique une note a ce sujet. M.

V. Signoret dit que le Chenille de cette espéce est inconnue, que les

chrysalides en furent trouvées en Novembre 1844, sur un Mimosa

pres de la riviére Toogela, limite des frontitres du royaume Aucayoolao,

situé entre Lugoo-Baie et Port-Natal: l’insecte parfait a été rapporté

par M. Campion de Douai, et notre collégue propose 4 la Société de

lui appliquer le nom de Saturnia Campionea.”’

Sp. 12. Sarurnia Arcus, Fabr. 8S. omnibus pallide carneo-

albidis, anticis margine postico rotundatis, disco punctis sex

in medio approximatis, fenestratis, annulo fulvo nigroque cinctis;

posticis punctis quinque sparsis ejusdem coloris ; margine anali

in caudam longissimam extenso.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 3, long. alar. postic. unc. 4.

Hab. the Isle of Banana (Smeathmann).

In Mus. Britann., Banks. (Linn. Soc.), Westwood, &c.

Syn. Bombyx Argus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. 111 a. p.414; Stoll, 27. 1;

~ Donov. Nat. Repos. 5.173; Oliv. Enc. Meth. 5. 29. 22; Drury,

Ent. vol. iii. pl. 29. fig. 1. Phalena brachyura, Cramer, Ins. pl. 29.

fig. 1. Eudemonia Uroarge, Hiibner, Verz. No. 1586.

The fore-wings are considerably rounded along the apical margin,

and the tails of the hind-wings are much longer in proportion than

in Mimose, Luna, &e. The veins of the fore-wings are similarly ar-

ranged to those of 8. Mimose, &c., but those of the hind-wings are

peculiar in having the veinlet which connects the inner branch of the

post-costal vein and the outer branch of the median vein closing the

discoidal cell so oblique (as well as subangulated in the middle), that

it seems like a real fourth branch of the post-costal, running down

within the outer margin of the tail, the base of the outer branch of

the median vein being so thin and short that it resembles the ordinary

condition of the veinlet closing the cell, although its nearly longitudi-

nal direction indicates its real nature as a branch of the median vein*.

* Saturnia (Eudemonia) Semiramis, Cramer, pl. 13 A, differs materially in the

veining of its wings from S. drgus. In the fore-wings the inner branch of the

post-costal vein, instead of arising from the preceding branch in an acute fork, as

in the typical Saturnia, arises from the middle of the transverse vein closing the

discoidal cell, whilst in the hind-wings the inner branch of the post-costal vein

runs within the outer edge of the tail throughout its whole length, the first

branch of the median vein arising nearly opposite to the base of the tail, and the

second branch at some length down the tail.

No. CXCIII.—Procrepineés or THE ZooLoeicaL Society,

The antennz of the females (I have seen no male) are 26-jointed,

each joint after the second producing only a pair of rays, arising close

to the base of the joint. The palpi are also as long as the head and

deflexed, with the terminal joint long and pendulous. In these re-

spects it will be necessary to separate this insect at least subgene-

rically from the other Saturnia ; it may therefore be advisable to use

Hiibner’s subgeneric name Ludemonia for it.

Section C.

Sp. 13. Saturnia Eprmetuea. S. alis anticis subfalcatis ; sub-

fuscis striga communi subapicali obscura extus pallide griseo

marginata ; macula minuta mediana triangulari vitrea ; posticis

acute angulato-caudatis, ocello magno medio fulvo iride nigra an-

nulo puniceo cinereoque cincta, margine antico alarum obscuriori.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 5-6.

Hab. in Guinea. In Mus. Britann.

Syn. Phalena Attacus Epimethea, Drury, vol. ii. pl. 13. fig. 1;

Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. a. p.414; Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. 2404; Cramer,

Ins. t. 176 A; Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. 29.

The antennz of the male are rather small, with only 34 rays on

each side, thirteen of the apical joints being destitute of rays. The

palpi are small and distinct, rather dependent, but not extending be-

youd the hairs of the face.

Sp. 14. Sarurnia Aucrnogz, Cramer. 8. alis anticis falcatis

rufo-badiis ; anticis costa lata alba, striga communi recta trans-

versa prope basin, fascia lata alba pone medium in qua striga

recta fusca; anticis macula mediana vitrea subquadrata, pos-

ticis ocello ovali pupilla vitrea, iride lata fulva, annulo nigro

circumdata.

Expans. alar. antic. cire. unc. 6.

Syn. B. Alcinoe, Cramer, pl. 322A. B. Caffraria, Stoll, Suppl.

Cram. pl. 31. fig. 2 &2e. Saturnia Caffra, Boisduval in Dele-

gorgue, Voy. dans l’Afriq. Austr. ii. p. 601.

Hab. in Caffraria, Amazoolu. In Mus. Britann.

The palpi are distinct and slender, but do not extend beyond the

hairs of the clypeus. The antenne of the males have 54 rays on

each side, the two basal rays of each joint converging inwardly and

being bent more obliquely, so that the tips of the rays form four

distinct rows; all the rays are moreover set on more obliquely than

in the typical species. The antenne of the female are moderately

pectinated, the two apical rays of each joint being almost obliterated.

A beautiful figure of this species is given in Mr. Angas’s plate of

Zoolu Moths, fig. 15.

Sp. 15. Sarurnra Auinpa, Drury. 8S. alis rufo-brunneis mar-

gine externo saturatiori strigisque variis undulatis obscuris

presertim pone medium, macula semiovali mediana vitrea, pos-

ticis ocello magno pupilla vitrea iride fulva annulo nigro cincta.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 73.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Syn. Phalena Attacus Alinda, Drury, Ilustr. iii. pl. 19; Oliv.

Enc. Méth. v. p. 26. 10.

I have not seen a specimen of this species.

Sp. 16. Sarurnia Puapvusa, Drury. 8S. alis anticis falcatis

griseo-fuscis anticis strigis tribus transversis saturatioribus

maculaque parva triangulari mediana vitrea; posticis obscu-

rioribus ocello maximo pupilla minuta vitrea, iride lata nigra

annulis concentricis anguste sanguinea, pallide punicea, et fer-

ruginea circumeincta.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 73.

Hab. Sierra Leone. In Mus. Britann.

Syn. Phalena Attacus Phedusa, Drury, Mlustr. iii. pl. 24 & 25.

Bombyx Saturnus, Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. a. p. 409 ; Oliv. Ene. Méth. v.

27.11.

The palpi are short and thin, but distinct. The antenne are

short, each joint emitting four rays lying flat.

The specimen in the British Museum collection is pale russet-

coloured beneath with a pinkish bloom, the centre of each wing with

a group of brown spots much larger in the hind- than in the fore-

wings ; a small brown spot also occurs at the base of the hind-wings.

Sp. 17. Sarurnia Tyrruena, Westw. (Pl. VIII. fig. 1.) 8.

alis anticis faleatis griseo-fuscis basi rubidis, striga undulata

prope basin alteraque lunulata subapicali fuscis, macula parva

mediana subtrigona vitrea; limbo apicali rufo; alis posticis rufis

ocello magno ovali nigra pupilla parva vitrea; striga undata

obscuriori, limbo lato pallide griseo-fusco.

Expans. alar. antic. une. 4—54.

Hab. Port Natal. In Mus. Britann.

The fore-wings are pale greyish-brown, sometimes with a reddish

tinge ; they are acute at the tip in both sexes, but the outer margin

is considerably more emarginate than in the female; the base of the

wing is red, and near the base is a red, very much angulated striga

almost suffused into the ground colour of the wing, and outwardly

edged with a slight dusky striga; across the middle of the wing is a

waved but nearly obsolete striga, and in the middle of the wing to-

wards the fore-margin is a small subtriangular vitreous spot without

any appearance of ocellus; beyond the middle is a row of reddish

arches inwardly slightly edged with a thin dusky line.

The hind-wings are reddish, with a broad pale greyish-brown border ;

in the middle of the wing is a large round black spot, with a very

small vitreous lunar spot in the middle, preceded and followed by a

slight dusky waved striga. The body above is of the ground colour

of the wings, with the hind part of the thorax marked with red.

The underside of the body, collar, and spot at the base of the hind-

wings are white. The head, antenne and legs dark brown.

The wings beneath are very pale buff, with the centre of each

marked by a large brown irregular spot, traversed by the pale veins.

Antenne of the male with 32 rays on each side (four from each

joint). One-third of the apical part of each antenna is destitute of

rays.

The antennz of the female are slightly pectinated for two-thirds of

the base, the two apical rays of each joint being almost obsolete. The

tips are serrated.

The palpi are deflexed, and the tips appear just beyond the hairs

of the lower part of the face.

Var. Smaller, with the fore-wings and body destitute of the red

colour, and the hind-wings fulvous with the outer margin purplish-

grey, with the eye as in the others.

Sp. 18. Sarurnia Forpa, Westw. S. pallide griseo-fusca 8, pal-

lide cervino-lutea 9, striga subobsoleta pone medium, posticis

etiam ocello parvo subvitreo, fusco, medio; alis posticis maris

angulato-subcaudatis ; foemine rotundatis.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 45-43.

Hab. in Natalia. Mus. Brit.

Male with the fore-wings very slightly emarginate along the outer

margin; hind-wings produced into a strong angle in the middle of

the hind-margin ; all on the upper side of a silky, pale brownish-grey,

uniform colour, traversed by a slightly distinct, slender, brown striga

beyond the middle. The hind-ones marked moreover in the middle with

a small, round, dusky spot, having an indistinct vitreous lunule in the

middle, and surrounded by an indistinct whitish circle. The antennz

are dark brown; those of the male are moderately bipectinated, each

having about thirty-six rays on each side, a few of the apical joints

being destitute of rays, and some of the preceding having the second

ray gradually becoming obsolete. The female antenne are only

slightly serrated, the second spur on each side of each joint being

obliterated. The veins are those of the typical Saturnia.

The female has the body and wings of a pale reddish buff, with the

dusky striga beyond the middle almost obliterated, and the dusky

spot in the middle semicircular. On the underside the hind-wings

have also a small oval dark spot towards the base.

Sp. 19. Sarurnra Ancasana, Westw. S. alis anticis apice acutis

isabellinis, fascia pallide grisea ante medium, strigaque tenut

oblique fusca pone medium maculaque parva semi-ovali vitrea

mediana ; posticis ocello magno nigro, pupilla minuta vitrea,

annulis concentricis testaceo, puniceo-albo, et sanguineo cincta.

Expans. alar. antic. une. 53.

Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann.

Isabelle-coloured or pale rufous brown, with an irregular pale

greyish bar before the middle, followed by an oblique darker fascia,

on the outside of which is a small semi-oval talc-like spot ; beyond this,

extending from near the tip of the wings towards the middle of the

inner margin, is a nearly straight, slender, darker line, edged with

greyish on each side; the apical margin of the wing beyond the dark

line becoming grey, shaded off to the ground colour of the wing. The

hind-wings have a large ocellus, black in the centre, with a minute

vitreous dot in the middle, with a red lead-coloured ring outside the

black, followed by a fleshy-coloured one, and this by a purple-carmine

one: the outside of the ocellus rests upon a dark, slender, curved line.

The collar and underside of the body whitish ; head and legs darker

olive-brown ; antennz black.

Wings beneath pale reddish buff, of a redder brown near the tip,

with the dusky subapical line as above, and the vitreous spot pre-

ceded and followed by a dark claret-brown spot : hind-wings destitute

of the ocellus, which is replaced by an indistinct claret-brown spot,

‘followed by a red-brown fascia, widest at the anal margin. Near the

base is also a small brown spot.

The antennze of the female are serrated, the two terminal rays of

each joint nearly obliterated, with one-fourth at the apex simple.

This species is figured by Mr. Angas in his plate of Amazoolu

Lepidoptera, fig. 16.

Sp. 20. Sarurnia Acetes, Westw. S. alis anticis apice acutis

obscure fulvis striga valde undulata cinerea prope basin ocello

mediocri mediano fusco et vitreo strigaque recta fusca sub-

apicali, posticis magis ferrugineis ocello magno medio pupilla

vitrea, tride nigra annulo albo cincta strigaque tenui transversa

fusca recta prope medium (¢ ).

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 64.

Hab. apud Caput Palmarum (D. Savage). In mus. nostr.

The fore-wings are of a dark reddish fulvous colour, tinged with

red-brown between the middle and the apex. Near the base is a very

irregular, rather indistinet, ashy-purplish striga, and in the middle of

the wing is an oval moderate-sized ocellus, the basal half being brown,

and the apical half vitreous, the latter surrounded by a slender brown

line ; halfway between this ocellus and the apical margin of the wing

is a straight, slender, brown line, running from near the apex of the

wing towards the middle of the inner margin. The hind-wings are

of a much redder hue, especially on the anterior portion, with a slight

appearance of the sub-basal ashy striga of the fore-wings near the

base; the middle of the wing occupied by a large ocellus, with a

vitreous centre, having a rather broad greyish-black iris surrounded

by a white ring, the outer extremity of which rests on a slender dusky

striga running from near the outer angle of the wing towards the

middle of the anal margin. The body is rich brownish fulvous, with

an ashy-brown collar and legs. The antenne black and very slightly

pectinated in the female, consisting of about thirty-five joints, the

first twenty-five emitting a pair of short slender branches from the

base, the tip of the joints being also slightly serrated ; the ten terminal

joints are shorter, each emitting a single branch set on in front of each

joint, the branches of the preceding joints being set on the upper and

lower edges.

The wings beneath are paler buff-brown, with a broad, subapical,

dusky bar, undulated externally ; the eye of the fore-wings less di-

stinct, and that of the hind-wings replaced by two brown spots anda

vitreous patch. Near the base of the wings is also a round brown dot.

Sp. 21. Sarurnia Isis, Westw. S. alis griseis nigro fuscoque irro-

ratis, striga fusca valde dentata ante medium alterisque duabus

nigris pone medium, ocello parvo vitreo antice nigro ; posticis

ocello maximo ornatis, pupilla nigra postice subvitrea, iride ob-

scure fulva annulisque concentricis nigro, subluteo, pallide car-

neo, purpureo-rufescenti, iterumque carneo et pone hance striga

curvata nigra, apice obscure albido limbo griseo.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 53.

Syn. Saturnia Isis, Westwood in Jard. Nat. Library, Entomol.

vol. vii. p. 138. pl. 13. SS. Maia, Klug, Neue Schmett. t. 5. fig. 1

(nee Ph. Maja, Drury, Ml. vii. pl. 24. fig. 3).

Wings of a very pale grey colour, especially the anterior pair,

which are almost entirely covered with fine black and brown scales.

The centre of these wings is ornamented with a small oval ocellus,

the basal half of which is covered with black scales, and the outer

half is vitreous: between this and the base is a very curved and irre-

gularly dentate dark striga, and immediately behind the eye is a nearly

straight, slender, brown bar. This is succeeded by slender black

wavy bars, the space between which and the apex of this wing is di-

vided as it were into three compartments, the first of which is covered

with small brown scales; the second is paler, and covered with very

fine black speckles, and the apical part is much darker, with large

black speckles ; the apical margin of the fore-wings is slightly waved.

The hind-wings are entirely covered on the upper side by a most

magnificent eye-like spot, surrounded by successive rings of various

colours. The oval pupil is black, but the part furthest removed from

the body is denuded of scales, and would be vitreous were not the

underside of the wings clothed with scales: this is surrounded by a

narrow fulvous iris; then black; then a broader oval ring of dirty

clay colour; then a narrow oval of pale flesh-colour; then a broad,

rich, claret, oval rmg: between this and the base of the wing is first

a bar of flesh-colour, then black, shaded into claret ; towards the ex-

tremity of the wing the claret is succeeded by a half-ring of flesh-

colour; then a narrow oue of black; then of pale buff stone-colour,

and another moderately broad of grey speckled with black, extending

to the extremity of the wings. The thorax is dark and rich brown

coloured, with two white bands across the neck and two across the

extremity of the thorax whitish; the abdomen is buff, with black

dots. The margin of the wings is scalloped.

Beneath, all the wings are very pale buftish white with dark speckles;

the fore-wings are marked nearly as on the upper side, but the hind-

wings have only a very small eye in the centre, having a black pupil

with a fulvous orbit surrounded by a slender black circle ; immediately

connected with the posterior part of this eye is a curved row of brown

arches, between which and the apex of the wings is another and more

slightly marked series of black scallops. The palpi are distinct,

forming a small brown muzzle, but they are not visible from above ;

they, as well as the rest of the head, are brown. The spiral tongue

appears to be wanting. The antenne of the male are considerably

elongated, with the rays bent backwards instead of lying flat, and

there are eighty-eight rays on each side of the antenne, the rays ex-

tending to the tip, so that the antennze are composed of about forty-

four or forty-six joints. The antennee of the female are setaceous,

and only slightly bipectinated, being gradually more slender from

about one-third of the distance from the base to the apex, each joint

emitting four rays, the joint at each point of emission being swollen.

The female has the wings rather shorter, and not at all emarginate

along the apical margin.

Sp. 22. Sarurnia nictTivans, Fabr. 8S. alis margine apicali

integro, fusco incarnatis medio obscuriore, striga tenuissima

angulata prope basin alteraque recta subapicali fuscis punc-

toque parvo medio vitreo; posticis concoloribus ocello magno

medio pupilla parva vitrea, iride flava, annulis nigro, puniceo

et albo cincta, strigaque transversa nigra subapicali.

Expans. alar. antic. fere unc. 5.

Hab. in Africa tropicali. In Mus. Banks. (Soe. Linn. Lond.), Mus.

Britann. et nostro.

Syn. Bombyx nictitans, Fab. Ent. Syst. iii. a. 413.

The antennz of the male are 39-jointed, with fifty-eight rays on

each side (four from each of the twenty-nine or thirty basal joints),

the rays lying nearly flat.

The antenne of the female are about 42-jointed, only slightly

serrated, each joint having two serratures on each side, the basal one

being most prominent, the antennze becoming gradually more slender

to the tips. The palpi are short, but distinct and deflexed.

Sp. 23. Sarurnia Axopta, Westw. S. alis anticis fusco-albidis,

striga recta puniceo-alba ante medium maculaque parva trian-

gulari mediana vitrea, strigaque postica recta fusca externe pu-

niceo-tincta, posticis etiam bistrigatis ocelloque parvo vitreo,

iride obscure lutea circulo nigro alteroque late puniceo-albo cir-

cumdata.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 41.

Hab. ? In Mus. Britann.

Fore-wings brownish buff, with a pale pinkish white, nearly

straight fascia across the wings before the middle, edged towards the

base with a fine dark line, the other side shaded off to the ground

colour of the wings; beyond the middle is a small triangular vitre-

ous spot, bounded at the base by the transverse veinlet closing the

discoidal cell; beyond the middle is a straight, slender, dark striga,

edged with pale pinkish white; the outer margin of these wings

slightly emarginate; hind-wings entire, somewhat oval, brownish buff,

the middle with a pale rosy tint, bearing an ill-defined whitish fascia

towards the base, and another, followed by a dusky line, beyond the

middle ; the middle of the wing occupied by an ocellus, with a small

glassy centre, surrounded by dirty buff, and this by a black circle and

a larger, pale pinkish white one ; thorax in front with a white trans-

verse fascia; antennz dark brown.

The antenne of the male are small, moderately short, the rays flat,

thirty-four rays on each side, one-fourth of the antenne at the tip

being destitute of rays.

The palpi are distinct, but small.

Sp. 24. Sarurnia Erura, Westw. (Plate X. fig. 1.) 8S. alis

omnibus apice undulatis, anticis subfalcatis, posticis in medio in

caudam truncatam productis ; fusco-albidis fusco irroratis, an-

ticis dimidio basali pallidiore, strigis tribus fuscis undatis 2nda

magis distincta mediana et cum ocello parvo medio conjuncta ;

posticis ocello maximo ; pupilla lunata vitrea iride nigra circulo

tenui luteo, 2do nigro, 3tio latiore luteo-fulvo, 4to albo; striga

basali angulata alterisque duabus pone medium undulatis nigris ;

parte antica alarum puniceo-rufa.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 53.

Hab. ? In Mus. D. Loddiges.

The fore-wings of this fine species are rather narrow and subfalcate,

with the apical margin rather waved ; they are of a buff-brown, very

much irrorated with darker scales, the basal half of the wing and costa

being much paler; they are traversed by three very oblique brown

strigee, of which the middle one is the thickest ; the anterior one is

very much waved and dentated, the second much-waved, having at-

tached to it near the middle of the wing a small oval ocellus, of which

the anterior half is brown and the other half vitreous: the third fascia

arises on the costa from a larger brown spot. The hind-wings are

similarly coloured to the apical portion of the fore-ones, except that

the anterior portion is of a rich pinkish red which extends half round

the ocellus, which is large and central, having a small semicircular

vitreous pupil surrounded by a black iris round which is a very

slender luteous ring, and another black, followed by a pinkish-buff

broader ring, and this by a white one. Across the base of the wing

is a brown angulated striga, being the continuation of the central one

of the fore-wings, and from the inner margin of the ocellus runs a waved

one to the anal margin, followed by another running across the wing

parallel to the apical margin. The apical part of the wing is much

freckled with brown, and a thin brown line runs just within the mar-

gin. The thorax is dark brown, with a pale buff collar; the hind-

part pale, with a short black bar. Wings beneath coloured as above,

except that the fore-ones are tinged on the inner margin with pink,

which colour is entirely wanting in the hind-wings, which are more

freckled with brown than above, the ocellus being replaced by a small

brown spot.

The pectinations of the antennze of the only specimen I have seen

(which is probably a female) are comparatively short, each antenna

having thirty-eight rays on each side (four from each joint), and about

one-fourth of the antenne at the apex is destitute of rays. The palpi

are very small, but distinct.

This fine insect is unique in the collection of Conrad Loddiges,

Esq., of Hackney, who is not aware of its locality ; but from its rela-

tionship to S. Isis, I have but little doubt of its being a native of

Africa.

Section D.

Sp. 25. Sarurnia Lucina, Drury. S. alis anticis falcatis, pos-

ticis rotundatis, omnibus albido-griseis fusco multum rivulosis

strigis undulatis submarginalibus, anticis maculis nonnullis me-

dits ocelloque parvo apicali nigris.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 63.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Syn. Phalena Attacus Lucina, Drury, Ilustr. iii. pl. 34. fig. 1;

Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. 31.

I have not seen any specimen of this insect, the veins of which

agree rather with Saturnia than Lasiocampa, although the antennze

seem but narrowly pectinated.

Sp. 26. Sarurnia Nenra, Westw. (Plate IX. fig. 3.) 8S. alis

anticis apice rotundatis ; plumbeo-nigris apicibus magis fuscis

luteoque irroratis striga tenui irregulari nigra obliqua, ante

medium alteraque minus distincta at magis obliqua, et ad costam

valde angulata, macula media irregulart albida ; posticis nigri-

canti-fuscis basi puniceis macula magna media pallide flava.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 42.

Hab. apud Caput Palmarum (D. Savage). In mus. nostro.

This curious species has the fore-wings broad, with the fore-margin

rather suddenly angulated beyond the middle, and with the apical

margin rounded, the extreme tip forming a small, rounded, slightly

detached lobe. The general colour of the wing is a dark leaden-

coloured blackish-brown, slightly irrorated with fulvous scales, espe-

cially towards the tip of the wing, which is rather paler and more

varied than the rest. At about one-third from the base runs an ob-

lique, black, irregular striga, which is followed by another more

slender and indistinct, and more slanting, being suddenly strongly

angulated near the costa, where it terminates in a strong black dash.

Between the strigze is.an ill-defined fulvous-buff patch in the middle

of the wing. The hind-wings are blackish brown, with the base pink,

and with a large, very pale yellow patch in the middle. The body is

blackish brown and slightly irrorated. The abdomen is much swollen

in the only specimen I have seen. Beneath, the wings are very much

freckled with grey, black, buff and white, especially beyond the

middle ; the fore-wings have a large patch of rose-pink along the in-

side at the base, followed at some distance by a rather broad, very

pale yellow bar; the hind-wings want the pink colour, but have the

pale yellow patch as on the upper side.

The antennze of the female consist of twenty-two jomts, emitting

only a pair of rays from the base of each, the apical pair being indi-

cated by a very slight serration, followed by about twelve joints at the

tip which are destitute of rays. The palpi are porrected into a

short distinct muzzle.

From these characters it will probably be necessary to form this

species into a separate subgenus, when the male shall be known. The

veins of the wings are arranged as in the typical Saturnia.

Sp. 27. Sarurnia Heriwya, Westw. (Plate X. fig.3.) 8. alis

apice undulatis, anticis angulatis brunneo-fulvis valde irroratis,

medio fulvescenti fascia obliqua fusca abbreviata ; posticis ma-

cula magna sulphurea, limbo lato fusco, fulvo trrorato.

Expans. alar. antic. une. 43.

Hab. Sierra Leone (D. Morgan). In Mus. Brit.

Wings fulvous-brown, much varied with darker and lighter shades,

and with numerous small dark dots and streaks ; the base with a grey

shade much-mottled with small dark brown patches; before the

middle of the wing is an ill-defined, pale, nearly syuare patch, resting

on the median vein, but extending narrowly along the costal margin,

which is much marked with dark dots; the middle of the wing is

more uniformly fulvous brown, with a dark, very oblique dash arising

from the costa, which is considerably curved beyond the middle: a

dark brown oval patch also rests on the middle of the last. branch of

the median vein ; the apical margin of the wing is scalloped and dark

brown, preceded by a paler patch marked with undulating fulvous-

brown lines ; the hind-angle of the wing being much dotted with dif-

ferent shades of fulvons and brown. The hind-wings have a large

sulphur-white patch occupying the base of the wings, except the

extreme base, which is pink. The remainder is brown, varied with

minute fulvous spots, the anal angle being more mottled.

On the underside the wings are paler and richer coloured, more

decidedly mottled ; the fore-wings having the base suffused with pink.

The veins are fulvous.

The antenne are but slightly pectinated.

The body is fulvous-brown, the thoracic portion tinged with pink.

Sp. 28. Sarurnra AcaTHyLa, Westw. S. alis anticis subfalcatis

posticis denticulatis; supra pallide rufo-fulvis (in specimine

nostro unico valde detritis), in medio ut videtur exocellatis.

Expans. alar. antic. une. 33.

Hab. Congo. In Mus. Brit.

A single specimen only of this insect exists in the British Museum,

having the wings so completely denuded of scales, except at the base,

that it is impossible to give a detailed charater ; their outline is how-

ever entire. The anterior ones are subfalcate, and the hind ones are

denticulated along the outer margin, the tooth at the extremity of

the middle branch of the median vein being the most acute. All that

remains of the colouring of the fore-wings is a reddish-fulvous buff,

which seems indeed to have extended all over these wings, as well as

over the hind-wings, which are suffused with pink on the upper side

towards the anterior margin. On the under side the wings are co-

loured as above ; the fore-wings are also suffused with pink along the

posterior margin at the base, and they, as well as the hind-wings, have

the anterior margin somewhat streaked transversely with brown. I

can discern no trace of eyes in the middle of the wings. The body

pap above and below is fulvous brown, as are also the antenne and

egs.

The basal joint of the antennz is clothed beneath with a thick

mass of hairs ; each is furnished with eighty rays, each of the twenty

joints succeeding the basal one emitting four rays, one close at the

base and one close at the apex on each side, the inside of the two on

each side being furnished with fine hairs, the tips of which come in

contact with each other. The thirteen terminal joints are destitute

of rays. The palpi are quite distinct, but scarcely extend beyond the

hairs of the face.

Section E.

Sp. 29. Sarurnia (Henucwa) Grima, Hibner. 8. alis an-

ticis nigris albo irroratis lunulisque magnis albis, ocello medio

fulvo maculam mediam virgatam includente ; posticis basi punt-

ceis medio albis maculis duabus nigris, majort ocellum fulvum

(cum lunula alba) includente, limbo nigro albo irrorato, maculis

marginalibus albidis.

Expans. alar. antic. cire. unc. 3.

Hab. Africa meridionali.

Syn. Phalena (Henucha) Grimmia, Hubner, Exot. Schm. F. 3, 4.

Sp. 30. Saturnia (Henucua?) DeLecorevet, Bdy. (Pl. X.

fig. 4. g.) 8S. alts anticis (maris) valde falcatis ; posticis sub-

triangularibus; omnibus ( faemine) subrotundatis et parum sinu-

atis ; anticis brunneis basi costa et limbo apicali cinerascentibus,

pone medium macula parva vitrea angulata; posticis basi et

antice roseis, limbo fusco, striga alba ; medio nigro, ocello fulvo,

lunula vitreo annuloque nigro.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 2-23.

Hab. in Terra Amazoolu, et apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus.

Britann.

Syn. Saturnia Delegorguei, Boisduval in Delegorgue’s Voyage dans

YP Afriq. Austr. 11. p. 601.

Mr. Angas having figured the female of this interesting species in

his plate of Amazoolu Lepidoptera (fig. 13), I have represented the

more remarkably-formed male.

The antennz of the male are 32-jointed, each of the fourteen basal

joints emitting four rays, the second ray in one joint and the first of

the following joint being close together, and only gaping at the tip: one-

third of the antenne at the tip is simple ; the rays are set on at right

angles, lying flat. The antennz of the female are very shortly pec-

tinated on each side, except about one-fourth of the length at the tip.

The veins of the wings differ from those of the typical Saturnia in

having the outer branch of the post-costal vein arising from the middle

of the transverse veinlet which closes the discoidal cell, and the two

small vitreous spots, forming the angulated spot above described, rest

on the outside of the veinlet, being divided from each other by the

outer branch of the post-costal vein.

Sp. 31. Sarurnia (Henvucua ?) Smizax, Westw. S. alis anticis

maris valde falcatis obscure fulvis (3) seu griseo-fuscis ( 2 ),

fascia lata obliqua livida seu castanea utrinque linea tenui pal-

lida marginata, anticis plaga magna subtriloba vitrea ; posticis

lunula parva media vitrea.

Expans. alar. unc. 23-23.

Hab. Port Natal. In Mus. Britann. et Saunders.

The fore-wings of the male are rather narrow and very much hooked

at the tip, and angulated beyond the middle of the costa, fulvous

brown, palest along the fore-margin, with a rather broad, very oblique

fascia a little beyond the middle of the wing, of a rich chestnut colour,

shaded to purplish towards the costa; nearly straight along the fore-

edge, but much-arched on the outer margin, both edges being marked

with a pale, slender, buff line: beyond the middle of the fore-wing is

a large, irregular, somewhat trilobed vitreous spot, outwardly edged

with a dark line, and succeeded by a pale buff one. The apical por-

tion of the wing beyond the fascia is fulvous buff, shaded to brown in

the middle, and to purple. There is also a small dark dot in the

middle of the costa.

The hind-wings are fulvous, the middle with a darker oblique fascia

tinged with purple, with a pale line on each side; the outer margin

curved, and in the middle of this fascia is a small lunate vitreous spot.

The female has the fore-wings slightly waved along the outer mar-

gin: the general colour of the wings is darker and more ashy than in

the male, the fulvous colour replaced by ashy brown. 3

The head and a large patch on the thorax are dark fulvous brown

in the male, chestnut in the female.

The antennz of the males are scarcely pectinated beyond the

middle; there are twenty-two rays on each side. The apical half

simple, with only numerous short sete at the extremity of the joints.

The antennee of the female are quite simple and setaceous. The veins

of the wings are arranged as in the last species, the ocellus of the

fore-wing resting on the outside of the transverse veinlet closing the

discoidal cell, and being divided into two parts by the outer branch

of the postcostal vein*.

Sp. 32. Sarurnia (UrRora) Srnope, Westw. (PI. X. fig. 2.)

S. alis anticis integris, posticis breviter caudatis; anticis fulvo-

brunneis fasciis duabus albis singula strigam fuscam includente,

punctoque parvo ovali media alba, posticis livide puniceis puncto

medio albo fasciaque pone medium alba.

Expans. alar. antic. unc. 3.

Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britamn.

The wings of the male are entire and nearly straight ; along the

apical margin they are buff-brown or pale reddish brown, with a

transverse white bar before and another beyond the middle, each edged

on each side with a thin black line, and bearing a black-streak along

its middle. In the middle of the wing is a small oval white spot

edged with black. Hind-wings livid pink, with a white spot in the

middle, followed by a white fascia: apical portion of the wing fulvous

brown, produced into a short, broad, somewhat triangular tail, obtuse

at the tip.

Beneath similarly marked, but with all the colouring dull. Body,

legs and antennze fulvous brown.

The antenne are rather short, and consist of forty-eight joints, each

r * oo Angas has represented this species in his plate of Amazoolu Lepidoptera,

gure 12.

joint with one short ray on each side; the rays set on obliquely and

directed backwards, the tips of the rays being turned forwards.

There are no traces of palpi to be perceived. The veins of the

fore-wings are arranged as in the typical Saturnia.

Sp. 33. Sarurnia (ApHELIA) ApPouiinaris, Bdy. S. alis ex-

terne rotundatis albis venis nigricantibus, anticis maculis duabus

parvis mediis flavis fusco-cinctis ; apice nigricanti striga com-

muni extus dentata cum margine postico parallela, margine fusco-

nigricanti maculis flavis ornato; abdomine albo apicibus seg-

mentorum flavidis ; serieque dorsali laterali et ventrali punc-

torum nigrorum, pronoti margine antico flavido.

Expans. alar. antic. fere unc. 3.

Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann.

Syn. Saturnia Apollinaris, Boisduval in Delegorgue’s Voyage dans

PAfriq. Austral. ii. p. 601.

The texture of this insect, as described by Boisduval, is ‘ mince et

délicate”’ ; the same author states that it is “tout autant une Liparide

quwune Saturnide.”” The veins of the fore-wings are however ar-

ranged as in the typical Saturnia; but the antenne are different,

consisting of about thirty-six joints, bipectinated in both sexes with

only thirty-four rays on each side, each joint except one or two at

the apex emitting only a pair of rays, which are rather short. The

palpi are distinct and turned upwards, extending rather further than

the hairs of the face: the spiral tongue is distinct.

Boisduval states that this species ‘‘ vole en plein jour. Une année,

aux environs de Port Natal, on aurait pu en prendre par centaines en

quelques heures. Deux ou trois jours aprés il n’existait plus. La fe-

melle que nous est inconnue ne vole pas, peutétre méme est-elle aptére,

et tous les males voltigeaient sans doute a sa recherche.” The female

is however winged and scarcely distinguishable from the male, as I

have ascertained by extracting eggs from the abdomen of a specimen

in the British Museum collection, which M. Boisduval would doubt-

less have taken for a male.

The structure of the antennz and presence of a spiral tongue,

together with the fragile texture of the insect, will require a subgenus

for its reception.

April 24, 1849.

William Spence, Esq., V.P., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary reported, that since the last meeting the collection

of living animals had been increased by the purchase of three Bower

Birds (Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus), brought to this country by Mr.

Aspinwall of Sydney. A pair of Pumas, presented by Mrs. Martin

Stevenson and Don Javier Ovalle, had arrived from Valparaiso; and

the first division of a collection of Reptiles, indigenous to France,

had been received from the Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris.

Among the correspondence was a letter from Mr. Drummond Hay,

Corr. Memb., H.M. Chargé d’ Affaires in Morocco, offering a pair of

Gazelles (Gazella Cuvieri, Ogilby ?) for the acceptance of the Society,

and promising to transmit, in the course of the summer, all the spe-

cies of Reptiles which are found in the neighbourhood of Tangier.

The following papers were read :—

1. NoricE OF TWO EXAMPLES OF THE GENUS GALLUs. By G.

R. Gray, F.L.S. erc., Senior ASSISTANT IN THE ZOOLO-

GICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE BririsH Museum.

(Aves, Pl. VII. VIII.)

The known interest which the Zoological Society takes in the

introduction of Gallinaceous Birds has induced me to call the atten-

tion of the meeting to the following examples, which it is supposed

may prove species not hitherto noticed, as they exhibit some cha-

racters in the form and colouring of the hackles which are not found

in any published descriptions. Thus in the bird figured in pl. 7,

the hackle feathers are of a broad form, rounded at the apex, with

the centre of a shining violet, which colour is margined with deep

blue, broadest at the apex, and then extending in a point on the

shaft at the top of the feather ; these colours are externally margined

with fulvous, which is less prominent on the larger feathers near the

back and sides. The feathers of the back are prolonged and narrow,

of a black colour, broadly margined with fulvous; the tail-feathers

are bronzy-black, with the prolonged coverts black, broadly margined

with violet ; the lesser wing-coverts deep fulvous ; the larger coverts

violet, narrowly margined with black, and in some cases with fulvous ;

the quills black, narrowly margined with brownish-white; and the

secondaries black, margimed with chestnut. The feathers of the

chest and under parts lengthened and pointed, of a black colour, more

or less margined with fulvous.

The comb is large, extending far back, and is irregularly dentated

on the upper margin; the throat naked and the wattle large and

pendulous, with a small wattle on each side near the base of the

lower mandible.

This fine bird was said to be brought from Batavia, but I regret

to say its correct history is unknown. It has been thought right to

name it provisionally Gallus Temminckii, until it may be proved

otherwise than a species.

In the Society’s Garden will be seen a living example, which Mr.

Mitchell has pointed out to me, and which in some respects agrees

with that described above, except that its comb is uot dentated, and

though the hackles are violet, yet they are narrowly lined down the

shaft and margined only with black, the end of each feather being

rather truncated and rounded. The breast and some of the feathers

of the thigh rufous, and those of the former with a black spot at

——_—_—_—_———__——- - ee = _

kein 5 ‘STIVHONN VIOFUVIS

~ =) 4

aT 39 TPP HOM

WOMEN % TPPUBUrTTAy] Aq peyuiy

fuse ats, Aa

fei et

their apex. In other respects it partly agrees with the before-men-

tioned example, but bears most resemblance to Gallus eneus of M.

Temminck, although the hackles of the latter are described as ‘ vert

métallique 4 réflets pourpres trés-éclatans,” &c. These differences

have made it desirable to add a figure of the bird alluded to (pl. 8),

that persons who have the means of studying these birds in their native

places may be induced to determine whether these examples may

justly be considered species, or only hybrids of others that are already

known to naturalists.

2. ON A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS GLAREOLA.

By G. R. Gray, F.L.S. etc.

(Aves, Pl. IX.)

GLAREOLA NUCHALIS.

Brownish ash tinged with bronze, paler on the throat and breast,

and darkest on the quills and tail; a white line commencing at the

gape and extending round the nape, thus forming a prominent collar ;

the base of the tail-feathers, with the space gradually enlarging to

the outermost, and the tips of the third, fourth and fifth feathers,

white ; the abdomen and under tail-coverts ashy-white; the two

longest of the latter with a broad patch near the tip of each dark

brownish ash.

Bill black, with the base yellow; feet yellow, with black claws.

Total length, 54'’; bill from gape, 8"; wings, 5! 7'"; tarsi, 9!"';

middle toe, 8!"’.

The bird here described was discovered by Francis Galton, Esq.,

at the fifth cataract of the Nile. This species may prove eventually

to be found also on the Quorra, Western Africa, as is partly shown

by an immature specimen in rather bad condition, which is contained

in the collection at the British Museum.

3. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS CULTRIDES.

By G. R. Gray, F.L.S. erc.

(Aves, Pl. X.)

CULTRIDES RUFIPENNIS.

Head, neck, and breast, blue-black, tinged in some lights with green;

the back and smaller wing-coverts olivaceous ; the greater wing-coverts

and the outer webs of the secondaries bright cimmamon; the inner

webs of latter and primaries dark violet ; the throat and lower part

of breast and abdomen ashy-white; the middle feathers of the tail

changeable bronzy-green ; the second, third, and fourth feathers, dark

green slightly tinged with bronze on the outer margins, the first

feather on each side dark violet-blue. Bill black, with the tip white ;

the legs and feet pale.

Total length, 1’ 10"; bill to gape, 2! 4’; wing, 71"; tail, 1’;

tarsi, 2! 7!".

This bird, which is supposed to be a native of Mexico, forms a

second species of the genus Cultrides, which was established by M.

Pucheran, with the Coceyzus Geoffroyi of M. Temminck for its type.

May 8, 1849.

Harpur Gamble, Esq., M.D., in the Chair.

The Secretary reported that living specimens of Ptilinopus mela-

nocephalus, Platycercus Barnardi, Lanius septentrionalis, and Dasy-

procta Azare, had been purchased for the Menagerie; that a Hog-

Deer fawn and a Chinchilla had been produced in the Gardens ; and.

that a beautiful example of Hquus hemionus from Cutch, presented

by the Hon. Sir T. Erskine Perry, Chief Justice of Bombay, had been

brought to England free of expense in the Peninsular and Oriental

Steam Navigation Company’s ship ‘ Pottinger.’

Among the correspondence were letters from the Lord Harris,

Governor of Trinidad, the Hon. C. A. Murray, and Lieut. Tyler, R.E.

(S** Lucia).

The following papers were read :—

1. On A VERY LARGE Ror-Derr (C. leucotis) IN THE COLLECTION

OF THE Eart or Dersy. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. etc.

(Mamm. Pl. XII.)

The President has sent for exhibition a stuffed specimen of a female

Deer, which has lately been obtained by him from Valparaiso, and

is a native of South America. It evidently belongs to the genus

Capreolus or Roebucks.

I may observe that most of the groups into which the Deer have

been divided are strictly geographic divisions; the only exception is

in the Stags, or the restricted genus Cervus, one species of which is

found in America. The following animal appears to be a similar ex-

ample in the genus Capreolus, which has hitherto been restricted

to species found in the Old World.

In size it agrees with the specimens of the male Ahi or C. pygar-

gus from Siberia in the British Museum collection, being at least

three times as large as the usual European Roebucks; but it differs

from that species in being much darker, in not having the white spot

which extends over the upper part of the sides of the haunches, and

in having the greater part of the front of the chin and a spot on each

side of the upper lip white, instead of the lip and chin being nearly

black, as in that species.

In all the characters above noted it agrees with the European Roe-

buck, as it also does in the greater stoutness of the legs and the

greater length of the face. Indeed I can see no difference between it

and the European Roebuck, except in the greater size, the greater

length of the quills, and their more distinct and broader subterminal

yellow bands, and in the hair on the inside of the ears being whiter ;

but in the latter character it also differs from C. pygargus.

I think it may be distinguished by the provisional name of C. leu-

cotis.

iss

1 Proc. Z.S. Mammalia XI]

Sundevall observes of C. pygargus, “A priori (C. Europeus) non

minus differt quam omnes Cervi indici inter se ; hi igitur, non minus

quam ille, distinguendi, sed rectius forsan ut mere varietates ha-

bendi.””—Pecora, 61.

I have seen six specimens of the Ural species, and they were all

alike, and very distinct from any variety of the European Roebuck I

have seen, especially in the form of the head and the extension of the

white disk over the sides of the rump, forming a broad oblong white

spot; while in the European species it is an erect longitudinal disk

only, occupying the back part of the haunches.

The height at the shoulder of Lord Derby’s specimen is 38 inches.

His Lordship’s correspondent states, “It was brought to Valparaiso

by Don Benjamin Munoz, a Commodore in the Chilian Navy. The

animal was shot by one of the Chileno officers about twenty leagues

from Port Famine in the Straits of Magellan. The Indians assured

the officer that there was another similar kind of Deer there, but

quite white. He did not see any of them, but the other kind (C. leu-

cotis) did not seem uncommon.”

2. On THE Genus Brapypus or Linnazus. By Joun Epwarp

Gray, Esa., F.R.S. ere.

(Mammalia, Pl. X. XI.)

Illiger, and afterwards F. Cuvier, divided the Linnean genus Bra-

dypus into two, according to the number of the claws and the absence

or presence of the canine, and the form of the crown of the grinders.

The examination of the collection of skulls of the family in the

collection at the British Museum, has induced me to believe that the

recent species may be divided into three very distinct subdivisions,

and that there are at least seven distinct species.

Synopsis of Genera.

1. Cuotapus.—Hands two-clawed, feet three-clawed; front

grinder large, like a canine; pterygoid bone rather swollen, sub-

vesicular.

2. Brapypus.—Hands and feet three-clawed ; front grinder small ;

pterygoids swollen, hollow, vesicular.

3. ArcrorirHEcusS.—Hands and feet three-clawed ; front grinder

small; pterygoids compressed, crest-like, solid.

I. CooLe@pvus, Illiger (1811) ; Bradypus, F. Cuvier, Dent. Mamm.

t. 77; Bradypus, sp. Linn.; Tardigradus, sp. Brisson.

Hands two-clawed, feet three-clawed. Grinders: front upper and

lower large, like canines; the upper ones separated from the other

grinders by a broad space, with a deep concavity in front, at the back

edge of the teeth. Intermaxillary bones small, distinct, and produced

in front, with a long canal behind them; pterygoid bones separate,

rather swollen, spread out on the sides, thick, with a moderate internal

vesicular cavity.

Lower jaw much-produced in front between the teeth.

The skull of this genus is well-figured by M. Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v.

No. CXCIV.—Proceepin6Gs or THE ZooLoeicat Sociery.

t. 5, and M. De Blainville, Ostéograph. Bradypus, t. 1 ; skeleton, t. 3.

f. 1, 2, old and young skull.

1. CHOL@PUS DIDACTYLUS.

Bradypus didactylus, Linn.; Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v.73. t.6; t. 7.

f. 3, 5 ; skull, cop. Cuvier, Reg. An. Illust.t. 70. f. 2; Blainv. Ostéog.

Bradypus, t.1.t.3.f. 13; Guérin, Icon. R. A. t. 33. f. 2-2 a, skull.

B. Unau and B. Curi, Link.

We have three more or less perfect skulls from different-aged indi-

viduals of this species.

The projection in the front of the lower jaw in the young specimen

is narrow and acute ; it then becomes thin, wider and rounded at the

end, and in the adult skull it is thickened, prolonged, and again be-

comes rather more acute.

In the adult skull there are very large air-cavities between the pari-

etes of the bones, and a considerable cavity in the pterygoid bone.

In the younger skull the pterygoid bone is small, and appears to be

nearly solid, but there is a very large circular perforation which com-

municates with a cavity under the pterygoid bones, which is nearly

entirely obliterated in the adult skull; and the intermaxillary bones

of the two young skulls are much less projecting than those of the

adult one.

The young skull exhibits a small, distinctly tapering, produced,

additional central nasal bone, which is not preserved (or not to be

found) in the adult one, or in any of the other skulls of the family

which have come under my observation.

The hinder angle of the lower jaw of the two skulls, the one of a

young and the other of an adult animal, in the Museum collection, is

nearly similar in form. The condyloid process of the young is short

and truncated behind, that in the older jaw being produced and bent

back at the tip.

In the British Museum collection there are five skins of adults, two

very young, one dry, the other in spirits, and three skulls more or

less perfect.

The very young specimen in spirits in the British Museum is figured

in Griffith’s Animal Kingdom, and Seba figures the fetus from spirits.

II. Brapyrus. ?Acheus pars, F. Cuvier, Dent. Mamm. t. 78 ;

Guérin. Bradypus pars, Linn. Bradypus, Illiger. Tardigradus, sp.

Brisson. Arctopithecus, Gesner.

Hands and feet three-clawed. Skull flattened above on the fore-

head. Grinders: front upper small, cylindrical; front lower small,

transverse, compressed. Intermaxillary bones none, or very rudi-

mentary. The upper process of the zygomatic arch with a broad

process in front, forming a back edge to the orbit. Pterygoids sepa-

rate, much-swollen and raised, very thin, enclosing a large vesicular

cavity.

reat jaw produced in front between the teeth, flattened.

Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 88, described the skull of this subgenus.

Blainville (Osteograph. Bradypus, t. 3) figured an imperfect skull

of a young animal under the name of B. torquatus, but it does not

Proc. Z.S. Mammalia. X

S CRINITUS. 2.B.AFFINIS.

1 BRADYPU

Ford & Gearge,tmp. 54,

WWing dal. et ith

show the characters of the pterygoid process, and it has no appear-

ance of the anterior process on the upper part of the zygomatic arch

forming the upper hinder part of the orbit, which is found in most

of the skulls of this genus. This skull may be the one described by

Cuvier, as M. Blainville observes that the skull he figures formed

part of the old collection, and was taken from a skin collected in

Brazil by M. Delalande.

1, BrapyPUs CRINITUS.

(Skull, Mammalia, Pl. X. f. 1. a, 6, ¢.)

Greyish, sides reddish ; back of the neck with a mane formed of

elongated black hairs.

B. crinitus, Browne, Jam. 489.

B. tridactylus, Linn. dm. Acad. 1. 487 ; Syst. Nat. ; Shaw, Mus.

Lever. t: 3; Nat. Mise. t.5; Griffith, A. K.v. t. 135.

B. tridactylus, var. c. Desm. Mamm.

?« B. variegatus, Schinz. Cuvier, Thierre, iv. 510”?

B. torquatus, Illiger, Prod. 109; “ Temm. Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys.

vi. 212. t. 91;” Fischer, Syn. Mamm.; Geoff. Ann. Mus.

Acheus torquatus, “ Geoff.”’ Guérin, Iconog. R. A. t. 33. f.1 & 1a,

skulls.

B. cristatus, ‘‘ Temm. MSS.” fide H. Smith, Griff. A. K. iv. 271.

Ai A collier, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. 88.

Three-toed Sloth, Penn. Syn. t. 29 (from B.M.).

Ignarus, Clusius, Exot. 110 fig. 372 fig.

Unau, Laet. Amer. 618. f. 618. cop. Clusius fig. at p. 372.

Ai sive Ignarus, Maregrave, Brazil, 221. fig. cop. Clusius, 372.

Hab. British Guiana; Schomburgk.

This is evidently the species described and figured by Clusius

(Exot. 111), for he observes, ‘‘ Collum non adeo crassum ut pictura

refert, quia oblongioribus densisque pilis, quemadmodum et totum

corpus, tectum erat : pilorum color ex fusco quodammodo spadiceus,

sive potius qualis fere in crassiore illa lanugine magnas et crassas

Indicas nuces tegente conspicetur ;” and better described and figured

at p. 373 as follows: ‘‘ Universum corpus a summo capite ad ungues

usque, densissimis tisque prolixis villis erat obsitum, coloris partim

nigri, partim cineracei, pene ut meles, quem vulgus tassum sive taxum

appellat, mollioribus tamen, atque a collo secundum dorsi longitudi-

nem, usque ad posteriora fere crura, nigrorum pilorum quadam serie

erat insignitum: totum collum a cervice ad anteriora usque crura

veluti juba quadam nigrorum crinium in utrumque latus propenden-

tium tectum habebat.”

Marcgrave gives a copy of the second figure in Clusius (at p. 221),

but with a rather different description, viz. “‘Totum corpus prolixis

et duo digitos pzene longis pilis est vestitum cinerei coloris. Tarsi

similis sed mollioribus et cum abbedine nucis in dorso pilis magis

albescunt et per medium dorsi tendit linea fusca a capite, per colli

longitudinem pilis jubee modo ad latera explicantur paulo longiores

quam in reliquo corpore.” (p. 221.)

The forehead (of the skull) flat over the orbit, rather concave be-

tween the front of the temple, wide and rather depressed over the

occiput. The pterygoid bones much-swollen, very thin, paper-like.

The lower jaw with a broad square truncated process in front between

the teeth, the sides converging, with the outer edge reflexed ; the angle

broad, acute, slightly produced beyond the back edge of the condyles.

Teeth large, broad, the lower front one oblong, transverse : the lower

process of the zygoma broad, flat, dilated.

The skull is easily known from the next by being much wider in

all its parts compared with its length ; this is especially visible at the

occipital ridge and the palate, and on the under side of the lower jaw.

The Sloth figured by Edwards (Gleanings, t. 310) is from a badly-

preserved specimen in the collection of Lord Peters, brought from

Honduras. It appears to belong to this species, being the only one

having long hair on the neck, but the black colour of this crest is not

mentioned in the description.

Bradypus tridactylus, Linnzeus, was first described by that author

in the Ameenitates Acad. i. 487, but the description is so slight that it

is not possible to determine with certainty the specimen for which it

is intended, the only specific character being the following : “‘ facie vero

pilis flavis vestitum; gula flava, totum corpus ursorum instar, pilis

longis et asperioribus vestitur colore ex fusco sive griseo et albo vari-

ante.” Inthe Mus. Adolph. Fred. p. 4, Linnzus refers to this de-

scription. The mixed colours of the first description and the habitat

Surinam best agree with this species.

Gmelin merely described this species as ‘‘ Corpus pilosissimum gri-

seum, facies nuda, gula flava.”

Browne (Jamaica) mentions it as an animal which is sometimes

brought from the mainland to Jamaica (not as a native of the

island) ; his name at once shows that it must belong to this species.

The skull above described was taken from the skin of a specimen

in the British Museum. We have also a skeleton of a second speci-

men, which was received from M. Becker under the name of Brady-

pus torquatus, from Brazil. It is the skull of this skeleton (it beg

more perfect than the former) that is figured in tab. X. f. 1. a, 6, ¢.

2. BRADYPUS AFFINIS.

(Skull, Mammalia, Pl. X. f. 2. a, 6, e.)

Fur unknown.

The forehead of the skull rather convex, with a slight convexity

over the orbits and a higher convexity over the front part of the tem-

ples. The occipital ridge very concave and rather narrow. The ptery-

goid bones rather swollen, rather compressed on the sides, and mode-

rately thick. The lower jaw with a broad, gradually tapering, trun-

cated process in front between the teeth; the sides rather curved,

simple-edged beneath; the angle broad, acute, slightly produced

beyond the back edges of the condyles. The lower process of the

zygoma slender, tapering. Teeth moderate, the lower front one much-

compressed, transverse, linear.

Hab. Tropical America.

The skeleton from which this skull has been described and figured

was received by the British Museum from M, Brandt, under the name

of Bradypus torquatus, from Brazil.

It has been suggested that the two skulls in the Museum which

have been extracted from skins of Bradypus crinitus, may both belong

to male or female animals, and that the skull here described may

belong to the other sex. As this is a matter of doubt which can only

be settled by the examination of more specimens the sexes of which

are known, I have considered it desirable that the skull should be

figured and described. I may remark that the form of the hinder side

and angle of the lower jaw of all the three specimens of these skulls

are very similar.

Skull. B. torquatus. B. affinis.

in. lin. in. lin.

PRIELE Menem Meas seit e+ owt OS

Lenpth.oF palateyt se ee ns ee 12

from palate to occipitalhole. 1 4

Breadth at occipital ridge........ 1 44 1 22

at front of ear-hole ...... 15 1 22

— at front of zygoma ...... 1 10 1.8

Lower jaw.

Menpth mn Ws 3 Setters AMOS abe. d 2 4 2 22

Width at condyles......0.0..... Iein8 1 43

of back part of them ...... 0 11 0 10

III. Arcroriruecus. Bradypus, sp. Riippell; Pr. Mazx.; Cu-

vier, Oss. Foss.; Blainv. Acheus, F. Cuvier, Dent. Mamm. t. 78.

Tardigradus, sp. Brisson.

Hands and feet three-clawed.. Skull rounded above on the fore-

head. Grinders: front upper very small, cylindrical; front lower

smaller than the others, subcylindrical. Pterygoid separate, com-

pressed, erect, thin, simple. Intermaxillaries none.

Lower jaw not produced on the upper edge between the teeth, but

slightly keeled in front of the chin.

Face with a black streak from the back angle of the eye.

Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. t. 4, figured the skeleton, and t. 5, the skull

and bones of the feet of this genus; the skull is copied R. A. Illust.

t. 70. f. 1a. Wiedemann, Arch. Zool. und Zoot. i. t. 1 and 1*, and

Spix, Cephal. t. 7. f. 12, figure the skull, and Blainville figured two

skulls belonging to this genus in his ‘ Osteographia.’

In the young skull there is sometimes a slight projection on the

front edge of the zygomatic arch, assisting to form the back edge of

the orbit, but this process seems soon to disappear as the animal

increases in size, and I have not found it in any of the older skulls.

Cuvier, Desmarest, and most French authors, have considered all

the individuals of this genus as belonging to one species, and have

given an indefinite description, so as to include them. Cuvier (Rég.

Anim. ed. 1. 217) thus describes that species: “ Sa couleur est grise,

souvent tachetée sur le dos de brun et de blanc: plusieurs individus

portent entre les épaules une tache d’un fauve vif que traverse une ligne

longitudinale.” He refers for the species to both Buffon’s figures,

xii. t. 5 & 6. In the second edition he remarks, “On connait un

Ai dit la dos brilé, parce qu'il a entre les épaules une tache noire en-

tourée de fauve ; ce n’est selon M. Temminck, qu’ une variété résultant

de ce que des longs poils de ses épaules sont usés.”—Cuvier, Reg.

Anim. ed. 2. p. 225.

Desmarest describes it in nearly the same words, but he notices

four varieties, including amongst them 8B. crinitus (var. c.) ; the spe-

cial description of the species and var. 6. appear to be 4. gularis ;

var. a. appears to be from a female, and var. d. from a male of 4.

flaccidus.

Knorr (Délices, i. 97. t. K. f. 3) figures the foetus of a species of

this genus.

a. Fur moderately rigid ; the back white-spotted ; dorsal streak

elongate.

1. ARCTOPITHECUS GULARIS.

(Lower jaw, Mammalia, Pl. XI. f. 6.)

Dark grey-brown; back white varied, with an elongated black

streak, with a broad patch of soft yellow hair on each side between

the shoulders. Skull with a broad forehead, rather convex over the

back part of the orbits. The upper front grinder rather large. The

hinder side of the lower jaw concavely cut out, and with the lower

angle slender and acutely produced; front of the lower jaw flat, not

keeled up the suture.

Bradypus gularis, Riippell, Mus. Senckend. iii. t. 11.

Ai a dos brilé, Buffon, Hist. Nat. xii. 62.

Ai adult, Buffon, Hist. Nat. xii. t. 6.

B. tridactylus, Griffith, A. K. iv. 271.

B. tridactylus, description and var. 6. Desm. Mamm.

D’Ai B. tridactylus, var. Cuvier, Reg. Anim. Illust. Mamm. t. 70.

Tie

A. tridactylus, var. Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. t. 5. f..1, 2, 3, skull; cop.

Cuv. R. A. Ed. Illust. t. 70. f. 1 a.

B. tridactylus 6, Fischer, Syn. 387.

Hab. Bolivia, Bridges; Guiana, Riippell.

This species was well-described by Buffon, and is at once known by

its dark colour, white varied back, and the yellow patch of soft hair

between the shoulders.

Cuvier states (Rég. Anim. ed. 2) that M. Temminck thought that

the yellow spot on the back depended on the skin being worn in that

part. Probably he never saw a specimen, or he could hardly have

made such an observation.

According to Mr. Waterhouse, Mr. Bridges considers the specimens

here described as the males of 4. marmoratus.

Cuvier’s upper figure of the skull (fig. 1) most accurately represents

the form of the hinder end of the lower jaw, the other figures being

distorted by the perspective position.

The skull from which the end of the lower jaw is figured was from

an adult animal. There is also the skeleton of a young specimen

from the same locality in the Museum collection, which only differs

in the coronoid process being less developed. There are two speci-

mens in the Museum collection, one half the size of the other; the

smaller specimen is yellower on the face and much darker on the neck,

forming a nearly black collar, and the white is smaller in quantity

and more mixed with the grey-brown of the back. The larger one is

probably a male, which according to the observations of the Prince of

Wied is whiter than the female.

2. ARCTOPITHECUS MARMORATUS.

(Lower jaw, Mammalia, Pl. XI. f. 3, adult; f. 4, half-grown.)

Grey-brown, back and outer side of the arms white varied, with an

elongated narrow streak extending nearly the whole length of the

back.

The angle of the lower jaw longly produced, narrow, subacute.

B. tridactylus, var. Griffith, A. K. t. 136.

Bradypus tridactylus Guianensis, Blainv. Osteogr. Brad. t. 3.

Hab. Brazils ; Gordon Graham, Esq.

This species, which is the most common in English collections, is

easily known by the whiteness of the back and limbs, which is well-

defined from the uniform dark grey-brown tint of the rest of the body ;

the dorsal streak is always very distinctly marked, and, asin 4. gularis,

reaches nearly to the rump, while in 4. flaccidus it is confined to the

upper part of the back.

In ‘ Griffith’s Animal Kingdom’ there is a figuie by T. Landseer of

this species, taken from an adult specimen in spirits in the British

Museum, which appears to have formed part of Sir H. Sloane’s col-

lection ; but the character of the colouring of the back is not well-

shown, and it may represent either 4. marmoratus or A. Blainvillii.

In the British Museum there is a nearly adult and a young speci-

men of this species, the hinder part of the lower jaws of which are here

figured. The specimens agree in all points of external colouring with

the following species (4. Blainvillii) ; but the form of the lower jaw

at once separates it both from 4. gularis and A. Blainvillii. It ma

be the female of the former, the skull having more alliance to that

species than to 4. Blainvillit.

The front of the lower jaw of the older specimen is rather promi-

nent, while that of the younger individual is truncated and quite de-

stitute of any convexity or keel, like the adult skull of 4. gularis.

3. ArcToPITHECUS BLAINVILLII.

(Skull, Mammalia, Pl. XI. f. 2.)

Grey-brown, back and outside of the arms white varied, with an

elongated narrow streak extending nearly the whole length of the

back ; the forehead very convex and swollen over the back of the orbit.

Teeth rather large ; front lower compressed.

Lower jaw distinctly keeled up the symphysis, and slightly angu-

larly produced on the front edge.

B. tridactylus Braziliensis, Blainville, Osteog. t. 2, skeleton; 3,

skull partly broken.

Hab. Tropical America.

We have three specimens of the animal agreeing with the skulls

here described, but they offer no external character by which I can

distinguish them from the preceding specimens (4. marmoratus) ;

yet the skulls all agree in the greater convexity of the forehead and

m the form of the angle of the lower jaw. Two of the lower jaws

have a distinct angular ridge up the front symphysis. The figure

is taken from the skull of a skeleton received from M. Becker as the

B. tridactylus from Brazil.

It has been suggested that the differences in the form of the hinder

part of the lower jaw, which, it should be observed, are not the only,

but are the most easily described characters to separate these species,

are not sufficient for specific distinction. I am willing to own that

it is a fair question of discussion, and one that can only be settled by

the comparison of more specimens than we at present possess. Should

these variations prove only individual, and not specific, then it must

lead us to be very cautious in the formation of species on the exami-

nation of skeletons alone, as is of necessity the case in the animals now

only found in a fossil state.

6. Fur elongate, very flaccid, whitish; dorsal streak very short,

indistinct, only seen where the hair is worn.

4. ARCTOPITHECUS FLACCIDUS.

(Skull, Mammalia, Pl. XI. f.1, adult; f. 1 a, young.)

Pale grey-brown; back, sides of the back and hinder part white

varied, with a short blackish dorsal streak between the shoulders.

Skull with a broad rather convex forehead. (3 spec.)

Ai (seconde), Buffon, Hist. Nat. xiii. 62.

Jeunes Ais, Buffon, H. N. xiii. t. 5.

Bradypus tridactylus, Temm. dnn. Gen. Sei. Phys. vi. 51, not

LTinn.; Pr. Max. Abbild. Nat. Braz. t. . § &jun.; Beitr. zur

Nat. ii. 482.

B. tridactylus, var. a. 2 ?, Desm., and var. d. ¢, Mamm.

Var. 1. White grey-brown ; back of the hairs blackish, with a short

black streak, and with a white spot on each side between the shoulders.

(1 spec.

Boh Newson, Mr. Dyson.

Var. 2. Nearly uniform whitish grey-brown; base of the hairs

blackish, without any dorsal streak. (1 spec.)

Hab. Para; J. P. G. Smith, Esq.

This species, of which we have four specimens of different ages in

the Museum, is easily known by the length, very loose and flaccid

nature of its hair, and the indistinctness of its markings. The black

on the back appears to arise from the hair of the shoulders being

worn away. Three, of very different ages, are pale grey-brown,

with a short, broad, blackish streak between the shoulders, and

have the rump and each side of the dorsal streak more or less white,

and an indistinet whiteness on the outer side of the upper arms.

Buffon’s description of his second specimen of 4? agrees better with

this species than with any other which has come under my observation.

— ae

ii ‘ Proc.Z.S Mammalia XI

‘

~S “

LARCTOPITHECUS FLACCIDUS 2.A.BLAINVILLII.

§.4.A MARMORATUS 5.A- PROBLEMATICUS. 6.A GULARIS

Pord & George, Imp 54, Hatton Carden

i li

Prince Maximilian gives a good figure of the female and young of

this species. He observes, ‘‘ Les méles a de chaque cété du dos une

ligne longitudinale blanche.”

In the British Museum there is a specimen about half the size of

the largest of the former, which is very like it in the flaccid nature of

its fur, but the whole upper part of the body is pale whitish grey,

with two or three indistinct white spots on the sides, and there is a

short black streak edged with a white spot of soft hair on each side

between the shoulders. This was brought from Venezuela by Mr.

Dyson.

‘There is another specimen rather smaller than the former, and like

it in colour and appearance, but it has no indications of the back streak

or white soft hair on the shoulders. Brought from Para by my son-

in-law, Mr. J. P. George Smith.

I am by no means certain that these specimens may not be indica-

tions of the existence of other species, which can only be proved by

the comparison of more specimens.

The skull of the older specimen is figured, pl. 2. f.1. The lower

edge of the angular process in this specimen is eroded ; the lower jaw

of the younger specimen is similar, and the angular process is broader.

Besides these species of which we have skins and skulls, there is in

the British Museum the skeleton of a species of this genus, which was

sent from Para by my son-in-law, which differs essentially from all

those before described, both in the greater length of the head and in

the form of the hinder edge of the lower jaw, and which I have there-

fore indicated under the name of

5. ARCTOPITHECUS PROBLEMATICUS.

(Lower jaw, Mammalia, Pl. XI. f. 5.)

Fur unknown. Skull rather elongate ; forehead broad, rather con-

vex on each side over the middle of the orbit.

Lower jaw with a broad rather produced angle, bent up at the tip

and regularly rounded beneath, and with a distinct angular keel up

the symphysis, rendering the upper edge angularly produced.

Hab. Para; J. P. George Smith, Esq.

The keel in the lower jaw is similar to that of 4. Blainvillii, but

the angle is much more produced. In the form of this part it most

resembles that which I have considered as the young of 4. flaccidus ;

but the angle is much broader and more recurved, and it differs from

both skulls of that species in the skull, and especially the lower jaw,

being much more elongated behind compared with the length of the

tooth-line.

May 22, 1849.

Harpur Gamble, Esq., M.D., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. DescrRIPTION OF SOME CORALS, INCLUDING A NEW BriTIsH

CoRAL DISCOVERED BY W. MacAnprevw, Esa.

By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. erc.

(Radiata, Pl. IT.)

As yet only a single living species of recent stony coral has been.

recorded as inhabiting our coast. I am aware that M. Milne-Edwards

and M. Haime have described the Torbay coral as belonging to two

species and to different genera, viz. Desmophyllum Stokesii, Aun. Sci.

Nat. ix. 255. t. 7. f. 12, 12 a, and Cyathina Smithii, 1. c. ix. 288 ; but

from the varieties in form, and especially in the contraction of the

base, which I have seen in specimens on the same stone, I believe

the genera and species have been established on very unessential cha-

racters.

I may state, that from the observations I have been able to make, I

believe that the recent corals are very much more influenced by ex-

ternal circumstances, by the rarity or the abundance of food that the

animals are able to procure, and by the roughness or quietness of the

water they happen to inhabit, and the stations they may accidentally

occupy, than the describers of corals even the most recent are willing

to allow. This greatly added to the difficulty of distinguishing the

species ; and if this is the case with the recent corals which we receive

in a good state, how much more difficult must it be to distinguish

those only found in a fossil, and often in a worn and imperfect con-

dition !

The British coral here noticed is perfectly distinct from the former,

and from any European coral that has come under my examination ;

and when I showed it to M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime on their

late visit to this country, they stated that it was quite unknown to

them, and most nearly allied to an Australasian species. It belongs

to the genus Flabellum, established by the late M. Lesson in his

‘ Illustrations of Zoology’ in 1831 for a coral from the Japanese Seas.

And more lately (in 1841) Dr. A. Philippi established a genus under

the name of Phyllodes for some fossil allies. Dana, in his work on

Zoophytes in 1846, has applied the name of Huphyllia to this genus.

Quoy and Gaimard referred one of the species to the genus Turbz-

nolia.

The only specimen of the coral found by Mr. MacAndrew is un-

fortunately in an imperfect state, having been broken by the dredge,

and I have some doubts if it absolutely belongs to the genus F’/a-

bellum, as it appears rather to form a more or less circular expanded

disk, than a compressed wedge-shaped body. But Messrs. Milne-

Edwards and Haime appeared to have no doubt of its belonging to

od A

Ee)

jam)

that genus when it was shown to them, and I have therefore adopted

their opinion until more perfect specimens are found to verify or cor-

rect our knowledge. It may be described as follows :—

Frasettum MacAnprewi. (Radiata, Pl. II.)

Coral expanded, subcircular? ; outline irregular, torn, with acute

marginal processes ; outer surface smooth, polished, as if varnished ;

septa thin, far apart, very finely crenulated on the edge in three

series ; the primary plates large, the secondary nearly as large, but

much more narrow near the centre; the tertiary plates small, very

narrow.

Hab. North Sea.

The single imperfect specimen here described was found about

twenty-five miles from East Shetland, in ninety fathoms water.

Mr. MacAndrew has kindly presented the specimen to the British

Museum collection.

M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime, in their monograph of the genus

Flabellum, published in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ ix.

p- 256 (in 1848), describe forty-three species, and divide them into

three sections, thus :—

a. Coral becoming free by the progress of age.

* Coral becoming free by the cessation of the adherence of the

pedicel—Flabellines pedicellés.

** Coral becoming free by the rupture of its base—F’. tronquées.

6. Coral always fixed by its enlarged base—F’. fixées.

The last section is very distinct from the two former, and might

almost form a separate genus, for which I should be inclined to retain

Dana’s name of Luphyllia.

The other two sections are separated from one another by very

slight characters, which I believe are not even sufficient to separate

the specimens of the same species, for some specimens from the same

localities retain their narrow base, while in others this part is more or

less truncated.

Indeed from the numerous specimens of this genus which I have

been enabled to examine in the Japanese boxes which are sent to the

Canton market, and from thence to London, and others brought from

Northern China by Mr. Fortune, I have little doubt that the species

is very variable. I had come to this conclusion, and arranged all the

specimens together in one tray in the British Museum, before Messrs.

Milne- Edwards and Haime came to examine the corals in the Museum

for description in their papers in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’

for 1848 ; and the examination of the characters given by these natu-

ralists for their several species has not induced me to change my

opinion, which has, on the contrary, been strengthened by a second

comparison.

I may state that we have in the British Museum two very distinct

recent species:—1. Flabellum affine, Edwards and Haime, n. 31,

t. 8. f. 10, from Australia, which has very close plates. 2. Fladel-

lum Pavoninum, n. 1, from Japan and North China. And Milne-

Edwards and M. Haime have described another from the Falkland

Islands, brought to France by M. Dupetit Thouars, and hence called

Flabellum Thouarsii, n. 10. t. 8. f. 5, which appears to be distinct

from the two former.

From the examination of the numerous specimens of Flabellum Pa-

voninum which I have been enabled to compare and collect, I am in-

clined to believe that all the specimens which are brought from the

Japanese Seas belong to a single species, which I believe will include

as varieties the ae species described by M. Milne-Edwards and

M. Haime, viz. :—

1. Fidbellum distinctum, n. 2. The specimen in the British Mu-

seum, from which this species is described, came from Japan,

and not the Red Sea, as stated in the work cited.

elegans, n. 38. From Japan; B. M.

. Candeanum, n. 39. t. 8. f. 13.

. Stokesii, n. 40. t. 8. f. 12.

. Owenii, n. 41. t. 8. f. 9.

I ‘thought at first that these specimens might be separated into two,

according to the colour, some being red, with the sides of the coral

keeled, and others white, with the sides more or less rounded; Fla-

bellum Pavoninum, Lesson, being the type of one species, and Fungia

compressa, of Lamarck, of the other. But there are specimens red on

one side and white on the other, and some on the other hand keeled

on one edge and rounded on the other; some with elongated spines

on one edge, and spiniferous or only with a slight tubercle on the oppo-

site one ; sometimes one edge has two spines and the other only one,

or a tubercle, and the extent of the truncation of the base differs in

every example.

The same examination has also induced me to believe that the spe-

cimen which these authors have described under the name of Placo-

trochus levis, p. 283. t. 8. f. 15, is only a variety of the same species ;

and that Acanthocyathus Grayii, 293. t. 9. f. 2, is only a specimen of

the same. species which has lost its compressed form. I have not

seen Rhizotrochus typus, p. 282. t. 8. f. 16, or Blastotrochus nutriz,

p- 284. t. 8. f. 14; but from the figures, I have great suspicions that

they are only modifications of the same species.

To give some idea of the variations produced by local causes in

corals, I may state that the specimens which Messrs. Milne-Edwards

and Haime have described under the generic name of Heterocyathus,

are only specimens of the genus Cyathus which have been changed

2. F. debile, n. 23. t. 8. f. 2.

3. F. Sumatrense, n. 24.

4. F. spinosum, n, 25. t. 8. f. 4.

5. F. aculeatum, n. 26. t. 8. f. 3.

6. F. compressum, n. 20 = Fungia compressa, Lamk.

7. F. Bairdii, n. 32. From Japan.

8. F. Cumingii, n. 33. t. 8. f. 11.

9. F. elongatum, n. 34. t. 8. f. 7.

10. F. profundum, n. 35. China ortene) - F. spheniscus, n. 42?

1l. F. crassum, n. 36. t. 8. f. 8.

12. F. crenulatum, n. 37.

4/4

in form from their having grown attached to a spiral shell which was

inhabited by parasitic crustacea. I have specimens showing all the

grades of change, from the nearly normal conical form of the genus

to the truncated form which has been described as the type of the

genus Heterocyathus. This form was well-described by Spengler in

‘Nova Acta Hafniee,’ i. 240, and noticed by Gmelin under the name

of Madrepora Cochlea, p. 3763.

Messrs. Milne-Edwards and Haime described two species of this

genus under the names of H. e@quicostatus, t. 10. f. 8, and H. Rous-

seanus, t. 10. f. 9. Of the former he appears only to have seen a

single specimen. We have in the British Museum three very distinct

species, which may be thus described :—

1. H. Cocutea = Mad. Cochiea, Gmelin, 8. N. H. equicostatus,

Milne-Edwards and Haime, 324. t. 10. f. 8. (Radiata, Pl. II.)

Coral subcylindric, hard, white, with narrow, equidistant, distinct

grooves, crenulated on the edges; base rather dilated ; laminze nar-

row, sharp-edged, very unequal, grooved on each side, and with

crowded columns in the centre of the star.

Hab. Chinese Seas.

The holes on the outer surface are large and distinct.

2. H. wemispuzrica. (Radiata, Pl. II.)

Coral subcircular, depressed, subhemispherical, nearly flat below,

regularly convex above; sides rounded ; plates of star broad-topped,

as if truncated, covered on top and sides with very numerous crowded

spines and tubercles ; centre of star roundish, with small columella.

Hab. Chinese Seas.

The plates of this species resemble those figured as belonging to

H. Rousseanus, 1. c. 325. t. 10. f.9; but the shape of all the two

specimens in the Museum, which are nearly similar, is quite distinct

from the view of the side of that species.

3. H. nupsamMipes. (Radiata, Pl. II.)

Coral polymorphous, base flat, sides shelving, sinuous, surface

covered with very close, irregular, sinuous, denticulated ridges, and

pierced with numerous minute pores; star irregular, compressed or

sinuous ; laminze narrow, then cribellated on the surface, and with an

oblong, elongated, convex, cribellated centre.

Var. star more or less contracted in the centre, forming two more

or less distinct roundish stars.

Hab. Chinese Seas.

This species is immediately known from the former by the pecu-

liarity of the surface, which is like that of Caryophyllea ramea, and

by the convex elongated form of the centre of the star.

I have described these three species together on account of their

having the same form and habit, but the structure of the surface and

the great difference in the form and conformation of the stars induce

me to believe that they probably belong to three very distinct families

of corals.

Since I described these corals I have shown the two latter species

to M. Milne-Edwards, who states that they had not before come

under his observation.

2. On THE BRITISH SPECIMENS OF REGALECUS. By J. E. Gray,

Esa., F.R.S. &e.

The occurrence of a specimen of Regalecus on the coast of North-

umberland, which is now being exhibited in Regent-street, has in-

duced me to communicate the following remarks which I have col-

lected connected with the history of its former occurrence in this

country, some of which appear to have escaped the researches of our

British naturalists.

Though the materials here referred to are mentioned by M. Valen-

ciennes in the tenth volume of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ the refer-

ence is so indistinct and indefinite that it has not enabled British

naturalists to discover where they were to be seen.

On a very accurate drawing of a fish of this genus, bound up with

other notes on British fishes, at the end of a 4to copy of Pennant’s

British Zoology of 1776, which is contained in the library of the late

Sir Joseph Banks, now forming part of the library of the British

Museum, is the following, the head of which is reduced two-thirds in

the following figure :—

“On Saturday the 23rd day of February, 1788, was caught near

Newlyn Quay, on the sand at ebb-tide, a fish which measured in

length 8 feet 4 inches, breadth 10 inches, and thickness 2} inches ;

weight 40 lbs.”

The drawing is inscribed, by another hand, “ Regalecus Glesne,

Ascan. Icon. t. 11; Miller, Z. D. n. 355. BR. remipes, Nov. Act.

Hafn. n. 414;” and on the margin there is added in another hand

the following note :—

‘*N.B. A gentleman who saw this fish informed Capt. Chemming

(Chelnwyn?) that the tail was not perfect, and supposed it was ori-

ginally longer than is represented.’

The body of the fish is silvered, with obscure indications of darker

cross-bands, and the fins are all salmon-coloured ; the first ray of the

dorsal over the eyes is elongated and bent down over the front of the

aad, and each of the two ventral fins ends in an ovate radiated appen-

age.

This figure, representing the first British example on record, is

certainly the best and most trustworthy representation of the fish that

I have seen. A reduced copy of this drawing is here given.

Valenciennes, to whom a copy of this figure has been sent by

Mrs. Lee, mentions it in the History of Fish, vol. x. p. 365, but has

translated Newlyn Quay into ** Necolyn Quay.”

Dr. Russell (Fishes of Coromandel, i. 29) observes: “In 1796 a

fish of this genus was cast on shore in Cornwall, a drawing and de-

scription of which were sent to Sir Joseph Banks. It has two ventral

cirri, and in the crest of the head resembled the present subject more

than any of the others: the tail had been broken off.”

Shaw (Zool. iv. 198) observes: ‘‘ It appears from a print published

in the year 1798, that a specimen of this fish (Gymnetrus Hawkenii)

was thrown on the coast of Cornwall in the month of February in the

same year. Its length was 8 feet 6 inches, its breadth in the widest

part 103 inches, and its thickness 23 inches. The tail in this speci-

men was wanting ; the colour the same as in the specimen (of Gymne-

trus Hawkensii) figured by Dr. Bloch.”

I have no doubt, as Valenciennes suspected (see Hist. Poiss. x.

375), from comparing these accounts with the drawing in the edition

of Pennant above quoted, and with Russell’s and Shaw’s notices, that

they are from that authority, and that the two dates in the notes, and

the length mentioned by Dr. Shaw, are mistakes of the copyist. I have

not been able to find the engraving mentioned by Shaw, which was

doubtless made from this drawing, though there is a slight variation

in each of the items of the measurements given by the latter author.

Could he have considered this drawing as a published print? The

writing is so beautifully executed that he might be deceived unless

he examined it very carefully.

Mr. Couch, in his paper on Cornish fishes, Linn. Trans. xiv. 77,

informs us, under

“ Ceil Conin.—This fish was drawn on shore in a net at Newlin

(Newlyn) in this country in February 1791. The extremity of the

tail was wanting ; the length of what remained was 8} feet, the depth

103 inches, thickness 23 inches, weight 40 lbs. A coloured drawing

of this fish is in the possession of W. Rashleigh, Esq., F.L.S., of

Menabilly.”

Mr. Couch has seen this drawing. A copy reduced to one-fourth

its size is given by Mr. Yarrell in his excellent work on British Fishes,

vol. iil. p. 221. '

I have great doubt if the fish mentioned by Mr. Couch is not also

the same specimen as the one described as caught on 23rd of February

1788, as it is found in the same place, is the same size and weight,

&e., and that the date is a mistake. The addition of the two ventral

fins was probably a fancy of the artist, like the addition of the tail,

the drawing of the fish sent to Sir Joseph Banks being without these

fanciful embellishments.

It has been supposed, because the copy of the drawing given by

Mr. Yarrell is very like the figure of Gymnetrus Hawkenii in Bloch’s

Hist. Ich. xii. t. 433, that the drawing of the Cornish fish was the

origin of Bloch’s figure ; but it is to be observed that Mr. Hawken

sent a specimen as well as a drawing of the fish he received from Goa;

that his specimen was only 23 feet long, and the Cornish specimen

81 feet. See Cuvier, Hist. Poissons, x. 374.

Dr. Shaw (Zool. iv. 197) informs us that the drawing of Gymnetrus

Hawkenii was communicated by “ J. Hawkins, Esq. ;”? and he added,

“Tam assured by Mr. Hawkins that this is really the case (the tail

being added by the draughtsman), the specimen from which the

drawing was taken having been defective in that part.”

From this examination I conclude that these accounts are all from

the specimen and figure in Pennant.

In the same copy of Pennant’s ‘ British Zoology’ occurs the follow-

ing note and figure, which is here copied two-thirds the size :—

aan

«© York, March 29, ’96.—On Friday last a curious and uncommon

fish came on shore at Filey Bay, and was taken by four women ; they

sold it to a man who brought it to this city ; it was 133 feet in length,

rather more than one foot in depth, and not more than 3 inches in

thickness. Its skin was smooth and of a silver hue: had no tail, and

its fins were the colour of those of the roach or perch. It may be

considered as a nondescript, neither Linnzeus, Pennant, or any other

writers on Ichthyology having given any description of it.’

“‘This paragraph is cut from the York Chronicle of last Thursday,

and the enclosed [ traced from a drawing by Dr. Burgh, who penned

the paragraph and made the following notes on his drawing.” —J. F.

«13 feet long, 1 deep, 3 inches thick ; head 7 inches long ; eye 13

diam. ; no scales, but very small protuberances, silvered over like the

swim of a herring; these run the whole length in stripes, alternate

with others which are bare, and of a light colour.

“The dorsal fin runs the whole way from the head to the other

end, at which there is no tail. The dorsal fin is red, like that of a

roach or perch ; 6 bronchial rays; dorsal fin 290 and 13 rays; the

pectoral 12; ventral 1; no anal. No teeth; a soft tongue. The face

and inside of the mouth black. Anus 4 feet 9 inches from the head.

Iris a silver-white. He ran on shore at Filey Bay, March 18, 1796 ;

was seen by four women, who took him and sold him to a man who

brought him to York, where on March 21 I saw him. Though there

was then no caudal fin, it is not clear that he never had one, for there

was an appearance of mutilation in its place. The two sides were

precisely alike. The eye in the drawing is placed a little too low.”

—W.B

This description is mentioned by M. Valenciennes in his ‘ Histoire

des Poissons,’ x. 365, under the name of Gymnetrus Banksii ; nothing

is said of the figures which accompanied the letter. I can see nothing

in the account or figures to induce me to believe that it is different

from the Regalecus Glesne, or the specimen from Cornwall.

Mr. Yarrell, in his letter to Mr. Whitehead, printed in Dr. Jacobs’s

account of the Northumberland specimen, p. 10, gives the description

of a specimen which was caught in March 1844, at Crovie, near Mac-

duff, in Scotland, sent by Mr. John Marten of Elgin to Dr. George

Johnston and Mr. Yarrell.

It would therefore appear that the specimen from the coast of

Northumberland is at least the fourth time that a fish of this genus

has been recorded as found on the coast of Britain.

From the comparison of the various descriptions and figures given

by the English observers, and those given by Ascanius, Brunnich and

Lindroth, I believe there is only a single species yet found in the

North Sea, and it appears that that species occasionally comes as far

south as the coast of Cornwall.

The great distinction between Regalecus Glesne and R. Grillii is

the number of the rays in the dorsal fin; but as Valenciennes justly

observes, that Ascanius’s figure represents more rays than he de-

scribes the specimen to have had, and in this respect it agrees with

the description of R. Grillii and with the specimens which have since

occurred, I think it probable that the number in the text is a mis-

print.

Ascanius represents the five longitudinal streaks mentioned in the

description of the Filey specimen.

Mr. Whitehead’s specimen agrees with the one from Filey, in

having the five convex longitudinal lines. These lines are shown in

the painting made from the fish when more fresh, but they are not

so distinct in the specimen in the fluid; yet they have been rendered

more visible than when I first saw it by some glass which had been

put on the specimen to sink it in the fluid.

The black bands so well marked in the painting of this fish were

also observed in the specimen cast ashore at Crovie, near Macduff, in

March 1844, described by Mr. Marten, and in Gymnetrus Grillii of

Lindroth ; and they are indistinctly represented in the drawing of

the Cornish specimen.

The ventral fins in Mr. Marten’s specimen “consisted of two fila-

ments 3 feet in length; they were fringed with a thin membrane on

two sides, and had evidently been broken.”

No. CXCV.—Proceepinés or tHE Zoouocicat Sociery.

This shows the affinity of the black-striped fish with the Glesne of

Ascanius and the S. Grillii of Lindroth, and I have no doubt that

the slight dilatation at the end of the ventral fins in his figure is a

mere enlargement of the membranous fringes above described.

The following appear to be the synonyma of this species :—

REGALECUS GLESNE.

1. Ophidium Glesne, Ascanius, Mem. Soc. Copenh. iii. 419.

Regalecus Glesne, Ascanius, Icon. ii. t. 11. cop. E. M. t. 358;

J. J. (J. Jacob), An account of the rare fish, &c. 8vo, 1849,

figures Illustrated London News, June 2, 1849, p. 384 fig.

Regalecus remipes, Brunnich in Nya Saml. iii. 414. t. 13. f. 4, 5;

copied by Walbaum, t. 3. f. 4.

Gymnetrus remipes, Schneider, Syst. Ichth. 482. t. 88, altered

from Ascanius; copied by Yarrell, Brit. Fish.

Regalec Glesne, Lacep. ti. 214, 215.

Gymnetrus Ascanii, Shaw, Zool. ‘iv. ii. 1. t. cop. from Ascanius.

Le Gymnetre Glesne, Valenciennes, Hist. Poissons, x. 365 & 366.

From the figure of the Newlyn specimen.

2. Gymnetrus Grillii, Lindroth, Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Nya Handl.

1798, 288. t. 8 (from a dry fish) ; Schneider, Syst. Ichth. 482 ;

Valenciennes, Hist. Poissons, x. 370.

3. Le Gymnetrus Banksii, Valenciennes, Hist. Poissons, x. 365.

From the letter respecting the Filey specimen.

4. Ceil Conin = Gymnetrus Hawkensii, Couch, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiv.

77. part.; Yarrell, Brit. Fish. 221. part. From the Newlyn

specimen (not Bloch, Ich. xii. t. 423%).

5. Gymnetrus Northumbricus (Hancock’s MSS. ?), 1849.

Gymnetrus ? Marten in Jacobs’s Account of Rare Fish, 1849,

p. 10.

6. Sea Serpent, Ladies’ Newspaper, 12th May, 1849.

M. Valencienes, by mistake, thinks that Ascanius described this

fish first as Regalecus, and then as an Ophidium, but 1766 comes

before 1772. The specific name of Glesne is derived from the name

of the place on which the fish was found, near Bergen in Norway.

The generic name of Regalecus, characterized in 1772, has the un-

doubted priority over Gymnetrus of Schneider, and therefore ought

to be used; neither are quite unexceptionable, the one beg a mix-

ture of Greek and Latin, and the latter as conveying a false cha-

racter, for the fish has ventral fins ; but I think it is not desirable to

change names which have once been used for such reasons, though

it is well to avoid giving names having the first objection, and the

second should always be avoided.

The Banksian copy of Pennant is very valuable to the British zoo-

logist, and contains, besides the figures and letters here referred to,

some shorter notes, the titles of which I here give, as they may be

of use to persons residing at a distance from the library.

Vol. I. Aylmer Bourke Lambert, letter on the Irish Wolf Dog.

P. 224. Note on Grouse.

P. 346. Mr. Pearson of Newport Street, account of keeping Swal-

lows through the winter.

Letter from James Hervey of Manchester, on the arrival of

Swallows.

P. 352 List of indigenous Mammalia and Birds that are wanting

to the British Museum, by W. E. Leach, M.D.

The price of Heronshaws in 1556.

A Fenman’s List of the Fowls found in the East Fen.

Vol. II. p. 357. Letter from T. J. Woodward of Walcot, respecting

the Heron with the crest.

Vol. III. p. 109.—1. A figure of a short Sun-fish, inscribed ‘ Por-

trait of a Sun-fish for Sir Joseph Banks, Bart., from his obliged and

humble serv' Richard Brocklesby.”’

P. 137.—2. A beautiful drawing of a Launce, by “W. W. Ellis,

ad viv. delin. et pinxt. 1779.”

P. 138.—3. A letter from L. Morris, accompanied by a pen

sketch of the ‘Morris’ Leptocephalus, copied from a blank page in

Lewis Morris’s Ray Synopsis, by Mr. Lloyd, at Aberystwith, 1786.

This note is copied into the edition of ‘ Pennant’s Zoology’ for 1812,

p- 215, where the editor observes: ‘‘ The above memorandum is pre-

served in the copy of the British Zoology in the valuable library of

the President of the Royal Society in Soho Square.” The editor

does not notice any of the other papers in the Banksian copy of

Pennant.

P. 178.—4. A note about the name of the Torse.

P. 187.—5. Sir William Musgrave’s note accompanying a Spotted

Goby and a young Angel Fish.

P. 213.—6. Hugh Davies’ reply to Donovan respecting the tri-

furcated Hake, from the North Wales Gazette, March 1810.

P. 213.—7. Moses Griffith in reply to Donovan, from the Cam-

brian, Dec. 30, 1809.

P. 372.—8. The description of three fish, accompanied by very

good figures in India ink, probably by Colonel Montague (? ?).

Viz. 1. Leptocephalus Morrissii.—I may observe, that on the con-

tinent they apply this name to a species which is much longer and

more slender than the one figured by Pennant and Yarrell, and Costa

has given the name of ZL. candidissimus to the shorter British spe-

cies ; we have both species from Costa in the British Museum.

2. Cepola rubescens.

3. The Variegated Sole, Solea lingula. In the MSS. it is stated,

‘This fish is sometimes taken in Torbay in the trawling-nets. It

differs at first sight from the common sole in the edges of the scales

being strongly ciliated, and in wanting the numerous small beards

that hang from the lower side of the head of the common sort.”

This appears to be the Red-back described from E. Hanmer’s MSS. in

the 1812 edition of Pennant, but there is no reference to this figure.

9. The letter from J. F. respecting the fish from Filey Bay,

R. Banksii of Valenciennes.

10. The drawing of Regalecus Glesne from Newlyn Quay.

I may also mention, that in this copy of Pennant the plate 93,

called Ophidium imberbe, Brit. Zool. App. ti., is marked in pencil,

apparently by Dr. Solander, as being “ Murena Anguilla.” This

probably explains why the figure is replaced in the edition of 1812

by Montague’s figure from the Wernerian Transactions, as mentioned

by Yarrell, Brit. Fishes, 412 & 414, where these two figures are

copied.

cee this paper was read, there has appeared in the ‘Annals of

Natural History’ a full description of Mr. Whitehead’s specimen, and

an account of some other specimens found on other parts of the En-

glish coast.

3. MonoGRAPH OF THE Famity LIMNADIADZ, A FAMILY OF

Entomosrracous Crustacea. By W. Barro, M.D., F.L.S.

ETC.

(Annulosa, Pl. XI.)

Jean Frederic Hermann, in his ‘ Mémoire Aptérologique,’ published

at Strasbourg in 1804, described and figured an Entomostracous crus-

tacean, which from its resemblance to the genus Daphnia of Miller

and its large size, he called Daphnia gigas. About thirty years pre-

vious to that time, he tells us, his father discovered a number of these

interesting little animals in a deep ditch near Strasbourg filled with clear

rain-water and well-stocked with weeds. Struck with their beauty he

collected several dozens of specimens, and placing them ina vessel full

of water less pure than that which the ditch contained, took them

home. By the time he reached his house however they were all dead

but one, and he only succeeded in preserving two specimens in spirits

of wine. Linneus had long before that described a species of Mono-

culus in his ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ under the name of Monoculus lenticu-

laris, found in Finland. His description is very brief, and Her-

mann (pére) considering it probable that his animals might be iden-

tical with the species described by Linnzeus, preserved the shells or

bucklers of the little creatures which had died, and distributed them

among his friends and correspondents. He sent some more particu-

larly to the celebrated Miiller, at that time engaged in working out

the history of the Entomostraca, and entreated him and his other

friends to inform him if they considered the specimens he had sent

to be identical with the Monoculus lenticularis of Linnzeus. Miller

and his other correspondents all replied that they were not able to

inform him, as they did not know Linnzeus’s insect—and from that

time up to the period at which the younger Hermann’s ‘ Mémoire

Aptérolegique’ was published, neither father nor son had ever again

succeeded in finding these animals. Nothing farther seems to have

been known of any species belonging to the family till M. Adolphe

Brongniart in 1820, in the sixth volume of the ‘ Mémoires du Muséum

d’Histoire Naturelle,’ published a description of an animal found by

him in a pool of fresh water at Fontainebleau, which he considered (I

think erroneously) as identical with the Daphnia gigas of Hermann.

Of this species he formed his genus Limnadia, and at the same time

entered fully into the details of the structure and habits of the ani-

mal, In the ‘ Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Nat. de Moscou ’

for 1830, M. Krynicki has described a third species belonging to the

family, which he found in Russia. M. Audouin, in the ‘ Annales de

la Soci¢té Entomologique’ for 1837, announced to the Society that

he had received specimens of another species of the same family,

found by M. Bravais, a naval officer, near Oran on the coast of Africa,

in a little marsh of brackish water ; and in the same year M. Straus

Durckheim published a description and good figure of a fifth species

found by Dr. Riippell in Abyssinia. M. Guerin-Ménéville, in the

‘Magazin Zoologique’ for the same year, 1837, has published the

description of a sixth species brought from the Mauritius, collected

there by M. Desjardins; and finally, M. Joly, in the ‘Annales des

Sciences Naturelles,’ 2nd series, vol. xviii. 1443, has published an

elaborate memoir upon a species collected by him at Toulouse.

From a careful examination of the figures and descriptions given

by these authors, it is evident that these animals do not belong all to

the same genus. It is perhaps in vain now to attempt to ascertain

the species mentioned above as described by Linnzus. Hermann

says, the animal described by him “‘is very likely to be in reality the

Monoculus lenticularis of Linnzeus;”’ and upon examining the Lin-

nzean cabinet in the possession of the Linnzan Society, I have found

one mutilated specimen of a species belonging to this family which

bears much resemblance to that figured by M. Hermann. As there is

no ticket attached to the specimen, it is impossible now to decide whe-

ther this is really the individual originally in the possession of Lin-

nzeus ; but if it be, it confirms my opinion, derived from comparing the

figures and descriptions of the two species given by Hermann and

Brongniart, that the latter author is decidedly in error in considering

them to be identical. The species found at Fontainebleau is the true

representative of the genus Limnadia, whilst that of Strasbourg forms

the type of another genus. This genus was indicated by Audouin

and Straus Durckheim in the same year; the former proposing for

the species brought by M. Bravais from Oran, the name of Cyzzcus;

and the latter for that brought by Dr. Riippell from Abyssinia, the

generic name Estheria. From the simultaneous publication of these

two generic names, it is difficult to decide which should stand; and

M. Joly, apparently feeling the difficulty, has proposed a third name,

taking as the type the species found by him at Toulouse, and calling

it Isaura. As M. Audouin merely indicates the genus without

iving a description of either genus or species, whilst M. Straus de-

tails at full length both generic and specific characters, and figures

the typical species, I propose adopting his name and retaining the

generic name Estheria, a name originally proposed by Dr. Riippell

himself.

’ The genus Limnadia thus at present contains two species :—

1. Limnadia Hermanni of Ad. Brongniart.

2. Limnadia Mauritiana of M. Guénn.

The genus Estheria at present contains three species :—

1. Estheria gigas, the Daphnia gigas of Hermann, identical with

the Cyzicus Bravaisii of Audouin and the Isaura cycladoides of

Joly.

2. Estheria tetracera, the Limnadia tetracera of Krynicki.

3. Estheria Dahalacensis, Straus Durckheim.

To these three species I now propose adding six others, all in the

collection of the British Museum.

Legion BRANCHIOPODA.

Order PHyLLopPopa.

Family Lrmnapiapz&.

Animal almost entirely enclosed within a buckler or carapace re-

sembling exactly a bivalve shell. Feet all branchial ; from eighteen

to twenty-seven pairs in number. Antenne four pairs; the two

superior used as organs of locomotion. Eyes two; closely approxi-

mated.

Genus Lrwnap1, Brongniart.

Carapace very large in proportion to the size of the animal, which

appears not to fill much more than half of it. Head small, and haying

a little behind the eye a small pear-shaped body on its dorsal margin.

Caudal segment truncate and terminating in two diverging lamelle,

ciliated on their under margin. Small antennz club-shaped. Jaw

foliated. Carapace beautifully transparent, of a whitish colour and

very thin and delicate. Valves nearly quite smooth or only showing

two or three slight concentric ridges on their anterior margin, and

when highly magnified, numerous very minute dots or puncturations.

The avimals swim on their back, and no males have ever as yet |

been observed.

Sp. 1. Limnapia Hermannr. (PI. XI.f. 1, 1a, 14, Le.)

L. Hermanni, Ad. Brongniart, Mém. du Mus. d’ Hist. Nat. vi. t. 13.

f. 1-2, 1820. Desmarest, Consid. gén. sur les Crust. 379. t. 56. f. 1,

1825. Latreille, Cuv. Régn. Anim. iv. 173, 1829. Bose, Man. d’ Hist.

Nat. des Crust. ii. 236, 1830. Guérin, Magaz. de Zool. Class 7. t. 21.

f. 12, 1837. Lamarck, An. sans Vert. 2nd edit. v. 185 (note). M. Ed-

wards, Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 362. No.1. Cuv. Régn. Anim. edit.

Crochard, Crustacés, t. 74. f. 1, la.

Carapace-valves of a rounded oval form, and permitting only the

terminal branches of the large antenne and the tips of the caudal

lamellee to pass beyond their margins ; antennules of the length of the

peduncles of the large antennz, club-shaped and crenulated on their

upper edge ; large antenne nearly halfas long as the body, and having

in each branch 12 joints ; feet 22 pairs in number ; caudal lamellze of

considerable length ; carapace of a clear transparent white colour, and

nearly quite smooth on its surface. On the anterior half we see two

or three concentric striz or rather delicate ridges running parallel

with the lower margin, and when examined by a microscope of con-

siderable power, we can detect the whole surface of the valves covered

with numerous minute dots or puncturations. These do not appear

raised, but as if they were mere opacities in the otherwise clear

transparent shell.

mt MESS PAIRF AI ie

Lanes UAV UnE |

SUS State ay PIED

iiaigiseuemaai

Hab. Fontainebleau. British Museum; sent to Dr. Leach by

M. Brongniart.

Sp. 2. Liwnapia MavurirTiana.

L. Mauritiana, Guérm, Mag. de Zool. Class 7. t. 21. f. 1-11,

1837; Iconogr. Régn. Anim. Cuv. t. 33. f. 2. M. Edwards, Hist.

Nat. Crust. iti. 363. No. 2. t. 35. f. 7-8. Burmeister, Organiz. of

Trilobites, Ray edit. t. 6. f. 15.

Carapace-valves of an oval shape, slightly pomted at the extre-

mities ; antennules club-shaped, not crenulated on the upper edge,

and considerably shorter than in preceding species, and the branches

composed of only 9 joints in each; feet 18 pairs in number ; caudal

lamellze shorter than in preceding species and more spine-shaped.

Not having seen this species I am unable to describe the structure

of the carapace.

Hab. Island of Mauritius, M. Desjardins.

Genus Esrneria, Riippell.

Carapace smaller in proportion to the size of the animal than in

preceding genus, the animal nearly filling the entire cavity ; head

large and somewhat projecting beyond the margins of the valves ; no

pyriform organ; caudal segment large and terminating in four la-

melle in form of strong curved hooks; small antennze lmear or

slightly tapering towards the apex ; jaws fleshy ; carapace of a trans-

lucent horny or yellowish colour, of moderate thickness, and showing

numerous strong concentric ribs; the surface between the ribs is

generally strongly punctate or striated, presenting considerable va-

riety in their sculpture, which affords good specific characters ; the

animals swim on their belly, and many males are found among them.

A. Valves of carapace dotted or punctate on the surface.

Sp. 1. EsrHeria GiGas.

Syn. Daphnia gigas, Hermann, Mém. Aptérol. 134. t. 5. f. 4-5;

t. 9. f. a, 1804.

Cyzicus Bravaisii, Audouin, Ann. de la Soc. Entomol. vi. Bulletin,

p- 9, 1837.

Tsaura Cycladoides, Joly, Ann. des Scien. Nat. 2nd ser. xviii. t. 7,

t. 8, t. 9, f. 1-44, 1843.

Estheria Cycladoides, Lucas, Explor. Scient. de P Alger. Crus-

tacés, 81, 1845.

Limnadia Hermanni, Koch, Deutsch. Crust. H. xxxv. t. 10.

Monoculus lenticularis? Linneeus, Faun, Suec. 2051. No. 8; Syst.

Nat. ed. 12th, 1059, No. 8.

Carapace-valves of a rounded oval form, resembling considerably

the shell of a Cyclas ; of a horny amber colour and translucid ; an-

terior extremity rather broader than posterior ; both finely rounded ;

beaks prominent, situated nearer the anterior extremity of the cara-

pace, which is much more convex at that part than elsewhere ; the

two valves are marked with concentric striz or ribs, varying from

20 to 26 in number. When viewed under the microscope, the

structure of this carapace presents the following appearance : the ribs

are strongly marked and are somewhat prominent, the lower edge

being beaded or ornamented with a line of raised round dots of a

rather regular figure. The surface between the ribs is slightly con-

cave, and is marked very distinctly with numerous raised dots or

punctations of a rather irregular form and size.

Hab. Strasbourg, Hermann. Toulouse, Joly. Oran, M. Bravais.

Algeria, Zweas. Regency of Tunis, Mr. Frazer. Brit. Mus.

That this is the Daphnia gigas of Hermann I think there is no

doubt, and quite different from the Limnadia Hermanni of Bron-

gniart. The body of the Limnadia is entirely enclosed within a cara-

pace, regularly oval, transparent, and of a whitish colour. That of

the Daphnia gigas, according to Hermann, is enclosed within a cara-

pace of the colour of amber, horny, transparent, oval, with the back

gibbous, keeled, and edged with brown. The carapace of the Lzm-

nadia is smooth, or offerimg only two or three zones parallel to its

free edge. That of the Daphnia gigas has 7 rings or parallel zones

on the two lower thirds of its body, and to judge from the figure

given by Hermann, has several more on the upper portion. In struc-

ture and form it thus agrees with the characters of the genus Estheria,

and appears to me to be perfectly identical with the Isewra Cycla-

doides of Joly.

Sp. 2. Esrueria Metitensis, Nobis. (Pl. XI. f. 2, 2a, 26, 2c.)

Carapace-valves of an elongated oval form, considerably narrower

at the posterior than the anterior extremity ; of a light horny colour,

and semitransparent. Anterior extremity rounded; the beaks si-

tuate near that extremity and prominent, causing that part of the

shell to be much more convex than any other portion. Ribs some-

what prominent, the surface between them slightly concave and com-

pletely covered with numerous very small dots or raised punctations

of rather a regular figure. The lower edge of each rib is beaded like

the last, but the dots are smaller. The shell is considerably more

elongated than in preceding species, and the beaks are more pro-

minent and rather nearer the anterior extremity. The colour is

much lighter; the ribs rather less prominent, and the punctations

on the intermediate spaces much smaller and a great deal more nu-

merous.

Hab. Pool of rain-water at Malta, Rev. Mr. Hennah. Brit. Mus.

Sp. 3. Estueria vouita, Nobis. (Pl. XI. f. 3, 3a, 36, 3c.)

Carapace-valves obovate, resembling in form the shell of a Pistdium.

Anterior extremity somewhat broader than posterior, much more

convex and gaping. Beaks prominently elevated, and situated near

the anterior extremity. The shell is of a light yellowish horny co-

lour internally and externally, and of a fine glossy polished appear-

ance and finely pellucid. The ribs are numerous, about 27 in num-

ber, elevated, and smooth. The spaces between are slightly concave,

and are beautifully dotted with numerous small impressed punctations.

Hab. India, Captain Boys. Brit. Mus.

Sp. 4. Esrueria Brasiviensis, Nobis. (Pl. XI. f. 4, 4a, 46, 4c.)

Carapace-valves elongately obovate and pisidiform. Anterior ex-

tremity much broader than posterior, much more convex, and gaping.

Beaks prominent and situated near anterior extremity. The shell

is of a uniform dull horny colour and appearance externally and in-

ternally, very thin and translucent. Ribs numerous, elevated and

smooth. The intermediate spaces are slightly concave, and appear

roughened all over with numerous very small dots. This is a larger

species than the preceding, and is much more elongated in form,—not.

possessing the fine polished appearance which distinguishes it, but

appearing as if covered with a very thin epidermis.

Hab. Brazil, Mr. Sowerby. Brit. Mus.

Sp. 5. Esrnerra DAanALACENsIs.

E. Dahalacensis, Riippell & Straus, Mus. Senkenberg. ii. 119.

t. 7. f. 1-15.

Carapace-valves irregularly quadrilateral. Anterior extremity

slightly rounded, posterior extremity cut sloping or with beveled

edges. Dorsal and ventral margins both straight. Beaks rather

prominent, placed near anterior extremity. The carapace is of a

light horny colour and lustre, both internally and externally, and

translucent. The ribs are about 14 in number and rather prominent.

The spaces between them are slightly concave and covered with very

numerous exceedingly minute raised dots or punctations, and a good

many much larger intermixed.

Hab. Dahalac, Abyssinia, Riippell. Mus. Dom. J.O. Westwood.

B. Valves of carapace longitudinally striated on their surface.

Sp. 6. EsrHeria ponacirormis. (Pl. XI. f. 5, 5a, 54, 5c.)

Nuculina donaciforme, Parreyss MSS. in Mus. Brit.

Carapace-valves shortly obovate and pisidiform ; anterior extremity

broader than posterior, more convex but not gaping; beaks pro-

minent, placed near anterior extremity ; the carapace is quite opake,

of a light brownish yellow externally, of a dull lustre and with a spot

of dark purple and of a metallic lustre on the anterior margin and on

the dorsal edge behind the beaks; the interior is of a beautiful

shining lustre and of a deep purple colour ; the ribs are numerous

and rather unequal; the spaces between them are striated longitu-

dinally ; the strize, when examined by the microscope, being irregular

and of a somewhat complicated structure, near the edge of the rib

frequently forrning loops and running one into the other.

Hab. Abeid, Kordofan, Parreyss. Sent to the British Museum

Collection as a species of mollusk belonging to the genus Nuculina,

and called Nuculina donaciforme.

Sp. 7. Esrneria Boysu, Nobis. (Pl. XI. f. 6, 6a, 64, 6c.)

Carapace-valves broadly obovate; anterior extremity convex, gaping,

much broader than the posterior, which however is rounded and

obtuse ; beaks prominent, placed near anterior extremity ; carapace

opake ; externally of a dull shining grey colour, with the anterior

extremity, beaks, and dorsal edge of a purplish tint possessing a

somewhat metallic lustre ; the interior is of a light purple tint and

somewhat shining lustre ; the ribs are numerous, about 34 in num-

ber, and prominent, and the surface between them is striated longi-

tudinally and impressly punctate, the strize extending across one-half

the space, the other half being occupied with the punctations.

Hab. India, Capt. Boys. Brit. Mus.

Sp. 8. Esrweria simruis, Nobis. (Pl. XD.£. 757d jhOs hen)

Carapace-valves elongate obovate ; anterior extremity considerably

broader than posterior, which is rather narrow ; beaks very promi-

nent, placed very near anterior extremity ; carapace opake ; colour

externally and internally the same as in last; the ribs are numerous

and prominent, the first 7 or 8 rather broader than the rest, smooth,

and flattish ; the remainder sharply prominent, and having on their

surface a row of sharp angular beads; the surface between the ribs

is deeply striated, the striee extending nearly quite across the space.

This species differs from the preceding in being smaller, more elon-

gate in proportion; in having the posterior extremity considerably

narrower and sharper, and the beaks nearer anterior extremity, and

in having the ribs beaded.

Hab. India, Capt. Boys. Brit. Mus.

Sp. 9. EsTHERIA TETRACERA.

Syn. Limnadia tetracera, Krynicki, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mos-

cou, 1830, 176. t. 7. f. 1, 2. M. Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii.

363. No. 3.

Tsaura tetracera, Joly, Aun. Se. Nat. 2nd ser. xvii.

Carapace-valves broadly obovate ; anterior extremity broader than

posterior, which is obtusely rounded; beaks promiment, very near

anterior extremity.

Not having seen this species I cannot describe the structure of the

carapace.

Krynicki describes this species as a Limnadia, but at the same

time remarks “that it ought to form the type of a new genus.”

Hab. Neighbourhood of Charkow, Russia, Krynicki.

June 12, 1849.

W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary reported that the youngest female Bison had given

birth to a calf in the Menagerie on the 6th inst. after an apparent

gestation of 270 days. A fine male example of Macropus major had

been added to the collection by purchase.

rroc. 4.0. Annniosa.All

Letters had been received from Richard Hill, Esq., W. C. Kelaart,

Esq., R. J. Bourchier, Esq., and Dr. Bland, Corr. Members.

Mr. Hill’s letter was dated Spanish Town, May 8, and communi-

cated to the Secretary that his notice of the desire of the Society to

possess living specimens of the Reptiles of Jamaica, had secured pro-

mises of aid from all parts of the island; and information had been

received of several examples of the Yellow Snake, Iguana, and other

forms being already in confinement for the purpose of being trans-

mitted to England. :

Mr. Kelaart’s letter was dated San Fernando, Trinidad, May 6.

Among other interesting intelligence he states that he has “no doubt

of the existence of a large Red Monkey, and according to some, of a

white one also, inhabiting the woods of this island ; and although no

specimens have yet been procured, the promises of several of the pro-

prietors give hope of a speedy solution of the question as to what spe-

cies these animals may belong.”

Mr. Gray exhibited, from the collection of J. H. Hora, Esq., @

female specimen of Ovis Gmelini, from Tauri in the Persian Gulf.

It was peculiar for the large size of the tuft of hair over the orbital

gland, which was closely matted together by the secretion from it ;

the nostrils are surrounded by a distinct narrow callous edge; the

callosity occupies the space between the nostrils and a narrow central

band down to the lips; the body is covered with very close soft

hair, and on the haunches and other parts where the hair is longer,

it retains its softness, but approaches to the quill-like character of the

Roebuck ; the upper part of the body is ochraceous yellow, the lower

part paler and whitish; the head is paler yellowish, and the hairs

on the forehead and face are tipped with whitish.

The following paper was read :—

1. ON THE VARIATION IN THE TEETH OF THE CRESTED SEAL,

CysTOPHORA CRISTATA, AND ON A NEW SPECIES OF THE

GENUS FROM THE West INpiEs. By J. E. Gray, Esa.,

F.R.S. Etc.

In a paper which I lately communicated to the Society on the

genus Bradypus, I drew their attention to some variations in the

form of the lower jaw, which were not accompanied by any appre-

ciable difference in the external appearance of the specimens ; I now

wish to bring before the Society some variations which I have ob-

served in the teeth of the different skulls of the Crested Seal which

I have received from Greenland. I consider it of more importance

to record these variations, as the formation of the teeth in the family

of Seals has been considered as affording one of the best characters

for the distinction of the species.

Several zoologists have considered the Crested Seal of the northern

and the Proboscis Seal of the southern hemisphere as belonging to the

same genus ; but though there are several characters which are com-

mon to both, they are very easily distinguished.

The grinders of the Proboscis Seal are only slightly plaited on the

crown, all have only simple subcylindrical roots, which are cylindrical

in the young animal, and enlarged, short, and clavate in the adult

specimens. The grinders of the Crested Seal, on the contrary, are

rather tubercular and very closely and strongly plaited on the

crown, and this character is seldom obliterated by age, and in most

of the skulls the 4th and 5th grinder of both jaws have two roots,

and the root of the 3rd grinder is partially divided on the outer side ;

but in some adult skulls (probably belonging to the males?) the roots

of the 4th and of the Ist, 2nd and 3rd grinders are enlarged. and

simple-rooted, and in one young skull the 4th grinder is also simple-

rooted.

T shall proceed to give the variations to be observed in the follow-

ing skulls, all received from Greenland :—

1. No. 332 6. in Brit. Mus. Cat.—The skull of an adult or aged

specimen : the crowns plaited, the roots of all the grinders enlarged

and short, club-shaped and simple, separated from the crown by a

narrow collar.

2. No. 332 a.—Skull of adult : the crown worn ; the root of the Ist,

2nd, 3rd, 4th, rather enlarged, oblong club-shaped, rather elongate,

the root of the 5th grinder compressed, of the left side simple, of the

right partially divided into two short roots continued in grooves on

each side.

3. No. 332 ¢c.—Skull of an aged specimen: the crowns plaited and

tubercular, the roots of the grinders rather enlarged, the root of the

3rd grinder rather compressed, simple, with a groove on the outer

side of the 4th and 5th grinders, scarcely enlarged, and divided into

two distinct diverging roots.

4. No. 332 h.—Skull of nearly adult: the crown of few grinders

remaining plaited ; the root of 4th and 5th grinder of the left side,

as shown by the cavities, divided into two roots ; of the 4th grinder of

the right side simple, with a slight groove on the outer side, and of

the 5th grinder two-rooted, like the similar grinder on the other

side.

5. No. 332 d.—Skull of nearly adult, wanting the grinders ; but

the cavity for the grinders shows that the 4th grinder on both sides

had a short clavate root with a slight central groove on the outer

side, and the 5th grinder on each side had two separate roots.

6. No. 332 e.—Skull of a half-grown animal: the crown plaited and

tubercular, the 4th grinder on each side with ovate, short, simple

roots, and the 5th grinder with compressed truncated simple roots ;

the grinders are rather further apart than in the other skull.

7. No. 332 f.—Skull of a very young animal: the crowns are very

distinctly plaited, the 4th and 5th grinders of both sides have two

distinct roots, and the 3rd grinder has a groove down the middle of

the outer side. In all these skulls the grinders are close together,

forming a nearly continuous line.

8. Is the skull of a young female of the Seal caught in the Orwell

on the 29th of June, 1847, described and figured by Dr. W. B.

Clarke, and now in the Ipswich Museum. This skull very much

resembles No. 6 (No. 332.) in proportions and distance of grinders,

but is only about two-thirds the size, and the blood-vessel on each

side the palate, which in that skull is open, is here partly covered

over with a thin layer of bone; the 4th upper grinder has a com-

pressed simple root with a groove on the lower part of its outer side,

and the 5th grinder is two-rooted. It is to be observed, that the

Orwell specimen, No. 8, was a female, and that the nose of this and

of skull No. 6 differ from the others in being rather longer, and in

the grinders being rather further apart: is this the character of the

female sex? and in both these skulls the 4th grinder is single-rooted:

is that also a sexual character? It is to be hoped that the Danish

or American naturalists who have the opportunity of examining these

seals, will determine the question.

It would thus appear, from what I have stated, that in this genus

the form of the root of the grinders is very liable to variation; I

have not observed any similar variation in the teeth of any other seal,

and still believe that the form of the roots affords a good character

in most of the genera.

We have lately received from the West Indies the skin and skull

of a seal which evidently belongs to the same genus as the crested

seal of the northern hemisphere. The skull, or rather the teeth,

when compared with those of the Greenland specimens, induce me

to believe that it is distinct from them. It chiefly differs in the form

of the outer upper cutting teeth and canines. In all the specimens,

both old and young, from the North Sea, the outer upper cutting

teeth and the canines are narrow and compressed. In the West

Indian skull, which is that of a very young specimen, the outer upper

cutting teeth and the canines are broad, strongly keeled on each side and

longitudinally plaited within. In this skull the 4th grinder has only

a single root, and the 5th grinder has two; the crowns of the teeth

are plaited and tubercular like those of the North Sea specimens.

The face is rather broader than in a skull of the northern kind of

nearly the same size. This species may be called Cystophora antil-

larum.

We have received an imperfect skin of a seal from Jamaica, which

was brought home by Mr. Gosse. It is unfortunately without any

bones. The whiskers are short, thick, white, cylindrical, regularly

tapering, and without any appearance of a wave or twist. In this

character it most agrees with Phoca barbata.

June 26, 1849.

R. H. Solly, Esq., in the Chair.

The Secretary reported that two living examples of Crotalus duris-

sus had been presented to the collection by R. Davis, Esq., F.Z.S.,

and that examples of Rhamphastos carinatus and Felis mitis had been

acquired by purchase; that a Virginian Deer (C. virginianus) had

fawned on June 16, and the Sambur Deer (C. Aippelaphus), presented

by Capt. Molison, had fawned on June 19. The period of gestation

in the latter species appears to be eight months and twenty-four days.

Letters had been received from Lieut. Tyler, R.E. (Santa Lucia),

R. J. Bourchier, Esq. (Malta), and A. N. Shaw, Esq. (Bombay).

Dr. Melville gave an oral exposition of Dr. Kaup’s views of the

natural arrangement of Birds, derived from a paper by that distin-

guished ornithologist, which he was engaged in translating for publi-

cation. Dr. Melville’s address was illustrated by the original dia-

grams transmitted to him by Dr. Kaup.

July 10, 1849.

Harpur Gamble, Esq., M.D., in the Chair.

The Secretary stated that he had the pleasure of reporting the safe

arrival of the animals announced at the meeting of Feb. 27 as having

been presented by Lieut.-Colonel Butterworth. In addition to this

liberal donation from the Governor of Singapore, which the Society

could not fail to regard as a valuable proof of His Excellency’s in-

terest in the Institution, the great collection from Egypt had been

successfully transported to the Gardens, and the combined accessions

formed by far the most important aggregate ever introduced at the

same period.

The species presented by his late Highness Ibrahim Pasha were as

follow :—

Camelopardalis giraffa, 2.

Antilope leucoryx, 2 @.

5 nasomaculata, g 2.

= doreas, 36,232.

Camelus dromedarius, & 2.

Struthio camelus, 3 2.

The species collected by the Hon. C. A. Murray were :—

Cynocephalus hamadryas, ¢.

Felis Leo, 33.

» jubata,. 9.

Camelopardalis giraffa, ¢.

Struthio camelus, 2 g.

Porphyrio smaragnotus, ¢ ¢.

Phenicopterus antiquorum.

Pelecanus crispus, § } et juv.

Naia hae.

Cerastes Hasselquistii.

Psammosaurus griseus.

Uromastix spinipes.

Stellio vulgaris.

Gongylus ocellatus.

Sphenops capistratus.

Tarentola egyptiaca.

Chameleo vulgaris.

A male Giraffe and a male Leucoryx, which were to have been in-

cluded in the gift of His Highness Ibrahim Pasha, and a fine male

Lion, the gift of the Hon. C. A. Murray, died in the transit from

Cairo to Alexandria. The remainder of the collection, amounting to

18 Mammalia, 14 Birds, and 60 Reptiles, were conveyed from Alex-

andria in the Peninsular and Oriental Company’s Steamer ‘ Indus,’

without the loss of a single individual.

The species presented by Lieut.-Colonel Butterworth were :—

Helarctos malayanus.

Casuarius emu.

Grus antigone, 8 ?.

Mr. E. Doubleday exhibited specimens of the larva, pupa, and per-

fect insect of Sirex gigas, an insect mostly very rare in Great Britain.

These specimens were sent to Mr. Gray from Bath by Mr. Brunel,

and were accompanied by fragments of the wood on which the larvee

had fed.

It appears that about eighteen months since a quantity of larch-

trees were cut in the neighbourhood of Bath, and after having been

used as scaffolding-poles in the repairing of one of the churches of

the city, were applied to a similar purpose at the railway-station.

From these poles thousands of individuals, chiefly females, of Sirex

gigas, are now coming forth. From the specimens exhibited, it

would seem that the larvee prefer the soft sap wood to the more solid

internal part of the trees, penetrating this part longitudinally at a

little distance from the bark, the perfect insect gnawing its way

through when ready to make its appearance. (Annulosa, Pl. XII.)

Mr. Doubleday remarked that there was here ample evidence to

disprove St. Fargeau’s idea, that this fine insect is a parasite upon

some timber-boring beetles, an opinion already controverted by Mr.

Westwood and others. The larva, pupa, and perfect insect are beau-

tifully figured by Ratzeburg in his work on insects injurious to forests ;

but he gives no details of the habits of the insect, nor any figures in-

dicating the mode of life of the larva.

The following papers were read :—

1. Description or Two New SPrCIES WITH THE CHARACTERS

or A New Genus or Trocuitiv&z. By Joun Goutp, F.R.S.

ETC.

Genus Hetiopoxa, Gould.

Bill straight or slightly curved downwards, of moderate length ;

nostrils covered by an operculum ; wings pointed, rigid, of moderate

size, and well-adapted for sustaining flight ; tail of moderate size,

considerably forked ; feet of moderate size; the outer tee and claw

shorter than the inner toe and claw; the hind toe and claw the

shortest of all; tarsi clothed with fine feathers.

Species, H. jacula, H. Leadbeatert (H. Otero’), H. rubinoides,

and A. rubinia’

He Liopoxa JAcULA, Gould.

Male : crown of the head, breast and abdomen resplendent metallic

green ; in the centre of the throat a crescentic mark of metallic blue ;

the metallic green of the crown running to a point towards the oc-

ciput ; back of the neck, back, and upper wing-coverts bronzy green ;

under wing-coverts and flanks grass-green ; wings purplish brown ;

upper tail-coverts purplish brown with green reflexions ; under tail-

coverts dark brown with green reflexions; tail considerably forked

and of a bluish black ; thighs and tarsi white ; feet blackish brown ;

bill black.

Total length 51 inches; bill 11; wing 2; tail 23; tarsi 3.

Female : crown of the head and upper surface green ; throat shining

metallic green, the white bases of the feathers showing through and

giving the throat a speckled appearance ; tail bluish black tipped

with white ; in some specimens the lores are buff, and a line of the

same hue extends beneath the eye ; thighs white ; under tail-coverts

dull green ; bill black.

Hab. Santa Fé de Bogota.

Remark.—This splendid new species, which I have recently re-

ceived from Santa Fé de Bogota, is precisely of the same form and

about the size of the 7. Leadbeateri of authors.

ERIopus SIMPLEX, Gould.

The entire body obscure olive-green ; the crown of the head and

back of the neck tinted with purple; rump and upper tail-coverts

a very little brighter than the back; under tail-coverts dull bluish

purple; wings purplish brown; tail considerably forked, and black

with purplish reflexions ; thighs and tarsi thickly clothed with snow-

white plumes ; bill and feet black.

Total length 43 inches; bill 7; wing 21; tail 2.

Remark.—The only specimen I have seen is in the collection of

E. Wilson, Esq.; it is most nearly allied to E. eupreoventris, but

its uniform dusky colour renders it conspicuously distinct. It was

received in a collection sent from Santa Fé de Bogota.

2. DESCRIPTIONS OF SIXTEEN NEW SPECIES OF BULIMUS, IN THE

COLLECTION or H. Cuming, Esa@., DISCOVERED BY Mr. WIL-

LIAM LoBB IN THE ANDES OF PERU. By Love. REEVE,

F.Z.8.

1. BuLimus cuausitiores. Bul. testd elongato-turritd, sini-

strali, compressée umbilicatd, anfractibus novem, superné obscure

costatis, longitudinaliter creberrime et minutissimé rugoso-stri-

atis, columelld verticaliter reflead, aperturd subquadratd, labro

tenui, simplici ; colore murino.

Hab. Andes of Caxamarca, Peru; W. Lobb.

Very like a Clausilia in form, and of a silken aspect, arising out of

the very close and minute development of longitudinal strize.

2. Butimus niGROPILEATUS. Bul. testd acuminato-ovatd, sub-

ampliter umbilicatd, anfractibus septem, convexis, obtuse sub-

rugoso-striatis, columelld verticaliter reflexd, aperturd ovali,

labro simplici ; albidd, basin versus obsolete fusco-fasciatd, apice

nigro.

Hab. Chachapoyas, Alto Peru; W. Lobb.

It is probable, from the faintly-banded appearance of this shell, that

this is but the pale variety of a darker type.

3. Butimus roveouatus. Bul. testd oblongo-ovatd, tenuiculd,

subventricosd, haud umbilicatd, ad apicem obtusd, anfractibus

quinque ad sex, convexis, longitudinaliter obtuse plicato-striatis,

punctis oblongis spiraliter lineatim exsculptis, infra suturas pli-

cato-crenulatis, apicem versus peculiariter foveolatis, suturis

rudibus, anfractu ultimo oblique descendente, columelld latd,

depressiusculd, obliqué recedente, apertura oblongo-ovali, labro

subincrassato, viz reflexo ; intense olivaceo-brunned, infra sutu-

ras pallide unifasciatd, suturis albidis, columelld labroque ceru-

lescente-albis, aperture fauce iridescente-lilaced.

Hab. Vitoe, near Sarma, Alto Peru; W. Lobb.

This is the species which Dr. Pfeiffer has assigned to the Bulimus

Mahogani of Sowerby, Conch. Illustr. f. 59 ; a species of the B. rosa-

ceus or hemastoma type, of which I can find no description or tidings.

The species under consideration will be found, on comparison with

Sowerby’s figure, to be of a more oblong form, more acuminated at

the apex, and very peculiarly indented round the upper sutures, re-

minding one very much of the indentations in the shells of Phorus.

4. Buuimus pepstus. Bul. testd subacuminato-ovatd, compresse

umbilicatd, anfractibus septem, rotundatis, levibus, superne

depressiusculis, minute plicato-crenulatis, columelld reflexd,

aperturd parviusculd, labro simplici, intus extusque ustulato-

Suscd, hic illic saturatiore-strigatd.

Hab. Chachapoyas, Alto Peru; W. Lobb.

A thin shell, approaching in form and colouring to the Bulimus

nux, from which it differs in being of lighter structure, and having a

more rounded aperture.

5. Buuimus sciruxus. Bul. testd subfusiformi-oblongd, vix um-

bilicatd, anfractibus octo, leviter convexis, levibus, columella

parum reflexd, aperturd subangustd, labro simplict; albidd,

purpureo-ceruleo tinctd, basin versus ferrugineo-rufd, lineis

subtilibus albis, irregulariter undulatis, creberrimé longitudi-

naliter notatd.

Hab. Chachapoyas, Alto Peru; W. Lobb.

No. CXCVI.—Proceepiné¢s or THE Zoo.oeicar Society.

Neatly marked with fine white waved lines upon a purple-blue

ground, tinged towards the base with a bright rust-red.

6. Butimus cuzcornsis. Bul. testd acuminato-oblongd, sub-

cylindraced, subcompressé umbilicatd, anfractibus octo, leviter

convexis, sub lente striatis et corrugato-indentatis, columelld

reflexd, aperturd parviusculd, labro simplict ; fulvescente-spa-

diced.

Hab. Cuzco, Bolivia; W. Lobb.

Of a delicate nankeen colour throughout.

7, Butimus prarextus. Bul. testd acuminato-oblongd, sub-

cylindraced, subampliter umbilicatd, anfractibus octo, leviter

convexis, levibus vel obscuré indentatis, columelld latissime re-

flewd, aperturd parviusculd, labro simplict, paululim reflexo ;

lacted, ceruleo-nebulatd, maculis rotundatis albidis promiscue

floccatd, lineis minutis albidis undulatis longitudinaliter cre-

berrimé notatd, apice fuscescente.

Hab. Andes of Caxamarca, Peru; W. Lobb.

A delicate blue-clouded shell, sprinkled with a few white flakes,

and very closely marked with fine white lines, which are irregularly

waved and sometimes ramified like veins.

8. Butimus Loss. Bul. testdé subcylindraceo-oblongd, com-

presse umbilicatd, aperturam versus suboblique tumidd, anfrac-

tibus octo, leviter convexis, levibus vel obscure indentatis, colu-

melld late expansd, aperturd oblique effusd, labro reflexo ; albd,

vittis longitudinalibus fuscescentibus et purpureo-castaners trre-

gulariter conspicue pictd, pone labrum et aperture fauce pur-

pureo-nigricante.

Hab. Banks of the Maranon, near Balsas, Peru (on branches of a

species of Jatropha); W. Lobb.

This fine species is of a delicate cream-white, striped longitudinally

by distinct ribands of light brown and dark purple chestnut, without

any of intermediate tint. Immediately behind the lip there is more of

the dark purple chestnut, approaching to black, and the interior of the

aperture is coloured with the same, having a somewhat metallic hue.

I have the pleasure to name it in honour of Mr. William Lobb, bo-

tanical collector of Messrs. Veitch and Son, the eminent nurserymen

of Exeter, to whose zeal in the pursuit of natural history the disco-

very of these interesting species bears honourable testimony.

9. Butimus purpuraAtus. Bul. testd subacuminato-ovatd, com-

presse umbilicatd, anfractibus sex, convewis, longitudinaliter

rugoso-corrugatis, ad suturas plicato-crenatis, anfractu ultimo

ventricosiusculo, columelld reflexd, labro simplici ; purpureo-

fused, lineis albidis hic illic longitudinaliter interruptd, basi et

aperture fauce albidd.

Hab. Andes of Caxamarca, Peru; W. Lobb.

A rather stout, rough shell, stained with dark purple brown.

10. BuLimus RHODOLARYNX. Bul. testd acuminato-ovatd, basin

versus oblique ventricosd, ampliter umbilicatd, anfractibus sep-

tem ad octo, subrotundatis, levibus, sub lente striis obliquis

elevatiusculis et spiralibus incisis minute decussatis, aperturd

suborbiculari, columelld labroque late reflexis ; roseo-albicante,

intus purpureo-rosed.

Hab. Banks of the Aparimao, Alto Peru; W. Lobb.

Distinguished by its very delicate purple-rose interior, the colour

of which is seen through the substance of the shell.

11. Buximus pecussatus. Bul. testd acuminato-oblongd, basi

rotundatd, subcylindraced, compressé umbilicatd, anfractibus

octo, leviter convexis, longitudinaliter corrugato-striatis, ad

suturas subcrenulatis, columelld laté reflexd, labro tenui, sim-

plicit; pallidée stramined, strigis brevibus rufo-fuscis longitudi-

nalibus et obliquis fasciatim decussatis peculiariter notatd.

Hab. Andes of Caxamarca, Peru; W. Lobb.

Singularly characterized by the bands of short brown streaks,

ranging obliquely in the direction opposed to the lines of growth.

12. Butimus myristicus. Bul. testd acuminato-oblongd, basi

suboblique rotundatd, compressé umbiticatd, anfractibus octo ad

novem, planulato-convewis, longitudinaliter striatis, infra suturas

subcrenulatis, columelld late reflexd, labro simplici; albidd,

vittis irregularibus castaneis et fuscescentibus confertim longi-

tudinaliter pictd.

Hab. Andes of Caxamarca, Peru; W. Lobb.

This differs but little from the preceding species in form and detail

of sculpture ; yet there is a marked distinction in the style of paint-

ing.

13. BuLIMUS ALTO-PERUVIANUS. Bul. testd acuminato-ovatd,

tenuiculd, ampliter compressé umbilicatd, aperturam versus ob-

liqué ventricosd, inflatd, anfractibus septem, convexis, apicem

versus creberrime elevato-striatis, striis spiralibus incisis sub

lente minute decussatis, columella late verticaliter reflexd, aper-

turd obliqué suborbiculari, labro effuso, non reflexo ; fulvescente

lacted, apicem versus cerulescente, lineis castaneis subdistanti-

bus irregulariter longitudinaliter notatd, maculis brevibus con-

trarié obliquis bifasciatim pictd, macularum serie unicd infra

suturas.

Hab. Chachapoyas, Alto Peru; W. Lobb.

The painting of this delicate and boldly convoluted shell is singu-

larly characterized by two bands of short oblong chestnut spots or

dashes, ranging obliquely in a direction contrary to that of the

painted lines.

14. Butimus aLutaceus. Bul. testd oblongo-ovatd, umbilicatd,

anfractibus septem, convexis, creberrimé corrugato-striatis, aper-

turd ovali, columella reflexd, labro vir reflexo ; intense ustulato-

castaned, zonuld unicd albd medio cingulatd, labro albo.

Hab. Cuzco, Bolivia; W. Lobb.

100

The entire surface of this shell is sculptured longitudinally with

very closely-packed crinkled striz.

15. Butimus primutaris. Bul. testd acuminato-ovatd, tenui-

culd, subventricosd, umbilicatd, anfractibus septem, levibus,

columelld tenui reflexd, labro simplici ; albidd, basin versus

vivide luted, fasciis castaneo-nigris quatuor aut pluribus, non-

nullis maltd interruptis, cingulatd.

Hab. Chachapoyas, Alto Peru; W. Lobb.

Of simple structure, but abundantly characterized by its bright

primrose colour and dark basal bands. .

16. Buximus cotuMELLaARIS. Bul. testd cylindraceo-elongatd,

haud umbilicatd, anfractibus septemdecim ad octodecim, planis,

angustis, oblique subobsoleté striatis, anfractu ultimo ad basin

subangulato, columelld tortuosd, leviter recedente, aperturd sub-

quadratd, ad basin effusd ; roseo-albicante, apicem versus livido-

cerulescente et rufescente.

Hab. Andes of Caxamarca, Peru (under stones at an elevation of

12,000 feet); W. Lobb.

An interesting Pupa-like species, distinguished by its square effuse

aperture and erect columnar form.

July 24, 1849.

John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes ON THE SERPENTS OF St. Lucia. By Lieut. Tyter,

R.E. ComMMUNICATED BY THE SECRETARY.

Of the snakes of the island of St. Lucia, the most numerous species

is the “ Rat-tail ;”’ then follow the ‘‘ Couresse,” the “ Clibro,”’ and

the “ Téte Chien;” and in this order I propose to give you, as I

promised, a short description of each. ;

1. CRAsPEDOCEPHALUS ATROX, Gray. The Rat-tail Serpent.

101

This much-dreaded serpent, which attains a length of from five to

six, and sometimes even seven feet, and a circumference of from four

to five inches, bears a strong resemblance, as to its shape and nature,

to the common Rattle-snake of America, and is the more dangerous

from its being unprovided with the means of warning its victims.

The Rat-tail appears to be ovoviviparous ; and it is said that after

producing her young she leaves them for a short time, and that she

devours those among them which she finds in the same spot on her

return. This seems to be a most improbable construction to place

upon the fact of their being sometimes found in the belly of the

mother, which to my idea rather tends to corroborate statements

which have been already made of the female’s opening her mouth in

cases of danger, and the young rushing down her throat for protec-

tion. The scales of the Rat-tail are large in proportion, and cari-

nated ; the number of abdominal scuta is 213, and there are 69 pairs

of subcaudal squamze. The head is heart-shaped, very large at the

back, and flat, and is covered with small scales; the eye resembles

in some measure that of the cat, though, as in all the serpent-tribe,

it is without outer lids, and therefore apparently always on the watch,

which appearance is kept up even after death. The shape of this

serpent differs from that of the others hereafter mentioned, in being

more broad, or lying more flatly on the ground ; and the tail, instead

of tapering gently from the body, becomes suddenly small, and, as

the name implies, is much like that of a rat. When not in motion,

the Rat-tail is almost invariably coiled up in a circle, with its head

on the top. Its movements are fortunately not so rapid as those of

the other serpents of the island, and to this circumstance may be at-

tributed the advantage always gained over it by its deadly enemy the

Clibro, which will be presently referred to. The Rat-tail is armed with

two fangs, or hollow teeth, placed one at each side of the extremity of

the upper jaw, frequently seven-eighths of an inch in length, with a

small slit at the pot and towards the front, through which the poi-

sonous liquid, a yellow viscid matter, is ejected ; and it has two rows

of teeth down the centre of the mouth for purposes of deglutition.

An important point in the history of this serpent is the method of

treating its venomous bites. If the wounds caused by these be not

at once attended to, the most fatal consequences ensue, and within a

short space of time. Should the fang penetrate any large blood-vessel,

and inject therem any of the poisonous matter, I suppose that no

remedy would be of avail: but under ordinary circumstances, if the

wound can be at once laid open, a ligature tied between it and the

heart, and sucked, then rubbed with a mixture of lime-juice, ram and

salt, and intoxication and sleep produced by administermg rum-punch

with plenty of lime-juice in it to the patient, there is little danger of

loss of life; as is proved by the fact, that out of thirty soldiers treated

in this way some time since in this island, only one died.

The person sucking the wound has nothing to fear if he has no

sore in his mouth.

There are native “panseurs”’ who pretend to the knowledge of

certain herbs, which they mix with rum, gunpowder, salt and lime-

102

juice, and place upon the wound in the shape of a poultice, after well-

cutting, sucking and squeezing it, and concoctions of which they

cause the unfortunate patient to drink; but they appear to produce

no decided relief to the patient, and although perhaps very good as

poultices to any inflammatory wounds, I do not imagine that these

herbs possess any antidotal properties to the venom of the serpent.

It is calculated that at the least twenty persons die annually in St.

Lucia from the bites of these serpents ; and, as I have often heard it

stated that in nineteen cases out of twenty the patient recovers, it

may be inferred that 180 people per annum are maimed or danger-

ously wounded by them.

a ?

? The Couresse.

The Couresse is a beautifully-formed little snake, perfectly harm-

less, from two and a half to three feet in length, and seldom attaining

more than 2} inches in circumference, with 96 abdominal scuta and

86 rows of subcaudal squame.

Its small head, bright attractive eye, quick and elegant motion, and

its tapering body and tail, present a remarkable contrast to the cor-

responding characteristic of the last-mentioned Rat-tail serpent.

The colour of the Couresse varies much ; they are generally found

of a dark blue colour, with white and grey variegations of every pos-

sible shape ; sometimes however yellowish brown prevails, but spotted

in a similar manner ; the belly is white, slightly tinged with blue, and

at the point of junction of the abdominal and other scales is always

found a dark spot.

Four rows of small teeth are to be found in the upper jaw and two

rows in the lower. The head is covered by large scales.

The Couresse cannot exist long without water, and will even drink

milk. When kept in a box with a vessel of water for their use, they

are more frequently found in the water than out of it, this being their

only protection against their deadly enemies the ants.

This snake is oviparous: the longest diameter of the eggs is five

lines, the shortest three lines. It feeds upon lizards, crapauds, mice,

and other small animals and reptiles.

3. CoLtuBER constrictor? The Clibro.

The Chiro is found in this island as long as five and six feet, and

as large as from three and a half to four inches in circumference. It

is perhaps one of the most remarkable and useful of its species: it

has 236 abdominal scuta and 72 rows of subcaudal squamee, is of a

bluish colour with a white belly, and after its change of skin shines

like marble. The head is small, covered with large scales, and the

eye dark blue and opake. There are four rows of small teeth in the

upper jaw and two in the lower. The longest diameter of the egg is

eighteen lines, the shortest nine.

One peculiarity of the Clibro is its apparently total disregard of

man.

But its great singularity consists in its choice of food. It lives

principally upon other serpents, and of those chiefly the Rat-tail,

103

which it has not the power of killing until after it has swallowed it,

whose bite, so fatal to the human species and all other animals (in

some cases killing even horses), has no effect upon the Clibro; for I

have myself seen distinctly on more than one occasion, in their com-

bats, the fang of the Rat-tail enter into the body or head of the Clibro,

and bring blood from the spot, while the Clibro has taken no more

notice of it than to get the head of the Rat-tail into his mouth as

quickly as possible and begin to swallow him. I have satisfactorily

proved that the Clibro does not kill his prey before he has swallowed

it, by allowing a Clibro to swallow a Couresse, all excepting the very

point of his tail, then pulling him out, after a short interval giving it

to him again, pulling out the Couresse by the tip of his tail as before,

and keeping him alive for months afterwards.

The common belief is that the Clibro, when bitten by the Rat-tail,

rubs himself in a grass which is commonly found in uncultivated land ;

but this I have at all events shown to be an unnecessary proceeding

on the part of the Clibro.

It may not be uninteresting to describe here a fight which I wit-

nessed some months since between a large Clibro and Rat-tail, the

latter being nearly half as thick again as the former, but not so long ;

they were each however upwards of four feet in length.

Upon being placed together in a barrel, the Clibro immediately

seized the Rat-tail by the middle, and twisted three times round him,

in doing which the Rat-tail bit him in the back, and drew blood ; they

both then remained perfectly quiet for a few seconds, when the Clibro

moved his head slowly up behind his own body, and looking over it,

advanced under its cover, to the point which lay nearest to the head

of the Rat-tail, which was between four and five inches distant ; wait-

ing about a couple of seconds in this position—the Rat-tail never

having moved all this time—the Clibro made a dart, and with almost

incredible rapidity seized the head of the Rat-tail in his mouth, and

began to swallow him, which he accomplished in rather more than

three hours.

But the Clibro does not confine itself to snakes of other species,

for on one occasion I lost a large Clibro by its being eaten by another.

The two had lived for weeks together in the same drawer, and there

was no great difference between them in size: having offered them

food a few days previously, they refused it, and on my next visit I

found only one in the drawer. Not being able to discover the means

of egress of the missing Clibro, I then began to remark that the one

in the drawer was thicker than usual, and after taking him out and

disturbing him a little, he vomited up his late friend in a half-digested

state, but enough of him was left to enable me to recognise his scales.

4. Boa pivintLoqua, Dum. et Bibr. The Boa.

The St. Lucian Boa, which is called by the natives “ Téte Chien,”

from the resemblance of its head to that of a greyhound, is found in

great numbers in cane-pieces, where it is highly valued as a means

of destroying rats, but so feared that few natives can be induced to

touch or even approach very near to it.

104

This fear is however perfectly unnecessary, as although it con-

stantly leaves its teeth in the object of its attack, no result more than

from the scratch of a thorn ensues.

The general length of the Boa of this island is from eight to ten

feet, and it is rarely found longer than fourteen feet. It feeds upon

rats, birds, cats, rabbits, fowls, and all small animals. Its head is

covered with small scales, unlike the generality of harmless serpents.

The scales over the body are small and smooth, and beautiful tints

may be observed in them when exposed to a strong light or in the

sun. The abdominal scuta are 280 in number, and the subcaudal

squamee consist of 70 rows. I believe the Boa to be viviparous, from

some young having been cut out of the womb of a dead female.

The Boa has the property of being able to live for a great length

of time without food, water, and almost without air. I have wit-

nessed cases of their existing in drawers and boxes unopened for

months, and I have been told upon good authority of a case of a Boa

looking as well and as fat after thirteen months of this species of

confinement as before it.

I am unable to fix any regular period for the changes of skin to

which all serpents are lable, and which appears greatly to depend

upon the state of their stomachs.

2. CHARACTERS OF THREE NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF LEPI-

porpTerRA. By Witxiiam Wine, M.E.S.

(Annulosa, Pl. XIV.)

Fam. Nocruipz.

1. CaLiGaTus, n. g.

Palpi short, ascending ; densely clothed with scales; penultimate

joint long (fig. 2a): antenne bipectinated at the base, and bearded

(fig. 2 6, section) g : head small, rounded, nearly concealed: thorax

with a large, acute crest in front: abdomen long, furnished with two

anal tufts, ¢: anterior wings acute at tip, broad, dentate, slightly

deflexed ; posterior wings abbreviated. Type,

Caxicatus ANGastt, n. sp. (Annulosa, Pl. XIV. fig. 2, 3.)

Sp. Ch.—Body and base of the anterior wings of a bright fawn-

colour, with a triangular diaphanous patch at the costa, another of .

an oval form between the costa and posterior margin, and a nearly

square patch in the centre of the outer margin. General colour of

the apical half of the wing pink, varied with yellow and fawn-colour ;

posterior wings diaphanous, with a broad ashy brown margin marked

with a triangular yellow spot, and a lunular pink spot at the inner

angle ; cilia of all the wings white. In the male the metatarsi and

tibize are densely clothed with long hair-like scales, making them

appear very broad and flat (fig. 3). I have named this species after

Mr. Angas, who has recently explored the highly interesting count

of which this is a native, the Cape of Good Hope. In the collection

of the British Museum,

a Proc. Z.5.Annulosa XIV

1 TRIGHOMOPLATA VITTATA. 2.3 CALIGATUS ANGASH 4.5. PALPARIA LAMBERTELLA

W Wing, del. ct Lith Ford tGeorgetmp 54 Hatton Garden

105

2. TRICHOMAPLATA, 0. g.

Palpi short, ascending ; penultimate joint somewhat wedge-shaped

(fig. 1 a) : antenne long, bipectinated at the base : thorax with a very

small crest in front; scapular plates furnished with long pencils of

hairs: ody long, tufted at the extremity, ¢: anterior wings de-

flexed, lanceolate, entire. Type,

TRICHOMAPLATA ViTTATA, Pl. XIV. fig. 1.

Sp. Ch.—Head and thorax ashy grey ; abdomen ferruginous ; an-

terior wings pinkish white, with a deep ferruginous mark on the an-

terior margin near the costa, and a strong ferruginous vitta extending

from the shoulder to the posterior angle of the outer margin ; posterior

wings subdiaphanous, with the inner margin fulvous.

Hab. Brazil. In the collection of the British Museum.

Fam. HyPpoNoMEUTIDZ.

3. PALPARIA, 0. g.

Palpi large; penultimate joint with a large triangular patch of

scales extending horizontally ; terminal joint recurved (fig. 4 a) : tho-

rax broad, slightly depressed: anterior wings oval, apex acute ;

posterior wings broad, ciliated; apex acutely oval: posterior tibie

large and broad. Type,

Patparta LAMBERTELLA, Pl. XIV. fig. 4.

Sp. Ch.—Thorax and anterior wings of a rose-pink colour, with

two longitudinal yellow lines extending from the shoulder to the apex

and posterior angle of the outer edge respectively ; posterior wings

yellow, shading into orange towards the apex; abdomen yellow.

Larva depressed, 16-footed, whitish green, slightly hairy, solitary.

In the collection of the British Museum.

This species was reared by Mr. Lambert in Australia. The figure

of the larva is from his drawing.

The meeting was then adjourned to Tuesday, November 13.

November 13, 1849.

William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

The Secretary reported that the recent additions to the Menagerie

included two species of Mammalia, five species of Birds, and six spe-

cies of Reptiles, which had not been previously exhibited, viz. :—

Mus (Hesperomys) pilorides, Desm.

From St. Lucia; presented by Lieut. Tyler, R.E.

Ursus isabellinus, Blyth.

From the Himalayah; deposited by SirH. Hun-

loke, Bart.

106

Vidua concolor? Cass.

Ardea goliath, Temm.

Nyeticorax caledonicus (Gmel.).

Tigrisoma tigrinum (Gmel.).

Numida ptilonorhyncha, Rupp.

Craspedocephalus atrox, Gray ; and

Coluber constrictor?

From St. Lucia; presented by Lieut. Tyler, R.E.

Eunectes murinus, Wagler.

Python regius, Bibron.

Cyclura Collei, Gray.

From Jamaica; presented by Dr. A. Smith,

F.Z.8. &e.

Iguana tuberculata, Laur.

A letter was read from Alexander Elphinston, Esq., H.E.I.C.

Civil Service, Bombay, dated Dhoolia, Sept. 1849, in which he stated

his intention of forwarding to Bombay, at his own expense, a collec-

tion of animals of which he desired the Society’s acceptance. In this

interesting letter, which was transmitted by A. N. Shaw, Esq., F.Z.8.,

Mr. Elphinston communicated several particulars relative to the dis-

tribution of species in Candeish and Goojerat, and having stated his

opinion “that England has a right to expect from her sons in the

colonies contributions to our National Zoological Society in London,”

expressed his determination of continuing his active support to the

Institution during his residence in India.

A letter was read from Capt. the Hon. H. Keppel, R.N., com-

municated by Rear-Admiral Bowles, V.P., in which he announced

that he had shipped a young female Urang-utan, on the 6th of Sep-

tember last, on board a merchant vessel from Singapore.

The Secretary reported also that he was in correspondence with

the Hon. C. A. Murray, Mrs. Martin Stevenson, Mr. Duncan, Mr.

Grace, and Lieut. Tyler, R.E., in reference to collections which might

be expected from Egypt, Valparaiso, Whydah, Mogador, and St. Lucia.

The following papers were read :—-

1. DEscRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF TUPAIA DISCOVERED IN

ConTINENTAL [NDIA By WALTER Extiot, Ese. By G. R.

Warteruousse, Pres. Env. Soc. Etc.

(Mammalia, Pl. XIII.)

Of the species of Tupaia about to be dsecribed, three specimens

were forwarded to me by W. Elliot, Esq., who, in a letter which ac-

companied them, states that they were procured from the hills between

Cuddapah and Nellox, in what may be termed the Eastern Ghats.

Mr. Elliot, it appears, had abstained from describing and naming

this animal from his not having the means of instituting a comparison

between it and the known species of the genus. From the compa-

rison which I have made, I am quite satisfied that it is distinct from

the three species found in the Indian islands, as well as from the

del

jet ith

TUPAIA

ELLIOTI

Waterh

Printed by Hullmandel & Walton.

107

animal described by M. Isidore Geoffroy in Bélanger’s ‘ Voyage aux

Indes-Orientales*,’ which latter was discovered by M. Bélanger at

Pegu in the southern part of Birmah. I propose to name the new

species after its discoverer, whose researches in Indian zoology merit

high praise.

Turaia Evxiort.

The Tupaia of the Eastern Ghats is about equal in size to the 7. Tana,

but differs in the comparatively pale colouring of its fur, in having the

tail less bushy, and in the smaller size of its teeth. Its head is shorter

than is the head of the animal last mentioned, and consequently con-

siderably shorter than that of the 7’. ferruginea, or of the Tupaia of

Pegu, the head of which is said to be 2" 2!’ in length, in which re-

spect it agrees very closely with the 7. ferruginea. The fur is rather

less soft than in 7. Tana, and its general hue on the upper parts of ©

the body is palish rufous brown, very indistinctly freckled with dusky.

On the hinder parts of the back the darker penciling is almost en-

tirely wanting, and hence the tint is more uniform; whilst over the

shoulders, and especially on the crown of the head, the black or dusky

penciling is very evident. The sides and under parts of the body

are of a rich yellow tint : on the abdomen the hairs are of an uniform

colour—almost of a golden yellow; but on the sides of the body is a

moderately distinct penciling of dusky. The chin, throat and chest

are of a paler hue than the abdomen, and in parts they are nearly

white. The orbits are of the same pale tint, and there is a shoulder-

mark (as in other species of the genus) which is nearly white. The

feet are clothed above with yellow hairs, and are entirely naked be-

neath, where they appear to have been flesh-coloured in the living

animal. The tail is depressed. The hairs on this organ are of a .

rich rufous brown tint ; but each hair has a narrow dusky ring, if we

except those which cover the mesial part of the under surface, which

are shorter than the rest, and which are of an uniform ochre-yellow.

The specimen from which this description is drawn up is a male, and

evidently adult, having all the true molars well-developed, as well as

the hindermost of the false molars, which is the last tooth to show

itself in these animals. Its dimensions are as follows :—

in. lin

From tip of nose to root of tail, about .......... 1 a)

Length of tail, including the hair, about ........ 9 0

, not including the hair .......... 7 6

Front nose (0;@Ht) ac ieiew waleg la ese aie oe eas are Lot

Height, OF GAG ou. se vises «je Meme ale eins Spelaueraele 0 4

Width ofiditto)s: ').25037 does ponerse ene 0: «9

Length of fore-foot and nails .......... 02.40. 0 11

of nail of middle toe of ditto .......... Ore

of hind=toot and nails: “J. Ss, bos sactsue dice 1s}

of nail of middle toe of ditto .......... (iy 9)

With regard to the remaining two specimens sent by Mr. Elliot,

one is a young animal, being about half-grown, and the other is an

* P. 105, pl. 4.

+ In T. ferruginea the length from nose to ear is full two inches.

108

adult female, which differs from the adult male in being of an uniform,

and very pale, rufous tint on the upper parts of the body, and of a

pale yellow on the under parts. The throat, cheeks and shoulder-

mark are yellow-white. I suspect it is an accidental variety. It ap-

pears to have but four mamme, two of which are situated on the

lower part of the abdomen, and the remaining two near the insertion

of the fore-legs.

The skull of Tupaia Ellioti is smaller, considerably shorter, and

has a broader muzzle than that of 7. ferruginea, whilst on the other

hand it is longer and larger than that of T. Javanica, which is re-

markable for the shortness of the facial portion. These differences

approximate the skull under consideration to that of T. Tana; there

are, however, ample differences between the skulls of 7. Hilioti and

T. Tana. The skull of the former of these two animals is rather

smaller than that of 7’. Tana, has the muzzle relatively shorter, the

nasal bones shorter, and broader behind ; the zygomatic arch deeper,

and the perforation in the malar bone much smaller (less than half

the size). In the structure of the teeth, moreover, there are some

differences worthy of note. The incisors and premolars in 7. E/hoti

are relatively smaller than in 7’. Tana; but a more important distinc-

tion—and one which distinguishes the new Twpaia from the other

three species noticed—consists in the form of the third premolar : it

here resembles the last, or fourth premolar in all respects, except-

ing in being of smaller size; having like that tooth a distinct inner

lobe: this lobe in the other species of T'upaia is represented only by

a minute and indistinct tubercle. The corresponding lobe in the last

premolar in 7’. Hilioti is larger than usual, and so is the posterior

inner lobe of the true molars. Subjoined are the principal dimen-

sions of the skulls of the four* species of Tupaia.

1 ferru-|T ferru- T. El- |T. Java-

esl AE ginea. | ginea. | lioti. | nica,

Total length of skull ............... 2 4 |..n..F)2 OF}2 OF) ...... T|1 43

Length of ditto to the posterior =

margin of the auditory bulla \ ZF OF P21 ey Sey d FON Rea a8

Width of ditto, measuring from

the outer surface of the zy- >|1 02] ...... 1 O3F};1 02/0 103)0 9%

OMA! se-evssencteeceeaseece tenes

Width of ditto between orbits ....0 72/0 7 |0 63/0 7 |0 62/0 63

Length of palate .......00.....s0eeeee 1 32/1 32]/1 04/1 12/011 |0 83

of nasal bones ............ 0 113/011 |0 82/0 9 |0 7 |0 42

Width of ditto in front ............ 0 13/0 12/0 13/0 13/0 1/0 13

—— of ditto behind............... 0 23/0 22/0 22/0 23)0 33/0 13

Length from anterior part of

first premolar to hinder nat 0 93/0 92/0 9 |0 9 |0 73/0 6

gin of last true molar.........

Length of lower jaw .........+00+++ 1 62/1 7 SE] wees 1 3 {0 10

Height of ditto, measured from 0. 96410; 63,0. 63 [recess 0 63|0 53

apex of coronoid process

* I do not include the “* Tupai de Pégou,” because it is not yet determined that

that animal is a distinct species from the Tupaias of the Indian Islands.

+ The occipital portion of the cranium is wanting in the specimen.

109

2. ON NEW SPECIES OF MAMMALIA AND BIRDS FROM

Avusrratia. By J. Gouxp, F.R.S., F.Z.S8. erc.

The Proceedings of the Zoological Society having been the means

by which the many interesting novelties in Natural History obtained

during the surveying voyages of Captains King, Beechey, Belcher,

Fitzroy, Blackwood, &e., by the naturalists attached to their seve-

ral ships, have been made known to the scientific world, a more appro-

priate channel cannot, I presume, be selected for communicating the

interesting results, so far as known, of the expedition now exploring

the coasts of Northern and Eastern Australia, under the command of

Capt. Owen Stanley ; and I therefore hasten to lay before the Society

such novelties as have been received in the two branches of natural

history to which I have devoted myself, viz. Mammalia and Birds.

The collection recently sent home by Capt. Stanley and Mr. Mac-

Gillivray, the able naturalist of H.M.S. ‘ Rattlesnake,’ is a very fine

one; it has been procured on what may be considered hitherto un-

trodden ground, I cannot therefore do better than give a list of the

whole,—such lists, showing the geographical distribution of species,

being in the highest degree valuable. I have said that the collection

is a very fine one, and I must not omit observing that much credit is

due to Capt. Stanley for affording the naturalist the requisite oppor-

tunities for obtaining so many interesting species ; nor is a lesser meed

of praise due to Mr. MacGillivray, for the very excellent manner in

which the specimens are prepared, and the accuracy with which all

the information connected with them that could be obtained has been

noted down. The collection of Quadrupeds and Birds only has been

placed in my hands for examination, with a view to my publishing

such novelties as it may contain in my works on these subjects ; after

which the specimens are to be sent to the British Museum. The pe-

riod that has elapsed since the arrival of the collection has been far

too short to admit of my investigating the subject as I could wish ;

‘I shall therefore, on the present occasion, exhibit some of the species

that appear to me to be new, and defer my remarks upon the entire

collection to the next or some future meeting of the Society.

I shall now proceed to describe two species of mammalia and two

species of birds from this collection, as follows :—

PrEROPUS CONSPICILLATUS, Gould.

Sp.Ch.—Crown of the head black, slightly grizzled with buff ; round

each eye a large oval patch of deep brownish buff, which advances on

the sides of the face and shows very conspicuously ; at the nape a broad

crescent-shaped band of deep sandy buff, which extends down the

sides of the neck and nearly meets on the breast ; centre of the back

glossy black, slightly grizzled with grey ; cheeks, chin, all the under

surface and rump, black, slightly grizzled with buff; ears and wing-

membranes naked and of a deep purplish black ; claws black.

Hab. Fitzroy Island.

This species is about the size of Pteropus poliocephalus, but has a

110

somewhat larger head and much larger and more powerful teeth, and

is moreover rendered conspicuously different from that species by the

nuchal band being of a deep sandy buff instead of deep rust-red, and

not continuous round the neck; by the crown of the head and back

being almost jet-black ; and the eyes bemg conspicuously encircled

with deep buff (whence the specific name) ; in which latter character

it assimilates to P. funereus, but scarcely to any other. Respecting

this species Mr. Macgillivray writes: “Is this not new to Australia?

It is not funereus, of which see skull No. 7 and skin No. 8, nor is it

poliocephalus. Of its habits I extract the following note from my

journal: ‘On the wooded slope of a hill on Fitzroy Island [ one day

fell in with this bat in prodigious numbers, looking while flying along

the bright sunshine (so unusual for a nocturnal animal) like a large

flock of rooks: on close approach a strong musky odour became ap-

parent, and a loud incessant chattering was heard; many of the

branches were bending under their load of bats, some in a state of

inactivity suspended by their hind claws, others scrambling along

among the boughs and taking to wing when disturbed. In a very

short time I procured as many specimens as I wished, three and four

at a shot, for they hung in clusters, but unless killed outright they

remained suspended for some time: when wounded they are handled

with difficulty, as they bite severely, and on such occasions their cry

reminds one of the squalling of a child.’ ”

PHALANGISTA (PSEUDOCHEIRUS) NUDICAUDATA, Gould.

Sp. Ch.—Head, all the upper surface, the sides of the body, and the

outer sides of the limbs, brownish grey ; the tips of the hairs with a

silky appearance ; under surface of the neck and body and the inner

sides of the limbs pale buff; the colouring of the upper and under sur-

face distinctly defined on the sides of the body, but gradually blending

on the limbs, the rump and root of the tail, which is thickly clothed

on_its basal third and naked for the remainder of its length; hands,

feet, and naked portion of the tail pinky flesh-colour.

inches.

Length from tip of nose to root of tail ............ 12

EOE hs ee tate Bp So a A ho ee 8

of fore-feet, including the nails............ 3

of hind-feet, including the nails .......... 33

Hab. Cape York, the most northern point of Australia.

This species differs from all the other Australian members of the

genus, in having the apical three-fourths of its tail entirely destitute

of hair; in the light-coloured mark on the rump, somewhat re-

sembling that on the same part of the Koala; and in its short dense

fur and short ears.

The above description and admeasurements are taken from a fe-

male said to be about two-thirds grown. ~The ears are exceedingly

short and rounded, and the fur is remarkable for its extreme density

and for its resemblance to that of the Koala.

Proc. Z.8. Aves. XII

Richter del PRILORLS ViCrORTAL Gould Printed by Hullmandel & Walton

111

Pritoris Vicror1#, Gould. (Aves, Pl. XII.)

Sp. Ch.—Male: general plumage rich deep velvety black, glossed

on the upper surface, sides of the neck, chin and breast with plum-

colour ; feathers of the head and throat small, scale-like, and of a shining,

metallic bronzy green ; feathers of the abdomen very much developed,

of the same hue as the upper surface, but each feather so broadly

margined with rich deep olive-green, that the colouring of the basal

portion of the feather is hidden, and the olive-green forms a broad

abdominal band, which is sharply defined above, but irregular below ;

two centre tail- feathers rich shining metallic green, the Pemniider

deep black ; bill and feet black.

Female: all the upper surface greyish brown, tinged with olive ;

head and sides of the neck dark brown, striated with ereyish brown ;

over each eye a superciliary stripe of buff; wing-feathers edged with

ferruginous ; chin and throat pale buff; remainder of the under sur-

face, under wing-coverts, and the base of the inner webs of the quills

rich deep reddish buff, each feather with an irregular spot of brown

near the tip, dilated on the flanks into the form of irregular bars ;

bill and feet black.

Total length, 10} inches; bill, 13; wing, 5; tail, 31; tarsi, 12.

Hab. Barnard’s Isles.

Remark.—This new species must be placed in the first rank of the

many beautiful birds inhabiting Australia ; indeed there are few from

any part of the world that can vie with it in the richness of its colour-

ing; and I cannot possibly have a better opportunity than now pre-

sents itself of paying a just tribute of respect to our most gracious

Queen, by bestowing upon this lovely denizen of the Australian forests

the specific appellation of Victorie ;—I say of the Australian forests,

for although the specimen from which my description is taken is from

the Barnard Isles, within the Barrier Reef and only a few miles from

the north-eastern shore of Australia, I have evidence, in the notes of

the late Mr. Gilbert, that it inhabits the mainland, since he states

therein that the Rifle-bird inhabits the northern as well as the south-

ern part of Australia; in which he was in error; the bird he saw in

the northern part of the country being doubtless the one here de-

scribed.

It is very nearly allied to the Ptiloris paradiseus, but is a smaller

bird, with a still more gorgeous colouring. It may be distinguished

from that species by the purple of the breast presenting the ap-

pearance of a broad pectoral band, bounded above by the scale-like

feathers of the throat, and below by the abdominal band of deep oil-

green, and also by the broad and lengthened flank-feathers, which

show very conspicuously.

SPHECOTHERES FLAVIVENTRIS, Gould.

Sp. Ch.—Male : crown of the head and cheeks glossy black ; orbits,

and a narrow space leading to the nostrils naked, and of a light buffy

yellow, or flesh-colour ; all the upper surface, wing-coverts, outer webs

of the secondaries, andl a patch on either side of the chest, olive-green ;

chin, chest, abdomen and flanks beautiful yellow; vent and under

112

tail-coverts white; primaries and inner webs of secondaries black,

edged with grey ; tail black, the external web and the apical half of

the internal web of the outer feather on each side white; the apical

half of the second feather on each side white; the next, or third, on

each side with a large spot of white at the tip; bill black; feet flesh-

colour.

Female: striated on the head with brown and whitish; all the

upper surface olive-brown ; all the wing-feathers narrowly edged with

greenish grey; under surface white, with a conspicuous stripe of

brown down the centre of each feather ; vent and under tail-coverts

white, without striz.

Total length, 103 inches; bill, 13; wing, 52; tail, 44; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Cape York.

Remark.—Of the same size as Sphecotheres Australis, but may be

distinguished from that and every other species of the genus by the

beautiful jonquil-yellow of its under surface.

3. DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN Brrps.

By J. Gouup, F.R.S. erc. erc.

1. RutTicrLLa GRANDIs, Gould.

Sp. Ch.—Crown of the head and the basal portion of the primaries

and secondaries white; forehead, cheeks, chin, throat, back, wing-

coverts, and the apical portion of the primaries and secondaries black ;

abdomen, lower part of the back, upper and under tail-coverts and

tail rich rufous; bill and feet black.

Total length, 7 inches; bill, ?; wing, 41; tail, 3}; tarsi, 14.

Hab. Afganhistaun and Thibet.

Remark.—This, the largest and one of the best-marked species of

the genus, is nearly allied to the aurorea of Pallas.

2. Yunx inpica, Gould.

Sp. Ch.—Upper surface pale brown, finely freckled with grey, and

blotched, particularly down the back of the neck, on the centre of the

back, and on the wing-coverts, with brownish black ; primaries brown,

crossed on their outer webs with regular bands of deep buff, and

toothed on their inner webs with the same hue; remainder of the

wing-feathers like the upper surface, but crossed by broad, irregular

bands of brown ; tail like the upper surface, but crossed by narrow,

irregular bands of brownish black ; sides of the throat and neck

crossed by numerous narrow bars of blackish brown, the cheeks the

same, but somewhat paler; on the centre of the throat a spatulate

mark of chestnut-red ; centre of the abdomen and under tail-coverts

pale buffy white, with a fine stripe of brownish black down the centre

of each feather ; flanks crossed by irregular bars of brownish black ;

bill pale horn-colour, deeper at the tip; legs apparently yellowish

flesh-colour.

Total length, 7} inches; bill, 2; wing, 32; tail, 31; tarsi, 7.

Hab. Afganhistaun and Thibet.

Remark.—Nearly allied to the Y. pectoralis of Southern Africa,

113

but differs from that species in being of a larger size, in the lighter

hue of the centre of the abdomen, in the strize down the centres of

the abdominal feathers being less strongly defined, and in the under

tail-coverts being buff instead of rufous.

3. S1TTA LEUCopPsiIs, Gould.

Sp. Ch.—Crown of the head and back of neck jet-black ; all the

upper surface deep blue-grey; primaries black, edged with grey ;

centre tail-feathers blue-grey ; lateral feathers black, tipped with blue-

grey ; the two outer ones on each side with a small spot of white on

the inner web near the tip; face, chin, throat, breast, and centre of

the abdomen white, the latter slightly washed with buff; flanks and

under tail-coverts bright chestnut ; bill black, with a blue-grey base ;

legs grey.

Total length, 5 inches; bill, 7; wing, 33; tail, 2; tarsi, 2.

Hab. The Himalaya Mountains.

Remark.—This is doubtless the species described by Mr. Blyth in

his observations on the Sirrina as nearly allied to the S. cesia,

without however assigning to it a specific name, an omission which I

have now ventured to supply.

4. ON THE species oF ANoMIADS. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S.

ETC. ETC.

The European species of Anomiade have been much multiplied,

while on the other hand the exotic species have been almost entirely

neglected.

The form, substance, surface and colour of the shell, which have

been used to distinguish the species, were suspected by Montague to

be dependent on the age of the specimens and the locality in which

they happened to be found, and further researches have proved the

accuracy of these observations.

There being m the British Museum considerable series of speci-

mens of this family from different localities, I have attentively exa-

mined them, and believe that I have observed some characters by which

they may be distinguished from each other, which are but little, if

at all, modified by external circumstances or age.

Mr. Cuming has kindly allowed me to examine the original spe-

cimens of Placunanomia, described by Mr. Broderip, with some ad-

ditional specimens which he has since received, and thus enabled

me to identify the exotic species which have been described by that

naturalist ; and also the collection of 4nomie contained in his ecabi-

net, which has furnished me with several additional species.

The species may be divided into two very distinct genera :—

1, ANomiA. Upper valve with three subcentral muscular scars ;

the anterior upper lobe of the notch separated from the cardinal edge ;

the plug entirely shelly, and quite free from the edge of the notch.

2. Pxracunanomra. Upper valve with two subcentral muscular

sears ; the anterior upper lobe of the notch agglutinated to the car-

dinal edge; plug shelly at the top and near the body to which it is

attached, and with horny longitudinal lamine below and internally.

No, CXCVIJ.—ProceEpineés or THE ZOOLOGICAL Society.

114

I. Anomta.

Upper valves with three subcentral muscular scars; byssal notch

distinct ; the upper part of the anterior lobe of the notch separate

from and often partially overlapping the front of the cardinal edge ;

the plug thick, elongate, entirely shelly, and quite free from the edge

of the notch. :

Syn. Anomia, Miiller, 1776; Retzius, 1788; Lamk. 1801; Me-

gerle, 1811; Schum. 1817.

Anomia, pars, Linn. S. N.

Anomia, A. Schumach. Essai, 1817.

Echion and Echinoderma, sp. Poli, Mol. Sicil.

Fenestrella, Bolten, 1798.

Lampades, pars, Gevers, 1787.

«« Enigma, Koch,” according to the cabinet of Mr. Cuming.

I am by no means certain that all the species here indicated are

distinct, or are to be distinguished by the characters here assigned to

them, unassisted by the country which they inhabit ; but they seem

distinct, and it appears to be desirable that they should be distin-

guished until we have the means of more completely investigating

them, and of examining and comparing the animals which form them.

* The upper scar in dorsal valve large; two lower scars smaller,

and nearly under the upper one. Shell suborbicular. ANOomtIA.

+ European.

1. ANOMIA EPHIPPIUM.

Shell white, yellow, rosy or red-brown ; upper valve radiated ; in-

ternally pearly. The upper scar large, oblong, the two others rather

smaller, subequal, one above the other; the lowest of the two rather

more behind. Plug large, broad, short ; the sinus in lower valve large.

Anomia Ephippium, Linn. 8S. N. 1150; Chemn. viii. 82. t. 76.

f. 692, 693; Mont. T. B.155; Lamk. Syst. 138 ; Dillw. R. S8.i. 286 ;

Poli, Test. ii. 186. t. 20. f. 9, 10; Lamk. Hist. vi. 226, ed. 2. vii.

273. n. 1.

Anomia Tunica Cepa, Dacosta, B. Conch. 165. t. 11. f. 3.

Anomia cepa, Linn. S. N. 1151; Chemn. vii. 85. t. 76. f. 694, 695;

Dillw. R. 8.1. 287 ; Poli, Test. ii. 182. t. 30. f.1-8 ; Lamk. H. v. 227,

ed. 2. vil. 274. n. 3. ‘

Anomia violacea, Brug. Enc. Meth. 71.

Anomia plicata, Brocch. Conch. 665. t. 16. f. 9.

Anomia scabrella, Philippi, Sicil. i. 92. ii. 65. t. 18. f. 1.

Anomia polymorpha, Philippi, Sicil. i. 92. u. 65.

Anomia costata, Brocchi, 463. t. 10. f. 9.

Anomia sulcata, Poli, Test. Sicil. t. 30. f.12; Brocch. t. 10. f. 2.

Anomia radiata, Brocchi, t. 10. f. 10.

Anomia pectiniformis, Poli, Sicil. t. 30. f. 13, on a Pecten ; Phi-

lippi, Sicil. u. 63. t. 18. f. 3.

Anomia margaritacea, Poli, Sicil. t. 30. f.11 ; Philippi, Sicil. ii. 63.

Anomia electrica, Linn. S. N. 1151; Chemn. Conch. viii. t. 76.

f.691; Lamk. Hist. vi. 227, ed. 2. vii. 274. n. 4.

Proc. ZS. Mollusca P1.1V.

1. ANOMIA (PATROS) ELYROS.

2. ACHEUS.

115

Anomia squamula, Linn. 8. N. 1151; Chemn. Coneh. viii. 86. t. 76.

f. 696; Lamk. Hist. vi. 228, ed. 2. vii. 275. n. 8.

Anomia punctata, Chemn. Conch. viii. 88. t. 77. f. 698; Dillw. R.

S. ii. 288.

Anomia aculeata, Miller, Z. D. Prod. 249 ; Chemn. viii. 92. t. 77.

f. 702; Mont. T. B. 157. t. 4. f.5; Dillw. R. S. i. 288.

Anomia scabra, Solander MSS. fide Dillwyn.

Anomia lens, Lamarck, Hist. vi. 228, ed. 2. vii. 276. n. 9.

? Anomia aspera, Philippi, Sicil. ii. 65. t. 18. f. 4.

Anomia elegans, Philippi, Sicil. ii. 65. t. 18. f. 2.

Anomia patelliformis, Chemn. C. viii. 89. t. 77. f. 700; Dillw. R.S.

1. 290.

Anomia striatula, Bruguiére, Enc. Meth. 74.

? Anomia bifida, Chemn. Conch. viii. 79. t. 76. f. 689, 690 ; Dillw.

R. S. 290. ,

Anomia cylindrica, Gmelin, S. N. 3349; Diliw. R. 8. i. 291.

Anomia cymbiformis, Maton § Racket, Linn. Trans. viii. 104. t. 3.

f. 6; Mont. Supp. 64.

Anomia coronata, Bean, Mag. N. Hist.

Anomia patellaris, Lamk. Hist. ed. 2. vii. 273. n. 2; Deles. Re-

cueil, t. 17. f. 3.

Anomia pyriformis, Lamk. Hist. vi. 227, ed. 2. vii. 275. n. 5;

Deles. Rec. t. 17. f. 4.

Anomia fornicata, Lamk. Hist. vi. 228, ed. 2. vii. 275.n.6 = Ene.

M. t.170. f. 45.

? Anomia membranacea, Lamk. Hist. vi. 228, ed. 2. vii. 275. n. 7

= Enc. Meth. t.170. f. 1-3?

? Anomia cucullata, Bruguiére, H. M. 70.

Hab. European Seas.

Coast of Africa; Capt. Edward Owen. B. M.

+t Asiatic.

2. ANOMIA AMABZUS.

Flat, white, smooth ; internally pearly, with a very thin disk.

Upper scar moderate ; lower scars 2, rather large (nearly as large

as the upper one), confluent into a broad oblong scar.

Hab. Philippines, Island Buraas (Jackass Island) ; on stones, sand,

ten fathoms.

3. ANOMIA CYTZUM.

Shell suborbicular, smooth ; internally reddish.

’ Upper muscular scar very large, subcordate ; lower 2, suborbicular,

smaller, nearly equal-sized ; the upper in the notch of the upper one ;

the lower hinder close to lower hinder edge of the upper one; sinus

in lower valve large.

Hab. China, River Zangtze Keang ; Fortune. Mus. Cuming ; two

specimens.

4, ANOMIA DRYAS. 5

Suborbicular, flat, white ; upper valve internally and radiately lined.

Upper scar large, oblong; lower scars 2, small, circular, nearly

confluent, placed side by side nearly on the same line.

116

Hab. Singapore ; on dead shells, ten fathoms, in coarse sand and

gravel. Mus. Cuming; one small specimen.

5. ANOMIA ACHEUS.

Shell purplish, smooth ; umbo rather acute ; upper valve generally

convex ; inside purplish white.

Upper muscular scar large, lower edge slightly arched; lower

scars 2, small, nearly equal-sized ; the hinder rather lower than the

other.

Hab. Indian Ocean, Kurachee, mouth of the Indus. Brit. Mus.

and Mus. Cuming.

Major Baker has kindly sent to the Museum a very large series of

the dorsal valves of this species, collected at Kwrachee. They are ex-

tremely variable in form, surface, colour and thickness, and they also

offer considerable variety in the disposition of the muscular scar. In

all the upper scar is largest, but variable in shape from round to

broad cordate. In most the two lower scars are close together, but

separate, and nearly on the same line. In others the lower scar is

rather lower than the middle one, and in a few (four) specimens, which

are mostly produced posteriorly, the lower scar is much lower; that

is to say, in some the upper edge is parallel with the lower edge of

the middle one. In one specimen the two lower scars are on the

same line, and are confluent together, forming a scar about the same

size as the upper scar, yet showing that the lower scar is formed by

two muscles; so that this valve cannot be confounded with a Placu-

nanomia.

The examination of this series of specimens from the same locality

I think shows, that though the comparative size and disposition of the

scars may furnish good characters for the distinction of the species,

yet they are not to be implicitly relied on.

6. AnomiA BELESIS. (Mollusca, pl. 4. fig. 3, 4.)

White or red; the upper part of the centre of the dorsal valve

white, externally radiately striated; apex acate, at some distance

from the dorsal edge.

Upper valve with three separate scars, the upper one very large

oblong, and rather transverse; two lower ones very small, nearly equal-

sized, and nearly on the same line.

Hab. Indian Ocean’? General Hardwicke. Brit. Mus.

ttt American.

7. ANOMIA ACONTES.

Yellowish white, suborbicular, flat, smooth; disk pearly.

Upper scar moderate, sttbcircular ; lower scars smaller, distant,

circular, subequal, the lower one nearly on a line with the lower edge

of the middle one.

Hab. Jamaica; Gosse. Mus. Cuming; one small specimen.

8. ANOMIA FIDENAS.

White, pearly, thin, flat, smooth externally, pearly within, with a

thick white disk.

117

Upper scar large, elongate, arched below ; lower scars 2, small, cir-

cular, far apart, the lower one considerably below the other.

Hab. America, west coast. Panama; on Pinna at low water.

Mus. Cuming, No. 2; three specimens.

9. ANOMIA ADAMAS.

Red, thick, with numerous indistinct radiating ribs, most distinct on

the edge of the lamina ; internally red, pearly, with a small white disk.

Upper muscular scar oblong, arched below ; lower scars subequal,

separate, but close together, and nearly on the same line.

Hab. Galapagos; Lord Hood’s Island, attached to Avicula mar-

garitifera at nine fathoms. Mus. Cuming, No. 5; three specimens.

10. ANOMIA PACILUS.

Red, with distinct radiating ribs ; internally reddish pearly, with a

thick white disk.

Upper muscular scar oblong, broad, lower edge arched; lower

scars 2, rather smaller, nearly similar in size, rather close together

but separate, the hinder one rather lower than the other.

Hab. Peru; Tambaz; dredged from five fathoms in soft mud.

Mus. Cuming, No. 9.

11. ANOMIA LARBAS.

Shell white, smooth, lower valve pale green.

Upper muscular scar large; lower scars 2, nearly as large as, and

close to, the upper one, nearly equal, and nearly in a line.

Hab. Coast of Peru, Payta. Mus. Cuming.

12, ANOMIA ALECTUS.

Irregular, upper valves convex, reddish, internally pearly ; lower

valve green, internally green.

Upper scar large, oblong ; lower scars 2, large, rather smaller than

the upper one, close together, but not confluent ; the lowest one the

largest.

Hab. Peru, Bay of Guayaquil; Hinds. Mus. Brit., and Mus. Cu-

ming, No. 7.

13. ANOMIA HAMILLUS.

Reddish, thin, sinuous. Dorsal valve with a triangular, white,

porcellanous disk.

Upper scar large, roundish ; lower scars 2, separate, close together,

nearly equal-sized, small, and nearly on the same line.

Hab. West Columbia, Bay of Canes. Mus. Cuming, No. 6.

14. ANOMIA LAMPE.

Shell yellowish green, radiately costated ; internally green.

Upper muscular scar large, squareish ; lower two rather smaller,

subequal, near together and to the upper scar, and nearly on the same

line ; sinus in lower valve very large.

Hab. California ; Lady Katherine Wigram, Mus. Brit. Mus. Cu-

ming; three specimens.

118

15. ANOMIA TENUISTRIATA.

Shell very variable in shape, regularly radiately striated ; sinus of

lower valve very large, ovate.

Dorsal valve with three nearly equal muscular scars very close to-

gether; the two lower small, placed close together side by side, just

on the lower margin of the upper scar, the hinder one being rather

behind the hinder edge of the upper one.

Ostrea anomialis, Lamk. Hist. A. s. V. vi. 220.

Anomia Ephippium, Defrance, Dict. Sci. Nat. ii.

Anomia striatula, Desh. Cog. Foss. Paris, t. 65. f. 7,11.

Anomia tenuistriata, Desh. Cog. Foss. Paris, i. 377, in Lamk.

Hist. vii.

Fossil, Grignon.

The very characteristic scars of the dorsal valve are well shown in

M. Deshayes’ plate above referred to, but not mentioned in the de-

scription.

** Upper scar of dorsal valves large; two lower scars smaller, far be-

hind the upper one. Shell oblong, transverse. A&N1GMA, Koch.

16. ANOMIA NIGMATICA.

Shell elongate, transverse, oblong, purple or yellowish, with a pur-

plish disk ; apex acute, considerably within the dorsal edge.

The upper scar large, suborbicular, subcentral ; lower scars 2, much

more posterior, small, equal-sized, and nearly confluent.

Tellina eenigmatica, Chemn. Conch. xi. t. 199. f. 1949, 1950.

Anomia rosea, Gray, Ann. Philos. 1825, 5.

Anomia znigmatica, Alton in Wiegmann Arch. 1837, Verz. 21;

Reeve, Nomen. Conch.

Hab. Indian Ocean.

Var. 1. Elongate, purplish brown, smooth, flat. Chemn. I. c.

f. 1949, 1950.

Hab. Indian Ocean, on the surface of flat wooden piles, &e.

Var. 2. Like former, but more elongated, and the sides folded

together.

Anomia naviformis, Jonas; fide Mus. Cuming.

Mnigma, sp. Koch ; fide Mus. Cuming.

fab. Manilla. Mus. Cuming.

Var. 3. Flat, smooth ; like Var. 1, but yellow, with a dark purple-

brown transverse ray.

Hab. Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

Var. 4. Flat, purple ; like Var. 1, but often more ovate, and with a

few radiating ribs, ending in projections, making the edge sinuous.

Hab. Singapore ; on piles of wood forming the wharves. Borneo.

Mus. Cuming.

*** Two upper scars small; lower one large. Shell suborbicular ;

sinus small. Parro.

17. Anom1a ELyRos. (Mollusca, pl. 4. fig. 1, 2.)

White, lamellar, closely radiately striated.

119

The disk of the upper valve with three separate subcircular scars ;

the two upper scars small, subequal, one under the other; the lower

one large, nearly circular, subcentral. Notch in lower valve very

small. Plug small, elongate, subcylindrical ; the notch small, with

reflexed edges.

Hab. Port Essington ; Earl of Derby. Depuch Island ; Capt. Sir

Everard Home, Bart. British Museum.

Var. 1.? Shell very thin. Mus. Cuming.

Var. 2. Very thick; disk white, very thick. Mus. Cuming.

The small size of the upper scars in this species probably depends

on the small size and elongated form of the plug. The other species,

which have the upper scar the largest, have at the same time a larger

notch and a broader plug.

II. PLacunanomia.

Upper or dorsal valve with two subcentral muscular scars; the

upper scar radiately veined. Byssal notch distinct, converted into a

hole by the upper part of the anterior lobe of the notch being sol-

dered to and forming part of the cardinal edge: the plug triangular,

gradually enlarging in size; the apex and outer surface next to the

body to which it is attached, calcareous, longitudinally striated ; the

inner surface covered with horny, longitudinal, parallel laminz, and

more or less agglutinated to the edge of the notch.

Syn. Placunanomia, Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, 29 ; Miller,

Syn. 176; Desh. in Lamk. Hist. vii. 269.

Anomia, 3, Schumacher, Essai, 1817.

Anomia, pars, Blainv. Man. Moll. ; Montague ; Forbes § Hanley.

Ostrea, sp. Da Costa; Montague.

Placunonomia, D’ Orb. Amér. Mérid.

Placunomia, Swains. Malac. 39, 1840.

Pododesmus, Philippi, Wiegmann Arch. i. 385, 1837.

Mr. Broderip, who established this genus, does not observe the

_. character furnished by the muscular impressions, or the lobe of the

notch: he merely says, “ Impressio muscularis in utraque valva sub-

centralis. In valva superiore organi adhesionis impressio superad-

dita.” And further, that “the organ of adhesion, which in its bony

character (for it is more bone than shell) resembles that of Anomia,

does not perforate the lower valve directly, but is inserted between

the Jaminz of the internal surface of the lower valve, above the mus-

cular impression and below the hinge, and passes out into an ex-

ternal, irregular, somewhat longitudinal, superficial fissure or cica-

triz, which is narrowest at the hinge margin, and which it entirely

fills to a level with the surrounding surface.”

This form is produced by the gradual increase of the size of the

plug and the simultaneous increase of the size of the shell.

Some have considered the “plug”’ or ‘‘stopper” of Anomia to be a

third valve, which is evidently a mistake. Philippi (Moll/. Sicil. i. 92)

considers it as the ossification of the tendon of the adductor muscle.

Mr. Broderip, in the passage quoted, regards it as a done. In Dr.

Dieffenbach’s Travels I have remarked: ‘“ The plug is evidently only

120

a modification of the kind of laminar beard formed by the end of the

foot of the Ares (Arce) ; for, like it, it is formed-of numerous parallel,

erect, longitudinal horny laminze, placed side by side, extending from

the apex to the margin, and it is on these plates that the calcareous

matter is deposited when the attachment assumes its shelly substance.

The same structure is to be observed in the plug of the European

Anomia Ephippium (striata).”’—Voy. New Zealand, ii. 261.

Messrs. Forbes and Hanley compare it to the byssus of Pecten,

and venture to predict that when the very young Anomiz have been

observed, they will be found to be attached by threads like that genus

(Brit. Moll.). T have examined a very small specimen of the genus,

and found it laminar, like that of the adult shell.

M. Philippi, when describing Pododesmus, appears to have ob-

served only the upper of the two muscular scars, for he gives as the

generic character, “‘ Impressio muscularis unica, ovata,’ and he only

figures the larger upper one on the plate.

The upper scar, which is usually of a larger size, and has its surface

covered with radiating veins, while the lower is generally punctated,

appears to be the one which gives rise to the muscle that is attached

to the imner surface of the plug.

* Shell plicately folded. Perforation of lower valve small, firml

~p | y

embracing the plug. PLACUNANOMIA.

1, Puacunanomia Cuminait.

Shell depressed ; edge of the valves with three or four large angular

folds.

Placunanomia Cumingii, Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, 29;

Sow. Genera, t. ; Manual, t. A

Hab. Central America; Gulf of Dulce, Province of Costa Rico.

** Shell ovate, radiately ribbed ; edge not plicated. Perforation of

lower valve moderate, firmly embracing and inclosing the plug.

PopopvEsmus.

+ American.

2. PLACUNANOMIA RUDIS.

White ; disk brown ; smooth lamine.

Upper valve with two rounded separate scars of nearly equal size,

the hinder one rather more transverse.

Placunanomia rudis, Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1834, 2.

Pododesmus decipiens, Philippi, Wiegmann Arch. i. 1837, 387.

t. 9. f. 1 (one scar left out).

Hab. Kast Indies? Broderip. Havana; Philippi. West Indies ;

Brit. Mus.

3. PLACUNANOMIA FOLIATA.

White, smooth lamine, with very slight, distant, radiated ribs ;

disk purple brown.

Upper valve with two nearly united scars; the upper largest, and

rather elongated ; lower small, rounded.

121

Placunanomia foliata, Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1834, 2.

P. echinata, Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1834, 2.

*P. pectinata, Brod.’ in Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Eastern Columbia, Bay of Guayaquil. Isle of Muerte ; Bro-

derip. Martinique, n. 6, and Brazils, n. 7; Mus. Cuming. Jamaica

(upper valve of young only) ; Rev. L. Guilding ; Brit. Mus.

The specimen of Placunanomia echinata, from the island of Nevis,

in Mr. Cuming’s collection, appears to be only an imperfect specimen

of this species. Mr. Broderip doubted if this might not be the case,

when he described it.

4. PLACUNANOMIA ABNORMALIS.

White, radiated, ribbed.

Upper valve with two scars, confluent on the lower hinder edge ;

the upper one rather the largest.

« Placunomia abnormalis, Sow.’ in Brit. Mus.

Hab. West Indies.

These three species are very nearly related to each other, and if it

were not for the difference in the position of the scars, might be taken

for one. The first is white, and the two last have a brown blotch

on the internal surface of the dorsal valve.

*** Shell ovate, not plicated; radiately ribbed. Perforation of

lower valve large, only slightly embracing the large thin plug.

Monta.

5. PLACUNANOMIA MACROCHISMA.

Upper valve with two scars, partly confluent on the lower hinder

edge ; the upper scar largest. Lower valve with an oval oblique scar,

narrowed behind, rather in front of the plug.

Anomia macrochisma, Deshayes, Rev. Soc. Cuvier. 1839, 359 ;

Mag. de Zool. 1841, t. 34.

Placunanomia Broderipii, Gray, B. M. 1842, and Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Kamtschatka ; Deshayes. “Onalaski,” Mus. Cuming. ‘ Ca-

gayan, Lucon,” fide “ G. B. Sowerby,” in Brit. Mus.

M. Deshayes observes: “On sait que dans le plus grand nombre

des Anomies la perforation se reduit ordinairement en un simple

échancrure, parce que les deux parties du bord supérieur ne se rejoi-

gnent jamais. Ici au contraire le trou est complete, et la valve est

réellement perforée.” This character is common to all the species of

Placunanomia. M. Deshayes does not figure nor describe the plug.

I think the habitat assigned to this species by Mr. G. B. Sowerby

must be a mistake. It is the specimen referred to by Mr. Broderip

in the observations on the genus in the Proceedings of the Zoological

Society.

6. PLACUNANOMIA CEPIO.

Scars 2, far apart; upper very large, ovate, longitudinal, central; &

lower smaller, oblong, oblique, rather behind the upper.

Plug large, flat, broad. Notch large, wide.

Hab, Calitornia ; Lady Katherine Wigram; Brit. Mus.

122

7. PLACUNANOMIA ALOPE.

Upper valve flat, smooth, radiately striated. Scars two, well sepa-

rated, rounded, equal-sized.

Hab. California; Lady Katherine Wigram.

Two upper valves in British Museum.

++ European.

8. PLACUNANOMIA PATELLIFORMIS.

Shell suborbicular, convex or quite flat, radiately striated ; inner

disk greenish. Apex rather within the dorsal margin.

The upper muscular scar of the dorsal valve very large, oblong ;

the lower one small, roundish, on the lower part of the hinder margin

of the upper one.

The peduncle of the cartilage with a triangular cavity in front,

under the tip, and continued in an oblong rib-like ridge towards the

centre of the shell.

Anomia patelliformis, Linn. 8. N. 1152; Nov. Act. Upsal. 1773,

i. 42. t. 5. f.6, 7; Retzius, Nov. Gen. Test. ii. ; Sars, fide Mus. Cu-

ming ; Loven, Moll. Scand. 30; Forbes § Hanley, Brit. Moll. 334.

t.56; Wood, Index Test. t. 10. f. 10, not Chemn.

Squama Magna, Chemn. Conch. vii. 87. t. 77. f. 697.

Anomia Squama, Gmelin, S. N.; Schumacher, Essai.

Ostreum striatum, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. 162. t. 11. f. 4.

Anomia undulatim striata, &c., Chemn. Conch. viii. 8. t. 77. f. 699.

Anomia undulata, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 3346; Mont. Test. Brit.

157. t. 4. f.6; Maton § Racket, Trans. Linn. Soc. viii. 103 ; Turton,

Conch. Dict. 4. Bivalves, 230. t. 18. f. 8,9; Dillw. R. 8. i. 289;

Wood, Index Test. t. 11. f. 9.

Ostrea striata, Pulteney in Hist. Dorset, 36 ; Donovan, B. Shells,

il. t. 45; Mont. T. B. 153, 580.

Anomia striata, Loven, Index Moll. Scand. 29 ; Forbes § Hanley,

Brit. Moll.:336. t..55. f. 1,6. t: 53. £26.

Hab. Coast of Europe. British Seas, Lister. North Sea, Sars, fide

Mus. Cuming, n. 51.

This species is easily known from the other European species by

being generally thicker and regularly radiately ribbed, and greenish ;

but the number and position of the muscular scars at once separate it

from all the multiform varieties of that species. Some authors, over-

looking the latter character, have been inclined to regard it as a mere

variety.

I may remark, that the large series of this species which I have

examined has shown that the position of the two muscles is liable to

a slight variation ; in by far the larger number of specimens the small

lower muscle is quite close to and confluent with the scar of the upper

larger muscle, but in a few specimens it is separated from the upper

larger one by a small interval or space. This has induced me to be-

lieve that probably the three West Indian species of the genus may

prove, when a larger series of specimens have been collected and com-

pared, only varieties of the same species.

123

ttt Australian.

9. PLACUNANOMIA ZEALANDICA.

Suborbicular, white, smooth; upper valve with distant radiating

grooves ; internally dark green.

Upper valve with two confluent scars ; upper oblong, longitudinal,

lower rather small and more transverse.

Anomia Zealandica, Gray, in Dieffenbach’s New Zealand, ii. 261,

1843.

Hab. New Zealand ; on the inside of mussel shells.

10. PLACUNANOMIA IONE.

Shell white, laminar ; edge of the laminz with small, slender, elon-

gated processes ; internally green.

Lower muscular scars small, round, on the lower hinder edge of

the larger one ; sinus or perforations large.

. = Hab. Australia, Sydney; on rocks, Mr. Strange.

lyvr

Mus. Cuming; three specimens. ? Van Diemen’s Land.

— Dr. Sinclair, Brit. Mus., a single dorsal valve.

11. PLacuNANOMIA COLON.

Shell (upper valve) flat, with rather irregular, flat, radiating ribs ;

white, lower spotted ; upper valve with two separate scars ; the upper

one oblong, longitudinal, the lower much smaller, circular.

Hab. ?

Mr. Cuming’s Collection (no. 10). Mr. Humphrey’s Collection ;

a single upper valve of a rather young shell.

Here may be added the description of a new genus, intermediate

between this family and Placunide.

III. Hemreracuna.

Shell free ; valves orbicular, flat, external surface minutely laminar

and radiately striated, especially on the edge of the plates; muscular

scar in each valve single, nearly central, circular ; the right valve flat,

with a large oblong, elevated transverse process for the cartilage,

having a very small concavity in the inner surface in front of the car-

tilaged process representing the sinus in Anomia ; the left valve rather

more convex, with an oblong transverse pit for the internal cartilage

under the umbo.

Hemiplacuna, G. B. Sowerby, MSS.

This shell has all the external characters of the flat species of Pla-

cuna, and has the same muscular impression ; but instead of having

the two linear diverging ridges and grooves to give attachment to the

cardinal cartilage, it has an oblong elevated process in the right valve,

and an oblong cavity in the left, exactly similar to those found in the

genus Anomia; and on the inner surface of the right valve, just in

front of the base of the process which supports the cartilages, there

is a small shallow roundish pit with a short furrow towards the centre

of the shell, which is evidently a rudimentary representation of the

sinus found in the genus dAnomia. This sinus is not visible on the

outer surface of the shell.

22,

124 ,

This shell forms a most excellent passage between the genus Ano-

mia, or rather Placunanomia, and Placuna. It shows the gradual

change which takes place between the three genera. In Anomia

there are two muscles for the purpose of attaching itself to ma-

rine bodies, which form a plug which is free from the sinus of the

shell.

In Placunanomia there is only a single muscle to perform the same

office, but in the more typical species of this genus the plug itself is

affixed into the surface of the shell, forming, as it were, part of its

substance. In Hemiplacuna and Placuna there is no muscle or

plug for attachment, and the shells are free; but in Hemiplacuna

there is a rudimentary development of the sinus through which

the plug is emitted, and the ligament which connects the shell is

of the same form as that found in the genera Anomia and Placuna-

nomia.

Mr. George B. Sowerby kindly showed me this shell, which he

purchased with a number of other fossil shells brought from the Red

Sea. He informed me that he intends to describe it at length, and

give it the name which I have with his permission here used. The

specimen now forms part of the British Museum collection. I imme-

diately recognized in it the species of Placuna figured by M. Rozitre

in his plates of the fossils of the Red Sea, engraved in Napoleon’s large

work on Egypt.

The name for the genus is not consistent with the Linnean canon ;

but I use it rather than attempt to form a less objectionable one, and

thus burthen the genus with two names.

Hemrevacuna Roziert.

Placuna, sp., Roziére, Description d Egypte, Minéralogie, t.11. f.6.

Hemiplacuna Rozieri, G. B. Sow. MSS.

Anomia? or Placuna? Desh. in Lamk. Hist. vii. 270, note.

Fossil. Shore of the Red Sea; Vallée de Egarement.

5. On THE Hasirat or CypR#A UMBILICATA, SOWERBY. By

Ronaup Gunn, Ese. In a LETTER TO J. E. Gray, Ese.

Mr. Gunn, the enthusiastic and intelligent naturalist in Launces-

ton, Van Diemen’s Land, from whom we have received so many pro-

ductions of that island, has most kindly sent to the British Museum

a fine specimen of the above shell, which was described by Mr. Sow-

erby in the Appendix to the Tankerville Catalogue. Mr. Gunn in

his letter observes :—

‘* Cowries, found upon the east shore of Barren Island, one of Hun-

ter’s islands, N.W. of Van Diemen’s Land. Considerable numbers of

the dead shell of this species were to be seen lying upon a deep bed

of the dead shells of a species of Pectunculus.

**T will send you a Cowry which is new: it is most closely allied to

Cyprea eximia of Strzelecki, ‘Physical Description of New South

Wales and Van Diemen’s Land ;’ at all events it is not figured in

Reeve’s monograph of the genus. It is larger than C. eximia. Iam

not perfectly clear that it will prove to be the same; if so, it will

125

corroborate an opinion which I have some time held, that the C. ewi-

mia was not a fossil, but carried inland by the aborigines, and fell

from near the surface to the position in which it was said to be found.

Vide pp. 296, 297.”

6. On Cypr#A UMBILICATA AND C. EXIMIA OF SOWERBY.

By J. E. Gray, Ese.

Cyprea umbilicata was described from a single specimen which

was formerly in the Tankerville Collection and is now in the British

Museum. From its external resemblance to some specimens of Cy-

prea Pantherina, some peculiarities in its formation, and especially

from certain apparent irregularities in its teeth, it has been thought

that it might be a monstrosity or irregular growth of that species.

The discovery of the habitat by Mr. Gunn, who has kindly sent

two specimens of the species to Europe, has removed this impression,

and shown that it is a distinct species; and that what was regarded

as the irregularities in the plaits of the front of the pillar, is in fact

the normal form of the species.

Such being the case shows that the species should be removed

from the genus Cyprwa, as restricted in my monograph in the Zoo-

logical Journal, and placed in the genus Cyprovula, first described in

that work.

The shell, instead of having the single large plait in front of the

inner lip separated from other plaits by a wide space, has the front

of the inner lip covered with several oblique plaits, nearly up to the

front edge of the notch.

It also agrees with Cyprovula in the spire being concave or sunken,

forming a deep umbilicus.

Cyprea eximia, figured in Strzelecki’s ‘New South Wales and

Van Diemen’s Land,’ is a very nearly allied species, and equally a

Cyprovula (evimia). It differs in the body being more globular and

the canal longer. Both these species are to be distinguished from

the other Cyprovule by the canal at each end of the mouths being

more developed and produced: they also both have a somewhat an-

gular depression across the upper part of the anterior canal, at the an-

terior extremity of the dorsal line, evidently formed by the junction

of the two expansions of the mantle in this part.

The elongation of the canals, and the depression above referred to,

are more developed in Cyprovula eximia than in Cyprovula umbilicata.

They are, especially the latter, the giants of the genus. The original

specimen of C. eximia is in the cabinet of Mr. John Morris of Ken-

sington.

To give some idea of the extraordinary price which is now some-

times required for shells, I may state that the second specimen of

this Cowry, sent home by Mr. Gunn to a London collector, was

offered by him to Miss Saul for £30, and eventually realised that

price.

126

7. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CYTHEREA.

By Lovey Reeve, F.L.S., F.Z.S. ere.

CyTHereA NosILis. Cyth. testd orbiculari-cordatd, crassd, trans-

versim concentrice liratd, liris rudibus, obtusis, subplanulatis,

numerosis, crebris, valdé irregularibus, hic illic intermissis, non

parallelis ; lacted, epidermide tenui corned, translucidd, indutd.

Long. 41 in.; lat. 23 in. ; alt. 4 in.

Hab. 2

This fine species, from the collection of A. L. Gubba, Esq., is di-

stinguished by a peculiarity in the form and arrangement of the con-

centric ribs with which it is sculptured. They are very numerous,

flattened, close-set, and extremely irregular, now narrow, now broad,

each one varying irregularly in width and now and then suddenly in-

termitted. It is of a pure cream-colour, covered with a thin, horny,

transparent epidermis. Mr. Gubba obtained it from a vessel in

Havre-de-grace, but could not ascertain its locality.

8. DESCRIPTIONS OF TWENTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF HELICEA,

FROM THE COLLECTION or H. Cumine, Esa.

By Dr. L. Preirrer.

1, Srrepraxis GLABRA, Pfr. Str. testd umbilicatd, depresse

ovatd, tenui, pellucida, virescenti-albidd, omnino glabrd ; spird

laterali, acutiusculd ; suturd albo-marginatd ; anfractibus 6

conveaxtusculis, penultimo inflato, ultimo antrorsum deviante ;

umbilica angusto, non pervio; aperturd perobliqud, semicircu-

lari, dente minuto parietis aperturalis munitd ; peristomate

albo, subincrassato, breviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 6, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. Demerara.

2. Srrepraxis Cuminerana, Pfr. Str. testd perforatd, de-

presso-globosd, soliduld, glabrd, virenti-albidd ; spird sublate-

rali, conoided ; anfractibus 7 angustissimis, subplanis, penul-

timo prominulo, ultimo antrorsum deviante ; aperturd perobli-

qud, auriformi, lamella intrante parietis aperturalis coarctatd;

peristomate simplice, breviter expanso, marginibus callo tenui

junctis, dextro arcuato, inferne dente 1 acuto munito, basali

stricto, dente | transverse elongato instructo, columellari bre-

vissimo, ad perforationem non perviam subreflexo.

Diam. maj. 62, min, 51, alt. 4 mill.

Locality unknown.

3. Hetrx Monssont, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, turbinatd, tenui,

levi, carinatd, striis incrementi et lineis confertissimis impres-

sis, oblique antrorsum descendentibus subtilissime decussatd,

diaphand, albidd, rubro-unicingulatd ; spird conoided, apice

obtusiusculd ; suturd submarginatd; anfractibus 6 subplanu-

latis, ultimo magno, infra cingulum carinato (carind anticé ob-

§ 127

soletd), basi convexiusculo ; aperturd obliqud, subangulato-lu-

nari; peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari supra

perforationem breviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 38, min. 33, alt. 23 mill.

Locality unknown.

4. Hewix ausicans, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, depressd, stria-

tuld, sublevigatd, nitidd, hyalino-albidd ; spird via elevatd ;

suturd impressd, marginatd ; anfractibus 5 planiusculis, lente

accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente, subrotundato, circa per-

Sorationem impresso ; aperturd verticali, late lunari ; peristo-

mate simplice, acuto, margine columellari brevissimé reflexo.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 7, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. in insula Jamaica.

5. Hexrx puHLocopuora, Pfr. H. testd subperforatd, depres-

suld, tenuissimd, striatuld, pellucidd, nitidd, fulvo-luted, flam-

mulis angulatis et serrulatis rufis confertis pictd ; spird parum

elevatd, apice subpapillatd ; anfractibus 34 convexis, rapide

accrescentibus, ultimo depresso, basi planiusculo ; aperturd per-

obliqud, rotundato-lunari ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine

columellari subreflexo.

Diam. maj. 61, min. 54, alt. 3 mill.

Locality unknown.

6. Hexrx sericaTuta, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, depressd, dis-

coided, subtiliter et confertim costulatd, striatd, subsericd, gri-

seo-corned, liners brunneis irregularibus radiatd ; spird pland ;

anfractibus 4% vix convexiusculis, ultimo subrotundato, juxta

perforationem subimpresso ; aperturd subverticali, late lunari;

peristomate simplice, recto, obtusiusculo, margine basali declivi,

superné reflexo, perforationem feré occultante.

Diam. maj. 43, min. 4, alt. 22 mill.

Hab. ad Port Jackson (Mr. Strange).

7. Hewrx nosiuis, Pfr. H. testd anguste umbilicatd, subturbi-

nato-depressd, solidd; striatd, lineis impressis concentricis et

abliquis subtiliter decussatd, fulvd ; spird parum elevatd, sub-

turbinatd ; anfractibus 6 parum convexis, ultimo medio circulo

elevato, obtuso cincto, infra eum fascid saturate castaned, deor-

sum dilutd, ornato, circa umbilicum pallido ; aperturd ampld,

parum obliqud, late lunari, intus margaritaced ; peristomate

simplice, recto, margine columellari ad umbilicum in laminam

brevem, triangularem reflexo.

Diam. maj. 53, min. 45, alt. 30 mill.

Hab. in insula Borneo, var. pallida in insulis Philippinis.

8. Herrx porneensis, Pfr. H. testd oblique perforata, de-

pressd, tenuiusculd, striis incrementi distinctis et lineis obli-

quis, impressis, crebris decussatd, saturate fulvd ; spird vie ele-

vatd, obtusd ; anfractibus 4 parum convexis, celeriter accrescen-

128 re

tibus, ultimo medio zond nigricante, deorsum dilutd, ornato ;

suturd lined impressd marginatd ; aperturd obliqud, ampld,

transverse lunari-ovali, intus margaritaced, fascid pellucente ;

peristomate simplice, acuto, margine columellari in laminam

brevem, triangularem, umbilicum semitegentem, reflexo.

Diam. maj. 52, min. 42, alt. 25 mill.

Hab. in insula Borneo.

9. Heurx arricana, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, depressd, tenui,

nitidd, minutissimé striatuld, lineis confertis, concentricis, im-

pressis sub lente minutissime decussatd, rufo-fuscd vel pallide

corned ; spird brevissimé conoided, apice subelevato ; suturd

submarginatd ; anfractibus 7 vix convexiusculis, sensim accres-

centibus, ultimo carinato (carind antice obsoletd), non descen-

dente, basi paulo convexiore ; aperturd depressd, latd, lunari ;

peristomate simplice, recto, acuto, margine columellari supra

perforationem brevissime reflexo.

Diam. maj. 26, min. 23, alt. 13 mill.

Hab. ad Axim in littore oecidentali Africee.

10. Hexrx sanpvicensis, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, discoided,

striatd, nitiduld, luteo-corned ; spird pland ; suturd impressd ;

anfractibus 5-6 lenté accrescentibus, ultimo depresso, basi vix

convexiore ; umbilico lato, dimidium ferée diametri oceupante ;

aperturd parum obliqud, lunari-rotundatd ; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, tenui, marginibus conniventibus.

Diam. maj. 18, min. 15, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. in insulis Sandwich.

11. Hexix Jacaurinoti, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, fornicato-

conoided, soliduld, acute carinatd, confertim arcuato-costatd,

albo et fusco variegatd ; spird conoided, obtusd ; anfractibus 8

angustis, omnibus carinatis (carind exsertd, compressd, costis

decurrentibus denticulatd), ultimo basi vie convexiusculo, radia-

tim striato ; umbilico extus lamind horizontali coarctato, intus

lato; aperturd depressd, securiformi, lamellis 6 intrantibus

munitd : 2 in pariete aperturali elongatis, 1 columellari et 3 in

margine basali profundis, vix conspicuis ; peristomate simplice,

recto, acuto, margine basali in lamellam umbilici introitum cir-

cumclaudentem continuato.

Diam. maj. 9, min. 84, alt. 5 mill.

Had. in insula Tahiti, et in insulis Marquesas.

12. Herxix coarctata, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depressd,

distanter arcuato-costatd et sub lente minutissimée spiraliter

striatd, fusculd, brunneo-tessellatd ; spird fornicatd, superné

depressd ; anfractibus 8} angustis, carinatis, ultimo infra pe-

nultimum recedente, tertiam pagine infere penultimi partem

liberam relinquente, basi vie convexiusculo, obsolete radiatim

costato, distinctius concentricée striato; umbilico lato, extus

lamind horizontali coarctato; aperturd depressd, securiformi,

129

lamellis 6 intrantibus munitd: 2 in pariete aperturalh, 2 in

margine basali, 1 in supero, | dentiformi in columelld ; peri-

stomate simplice, recto, acuto, margine basali retrorsum in la-

minam, umbilicum coarctantem, continuatd.

Diam. 64, alt. 34 mill.

Hab. in insula Tahiti.

13. Heuix nympua, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, globoso-de-

pressd, tenui, oblique striatuld, nitidd, diaphand, virenti-albidd ;

spird brevissimd, apice obtusd ; suturd albo-filosd ; anfractibus

4 subplanis, rapide accrescentibus, ultimo subdepresso, basi con-

vexo ; columelld intrante, subverticali, compressd, albd; aper-

turd obliqud, late lunari ; peristomate simplice, tenui, castaneo-

limbato, margine supero recto, basali breviter reflexo, cum colu-

melld angulum obtusum formante.

Diam. maj. 32, min. 26, alt. 18 mill.

Hab. in insulis Philippinis.

14. Hexrx rricotor, Pfr. HH. testd lenticulari-convided, tenui,

carinatd, undique confertim concentrice striatd, hyalind, su-

perne lineis albis et ad suturam fascid albd, castaneo-punctatd

ornatd; spird brevi, conoided, apice obtusd; anfractibus 4 pla-

niusculis, ultimo carind albd, lineis castaneis marginatd et arti-

culatd munito, superne et ad carinam subitod deflexo, basi juxta

columellam subgibbo ; aperturd angustd, perobliqud, subqua-

drangulari ; peristomate simplice, castaneo-limbato, margine

dextro recto, basali breviter reflexo, columellari perdeclivi, in-

trorsum dilatato, excavato, saturate castaneo.

Diam. maj. 34, min. 29, alt. 17 mill.

Hab. St. Christovyal, ins. Salomonis.

15. Hexrx recepens, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, subsemiglo-

bosd, solidd, carinatd, superné confertim costulato-striatd, pal-

lide carned ; spird fornicatd ; suturd vie impressd ; anfracti-

bus 6 planiusculis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo a medio infra

penultimum recedente, basi planiusculo, striato; carind rufo-

lineatd ; aperturd obliqud, angulato-lunari; peristomate sub-

simplice, margine dextro recto, basali subincrassato, columellari

brevissime reflexo.

Diam. 12, alt. 7 mill.

Locality unknown.

16. Hexix Sauurana, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, conied, tenui-

usculd, striatuld et impressionibus obsoletis rugosuld, parum

nitidd, diaphand, cinereo-lutescente, ad peripheriam fasciis 2

fusco-viridibus, punctisque castaneis ornatd ; spird conied, acu-

tiusculd; anfractibus 5 convexiusculis, ultimo lineis concentricis

impressis notato, subangulato, basi parum convexo ; aperturd

parum obliqud, lunari-ovali, intus nitidd, concolore, fasciis nigri-

cantibus ; peristomate tenui, rectangule expanso et reflexiusculo,

albo, margine columellari superneé diiatato, calloso.

No. CXCVIII.—ProcrepinGs or THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

130

Diam. maj. 30, min. 24, alt. 24 mill.

Hab. in ripis fluvii St. Johan. Guatemalz (Sallé).

17. Hewix puarystyua, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, conicd, so-

lidd, costulato-striatd, albidd, lined rufd ad suturam ornatd ;

spird conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 6 convexiusculis, sensim

accrescentibus, ultimo obsolete angulato, basi subplano ; aper-

turd obliqud, late lunari ; peristomate simplice, marginibus sub-

parallelis, dextro breviter expanso, columellari superne perdi-

latato, calloso.

Diam. maj. 22, min. 19, alt. 19 mill.

Hab. in insulis Moluccis ?

18. Hetrx previrria, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, globoso-de-

pressd, pilis brevissimis, rigidis, quincuncialiter dispositis

asperd, haud nitidd, saturate brunned ; spird parum elevatd,

obtusd ; anfractibus vie 5 convexiusculis, ultimo rotundato,

antice subdeflexo, circa umbilicum angustum subcompresso ;

aperturd obliqud, rotundato-lunari, intus nitidd ; peristomate

tenui, brunneo-carneo, breviter expanso, marginibus conniventi-

bus, columellart subdilatato-reflexo.

Diam. maj. 12, min. 10, alt. 64 mill.

Hab. in ora orientali Novee Hollandize (Mr. Strange).

19. ‘Hevix Baskervityet, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, globoso-

depressd, solidd, striis incrementi rugulosis, lineisque spiralibus

impressis subgranulatd, olivaceo-fuscd, parum nitidd ; spird

subconoideo-elevatd, apice obtusiusculd ; suturd impressd, cre-

nulatd ; anfractibus 64 angustis, convexiusculis, ultimo rotun-

dato, antice vix descendente ; aperturd parum obliqud, lunari,

dente lingueformi albo parietis aperturalis, oblique intrante,

coarctatd ; peristomate validé carneo-labiato, margine dextro

arcuato et basali subhorizontali, laté subdentato late expansis

et reflexis, columellari brevi, perdilatato, umbilicum angustum

semitegente.

Diam. maj. 24, min. 19, alt. 14 mill.

Hab. Vancouver's Island (Lieut. Baskerville).

20. Heiix connivens, Pfr. H. testd angusté umbilicatd, de-

pressd, solidd, striis incrementi distinctis, lineisque subtilibus

concentricis sub lente decussatd, corneo-stramined, nitiduld ;

spird parum elevatd ; suturd impressd; anfractibus 6 parum

convexis, ultimo antice non descendente, peripherid subangu-

lato, basi convexiore; aperturd obliqud, late lunari, intus al-

bidd ; peristomate intus valide albo-labiato, marginibus conni-

ventibus, dextro acuto, parum expanso, basali breviter reflexo,

columellari superne dilatato, patente.

Diam. maj. 26, min. 22, alt. 14 mill.

Hab. Liew-Kiew.

21. Hexrx Gataerostoma, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, convexo-

131

orbiculatd, solidd, striatd, sub lente granulatd, fulvd ; spird

brevi, fornicatd, obtusd ; anfractibus 4} convexiusculis, sensim

accrescentibus, penultimo angulato, ultimo subdepresso, anticé

deflexo, basi subangulatim in umbilicum, mediocrem, pervium,

4 diametri vix superantem descendente ; aperturd perobliqua,

lunari-ovali, intus lacted; peristomate simplice, fusculo-lim-

bato, marginibus conniventibus, callo junctis, dextro brevissime

expanso, basali subreflexo, columellari albo, supra umbilicum

dilatato-reflexo.

Diam. maj. 36, min. 31, alt. 18 mill.

Had. in insula Madagascar.

22. Hexix rosarivm, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depressd, tenui,

superne subtilissimé granulatd, diaphand, pallide fulvd, flam-

mis a suturd exeuntibus, cingulisque 3 interruptis, moniliformi-

bus rufis ornatd; spird pland; anfractibus vix 5 convevis,

ultimo subdepresso, antice non descendente, basi radiatim stria-

tulo et lineis impressis spiralibus distantibus notato, circa um-

bilicum mediocrem, infundibuliformem subcompresso ; apertura

parum obliqud, lunato-subtriangulari ; peristomate albo-labiato,

breviter reflero, margine supero ab insertione primum ascen-

dente, tum sinuato, basali strictiusculo, repando, columellari

brevi, triangulatim patente.

Diam. maj. 21, min. 17, alt. 9 mill. :

Locality unknown.

23. Buxtimus (PartuLa) pecussatuLus, Pfr. B. testd perfo-

ratd, ovato-conicd, tenui, striis incrementi lineisque spiralibus

minutissime decussatuld, vie nitiduld, fulvescenti-albidd, dia-

phand; spird brevi, conicd, obtusiusculd ; suturd mediocri ;

anfractibus 44 convexis, ultimo % longitudinis equante, rotun-

datd; columelld subplicatd, recedente; aperturd angulato-

ovali; peristomate simplice, tenui, marginibus conniventibus,

dextro campanulatim expanso, columellari super perforationem

reflexo.

Long. 15, diam. 82 mill.; ap. 9 mill. longa, 64 lata.

Hab. in insula Navigatorum.

24. Bunimus (Partuta) NAvicaTorivs, Pfr. B. testd dex-

trorsd, perforata, oblongo-ovatd, solidd, obsolete granulato-

striatd, nitiduld, fulvd, lineis confertis saturatioribus signatd ;

spird conicd, acutiusculd ; suturd levi, albo-marginatd ; an-

fractibus 5 planiusculis, ultimo spiram superante; aperturd

oblongd, angustd, intus albidd, dente calloso parvulo profundo

in ventre anfractis penultimi munitd ; peristomate subincras-

sato, intus valide albo-labiato, marginibus parallelis, dextro

breviter expanso, medio subdentato, columellari dilatato, plano,

reflexo.

Long. 23, diam. 11 mill.; ap. (ec. perist.) 13 mill. longa, 8 lata.

Hab. in insula Nayigatorum.

132

9. DESCRIPTIONS OF TWELVE NEW SPECIES OF VITRINA AND

SuccINEA, FROM THE CoLLecTIon or H. Cuming, Esa.

By Dr. L. PFEIFFER.

1. Virrina Luzonica, Pfr. V. testd depressd, tenui, levigatd,

nitidd, pellucidd, aured; spird planiusculd ; suturd simplice,

viz impressd ; anfractibus 3 sensim accrescentibus, ultimo sub-

depresso, peripherid rotundato, basi lato; aperturd obliqud,

lunari-ovali ; peristomate tenui, margine supero antrorsum sub-

arcuato, columellari tenuissimo, declivi.

Diam. maj. 74, min. 52, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. Sorsogon, insulee Luzon (H. Cuming).

2. Virrina VerREAUXI, Pfr. V. testd depressd, striatuld,

tenui, diaphand, parum nitente, olivaceo-fulvd ; spird subpla-

nulatd; suturd impressd, marginatd; anfractibus 34 rapide

accrescentibus, ultimo depresso, basi angusto, planiusculo ;

aperturd perobliqud, ampld, lunari-ovali ; peristomate simplice,

acuto, marginibus approximatis, dextro antrorsum arcuato,

columellari breviter recedente, leviter arcuato.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 10, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. in Australia (Verreaux).

3. Virrina STRANGE, Pfr. V. testd depressd, tenuissimd, la-

vigatd, nitidd, fusco- vel virenti-corned ; spird parvd, vie con-

vextusculd, vertice subtil, laterali ; suturd impressd, submargi-

natd ; anfractibus 3 vie convexiusculis, rapide accrescentibus,

ultimo superné depresso, peripherid rotundato, basi convewxiore ;

apertura obliqud, ampld, lunari-subcirculari ; peristomate sim-

plice, obtusulo, marginibus approaimatis, dextro antrorsum di-

latato, columellari recedente, perarcuato, angustissimée membra-

naceo-marginato.

Diam. maj. 10, min. 73, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. Brisbane, in ora orientali Novee Hollandiz (Strange).

4. Succinea acuta, Pfr. S. testd oblongd, subfusiformi, tenui,

distincté striatd et minute malleatd, nitidissimd, pellucidd,

rosed, epidermide decidud fulvé munitd ; spird subelongatd, co-

nicd, acutd; suturd profundd ; anfractibus 4 convexis, ultimo

3 longitudinis vix equante, basi attenuato; columella subcal-

losd, substrictée recedente ; aperturd axi fere paralleld, oblongo-

ovali, superne angulatd ; peristomate simplice, tenui, margine

dextro leviter arcuato.

Long. 20, diam. 94, alt. 7 mill.; ap. 12 mill. longa, medio 7 lata.

Hab. in Britannia, prope Scarborough.

It is impossible to join this beautiful shell to any of the varieties

of 8. putris, from which it differs by its colour, by the elongated and

sharply-pointed spire, whorls more convex, nearly straight columella,

and oblong-ovate aperture.

5. SuccineEa suBGRANOSA, Pfr. SS. testd elliptico-ovatd, tenui,

133

subgranulato-striatd, diaphand, parum nitidd, pallide corned ;

spird brevi, obtusiusculd; anfractibus vix 3 convexis, ultimo

basi attenuato ; columella substricté recedente, superné leviter

callosd ; aperturd parum obliqud, subangulato-ovali, intus niti-

dissimd ; peristomate simplice, acuto, margine dextro mediocri-

ter arcuato.

Long. 81, diam. 5, alt. feré 4 mill.; ap. 6 mill. longa, 4 lata.

Hab. Kurmant, Indie, varietas ventrosior, albida prope Caleutta.

6. Succinea 1npica, Pfr. 8. testd depressée oblongd, tenuissimd,

longitudinaliter plicatuld, pellucidd, pallide corned ; spird brevi,

obtusiusculd ; anfractibus vix 3, penultimo convexiusculo, ulti-

mo 2 longitudinis equante ; columella substricté fere ad basin

recedente, superné calloso-marginatd ; aperturd axi feré paral-

leld, basi recedente, ovali-oblongd, angulatd, intus nitidissimd ;

peristomate acuto, margine dextro leviter arcuato.

Long. 17, diam. 74, alt. 6 mill.; ap. 12 mill. longa, infra medium

7 lata.

Hab. Bleensal, Indie.

7. Succtnea Bensont, Pfr. 8S. testd ovato-conicd, tenui, re-

gulariter confertim striatd, pellucidd, sericind, luteo-cornea ;

spird conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 3, penultimo convexius-

culo, ultimo 2 longitudinis equante ; columella callo tenui in-

dutd, vix arcuatd, recedente; aperturd ovali; peristomate

tenui, margine dextro mediocriter arcuato.

Long. 8, diam. 5, alt. 34 mill.; ap. 5 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Hab. Moradabad, Indie (Mr. Benson).

8. Succinea prcTa, Pfr. SS. testd semiovatd, tenuissimd, longi-

tudinaliter striatuld et irregulariter plicatd, pellucidd, nitidis-

simd, rubenti-fulvd, roseo-albido strigatd; spird minimd, papil-

latd ; suturd levi; anfractibus 23, ultimo inflato, anticé lineis

impressis spiralibus notato ; columella superné subcallosd, rece-

dente, leviter arcuatd ; aperturd ampld, parum obliqud, angu-

- lato-ovali, intus rubenti-fulvd ; peristomate simplice, ad inser-

tionem subinflexo.

Long. 17, diam. 11, alt. 7 mill.; ap. 15 mill. longa, medio 9 lata.

Hab. Diana Peak, insulee St. Helenze. (On the leaves of cabbage-

trees.)

9. Succinea SALLEANA, Pfr. S. testd depressé ovatd, tenuis-

simd, striatuld, lineis spiralibus impressis irregulariter notatd,

pellucidd, nitidd, corneo-albidd ; spird brevissimd, subpapillatd ;

anfractibus 21, penultimo convexo, ultimo + longitudinis supe-

rante; columella subcallosd, stricte recedente; aperturd axi sub-

paralleld, angulato-ovali; peristomate submarginato, margine

dextro vie arcuato.

Long. 19, diam. 10, alt. 7 mill.; ap. 16 mill. longa, infra medium

9 lata.

Hab. New Orleans (Mr. Sallé).

134

10. Succingea pustiua, Pfr. S. testd ovatd, tenui, striatuld,

sub lente obsoleté decussatd, diaphand, parum nitidd, pallide

corned ; spird brevi, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 24, penultimo

convexo, ultimo % longitudinis equante ; columelld vix arcuatd,

recedente ; aperturd obliqud, ovali; peristomate simplice, mar-

gine dextro superné subincurvato, tum strictiusculo.

Long. 42, diam. 3 mill.; ap. 31 mill. longa, 2 lata.

Hab. Ceara, in America meridionali.

11. Succinea RupicuNDA, Pfr. S. testd ovatd, tenui, striatuld,

sub lente obsolete granulosd, diaphand, parum nitidd, luteo-

rubescente ; spird brevi, sanguined, subpapillatd ; anfractibus

21 convexis, ultimo inflato ; columelld callosd, substriecté re-

cedente; aperturd parum obliqud, angulato-ovali, intus niti-

dissimd ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro regulariter ar-

cuato.

Long. 14, diam. 8, alt. 5 mill.; ap. 104 mill. longa, medio 6 lata.

Hab. in insula Masafuera (Cuming).

12. SuccINEA SOLIDULA, Pfr. SS. testd depressé ovatd, soliduld,

longitudinaliter subplicatd, sub lente minutissime granulatd, via

diaphand, parum nitiduld, fulvd ; spird brevi, scalari, apice pa-

pillatd, rubicundd ; anfractibus 24 convewxis, ultimo inflato, 3

longitudinis equante ; columelld substricté descendente, callosd ;

aperturd oblonga, intus submargaritaced ; peristomate submar-

ginato, marginibus callo tenui junctis, dextro superné arcuato,

tum strictiore.

Long. 12, diam. 7, alt. 55 mill.; ap. 83 mill. longa, 5 lata.

Locality unknown.

The form of this shell is most nearly approaching to Succinea cam-

pestris.

10. DescRIPTIONS OF THIRTY NEW SPECIES OF TORNATELLINA,

CYLINDRELLA, AND CLAUSILIA, FROM THE COLLECTION OF

H. Cumine, Esa. By Dr. L. Preirrer.

—

. TORNATELLINA CuminaiaAna, Pfr. TT. testd ovato-oblongd,

solidd, striatuld, epidermide olivaceo-lutescente indutd; spird

elongato-conicd, apice acutd ; anfractibus 54 vix convexiusculis,

ultimo 4 longitudinis subequante; columelld subarcuatd, di-

stineté et oblique truncatd; pariete aperturali lamelld magné,

horizontaliter intrante munito; aperturd semiovali, intus callosd ;

peristomate simplice, acuto.

Long. 8, diam. 32 mill. ; ap. 32 mill. longa, medio 12 lata.

Hab. in Real Llejos (H. Cuming).

2. CYLINDRELLA sERicEA, Pfr. C. testd profundé rimatd, sub-

cylindraced, truncatd, soliduld, subtilissime striatuld, diaphand,

hyalino-albidd, superné fuscescente ; suturd albo-filosd ; anfrac-

tibus 9 angustis, subequalibus, viv convexiusculis, ultimo non

protracto, basi carind funiformi munito ; aperturd subobliqud,

135

Sere circulari, basi canaliculatd ; peristomate albo, expanso, re

flexiusculo, superné affixo.

Long. 26, diam. 82 mill. ; ap. c. perist. 64 mill. longa, 7 lata.

Hab. in insula Haiti.

3. Ciausiiia CycLostoma, Pfr. Cl. testd non rimatd, fusiform,

gracili, solidd, sub lente subtilissime et confertissimé undulato-

striatd, non nitente, purpurascenti-nigricante ; spird regulariter

attenuatd, sursum pallidiore, apice obtusiusculd, purpured, ni-

tidd ; suturd filari, superne papilliferd ; anfractibus 9 planius-

culis, ultimo deorsum soluto, basi bicristato ; aperturd circulari,

intus nigrd ; lamellis approximatis, superd compressd, acutd, in-

Serd minore ; lunelld nulld ; plicis palatalibus 2-3 profundis,

via conspicuis, subcolumellari immersd ; peristomate continuo,

superne subemarginato, albo, laté expanso.

Long. 21, diam. medio 5 mill.; ap. 42 mill. longa, 42 lata.

Hab. in Archipelago Koreano (Sir Edw. Belcher).

4. CLAUSILIA CLAvIFORMIS, Pfr.. Cl. testd viv rimatd, subclavi-

formi, tenui, levigatd, nitidd, luteo-corned, albo-variegatd ; spird

turritd, apice acutd; anfractibus 9 convewiusculis, ultimo basi

rotundato ; aperturd elliptico- -pyriformi ; lamellis tenuibus, in-

Serd profundd, subtransversd; lunelld nulld ; plicis palatalibus 2,

superd suture paralleld, breviusculd, inferd brevissimd, ieeohu-

mellari usque ad marginem porrectd ; peristomate continuo, vix

soluto, tenui, breviter expanso.

Long. 12, diam. 35 mill.; ap. 3 mill. longa, 2+ lata.

Hab. in Archipelago Koreano (Belcher).

5. Cuausiuia Bevtcuert, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd, fusiformi-

subulatd, soliduld, levigatd, pellucidd, luteo-corned, albo-varie-

gatd; spird gracillimd, apice acuta; anfractibus 13 convexis,

ultimo basi tumidulo ; aperturd pyriformi ; lamellis mediocri-

bus, conniventibus ; lunelld nulld ; plicis palatalibus 2 suture

parallelis, superd longiore, alterd brevi, subcolumellari incon-

spicud ; peristomate continuo, breviter soluto, labiato, breviter

reflexo.

Long. 12-13; diam. 3 mill. ; ap. 3 mill. longa, 2 lata.

Hab. in Archipelago Koreano (Sir Edward Belcher).

6. Cuausit1a TuRRITA, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd, fusiformi-

turritd, solidd, longitudinaliter subarcuatim striatd, albd, punc-

tis cinereis conspersd, nitiduld ; spird elongatd, gracili, apice

corned, acutd ; anfractibus 14 planis, ultimo anticé corrugato,

basi subcompresso ; apertura obliqud, pyriformi-ovali, intus fusca ;

lamellis parvulis, superd fere obsoletd, inferd profundd, obliquad ;

lunelld inconspicud ; plicd palatali 1 superd, subcolumellari im-

mersd ; peristomate continuo, soluto, tenui, expanso.

Long. 214, diam. 43 mill. ; ap. 43 mill. longa, 3} lata.

Hab. in insulis Candia et Siphanto (Spratt).

7. CuaustLia CANDIDA, Pfr. Cl. testd rimatd, cylindraceo-fusi-

136

formi, solidd, medio sublevigatd, candida, punctis corneis irre-

gulariter aspersd, haud nitente ; spird sensim attenuatd, apice

corned ; anfractibus 10--11 planulis, summis et ultimis costu-

lato-striatis, ultimo antice rugoso, juxta periomphalum latius-

culum arcuato-cristato ; aperturd ampld, pyriformi-rotundatd,

intus fusculd ; lamellis conniventibus, inferd subfurcatd ; lunelld

indistinctd ; plicd palatali 1 superd, subcolumellari immersd ;

peristomate continuo, soluto, tenui, undique expanso.

Long. 21, diam. 42 mill. ; ap. 5 mill. longa, 4 lata.

Hab. in insula Candia (Spratt).

8. CLausILiA PUELLA, Pfr. Cl. testd rimatd, fusiformi, solidéd,

levigatd, nitidd, candidd; spirad gracili, apice corned, acutius-

culd ; suturd mediocri ; anfractibus11, primis 8 convexis (quarto

ad sextum costulato-striatis), 2 penultimis planioribus, ultimo

costulato, basi arcuato-cristato ; aperturd angustd, oblongd ;

lamellis tenuibus, subparallelis ; lunelld inconspicud ; plicis pa-

latalibus 2 profundis, brevibus, subcolumellari inconspicud ; pe-

ristomate continuo, libero, breviter expanso.

Long. 134, diam. 3 mill. ; ap. 3 mill. longa, 2 lata.

Hab. in Greecia (Spratt).

9. Cuaustt1a Mituert, Pfr. Cl. testd non rimatd, fusiformi,

gracili, soliduli, longitudinaliter confertissime et subarcuatim

costulatd, albidd, punetis raris corneis adspersd; spird regu-

lariter turritd, apice nigricante, nitidd; anfractibus 11-12

planiusculis, ultimo anticé ramoso-rugato, basi arcuato-cristato ;

apertura oblongo-pyriformi, intus fusculd ; lamelld superd tenui,

marginali, inferd profundd, obliqud ; lunelld indistinetd ; plied

palatali | superd ; subcolumellari inconspicud ; peristomate so-

luto, continuo, breviter expanso.

Long. 18-19, diam. 43 mill. ; ap. 4 mill. longa, 23 lata.

Hab. in insula Paros (Miller).

10. Crausizia strieata, Pfr. Cl. testd non rimatd, fusiformi,

ventrosuld, soliduld, longitudinaliter confertim costulato-striatd,

albd ; spird superne attenuatd, nigricanti-striatd, apice acuto,

nigro; suturd marginatd ; anfractibus 11 planiusculis, ultimo

antice vie validius costulato, basi obtuse bicristato ; aperturd

oblongo-pyriformi, intus pallide fusculd ; lamellis mediocribus,

inferd introrsum furcatd ; lunelld vie conspicud ; plicd palatali

1 superd, subcolumellari immersd ; peristomate continuo, soluto,

tenui, undique expanso.

Long. 18, diam. 42 mill. ; ap. 4 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Zab. m insula Candia (Spratt).

(1. Ciausiit1a compressa, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd, Susiformi,

soliduld, confertim costulato-striatd, cerulescenti-albd, punctis

et strigis corneis marmoratd, parum nitidd ; spird gracili, apice

corned, acutiusculd ; suturd impressd, submarginatd ; anfracti-

bus 12 planiusculis, ultimo latere compresso, basi bicristato ;

eristis conniventibus, basi contiguis, alterd juxta periomphalum

137

subarcuatd, compressd, alterd breviore; aperturd pyriformi-

oblonga, intus fusculd ; lamellis conniventibus, minutis, inferd

sursum furcatd ; lunelld inconspicud ; plicd palatali | superd,

subcolumellari immersd; peristomate continuo, soluto, tenut,

expanso, albo.

Long. 17, diam. 4 mill. ; ap. 4 mill. longa, 23 lata.

Hab. in insula Cerigo (Spratt).

12. Cuausttia Grea, Pfr. Cl. testd rimatd, fusiformi, solidd,

confertissime costulatd, cinereo-albidd, non nitente ; spird regu-

lariter attenuata, apice corned, acutiusculd ; suturd subcrenu-

latd; anfractibus 10 conveviusculis, ultimo infra suturam com-

presso, antice rugoso-costulato, basi breviter cristato ; aperturd

oblongd, intus albd; lamellis parvulis, conniventibus ; lunelld

inconspicud ; plied palatali 1 superd, subcolumellart immersd ;

peristomate continuo, soluto, tenui, breviter expanso.

Long. 13, diam. 3} mill. ; ap. 3 mill. longa, 2 lata.

Hab. in Morea (Spratt).

13. Cuausiiia scALARis, Pfr. Cl. testd vix rimatd, ventroso-

JSusiformi, truncata, confertim et acute lamellatd, haud nitente,

fuscescenti-albidd ; suturd profundd, lamellis prominentibus den-

ticulatd ; anfractibus (spec. trune.) 7 scalaribus (margine su-

pero ampliato, supra suturam prominente), ultimo latere im-

presso, basi subbicristato: cristd rimali obsoletd, alterd di-

stinctd ; aperturd ampld, pyriformi ; lamellis exiguis, approxt-

matis ; lunelld inconspicud ; plicd palatali 1, subcolumellari

emersd ; peristomate continuo, soluto, tenui, campanulato-ex-

panso.

Long. 13, diam. 43 mill. ; ap. 4 mill. longa, 34 lata.

Hab. in insula Melita (Spratt).

14. Cuaust“ia CANALICULATA, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd, fusi-

formi, soliduld, striatuld, purpureo-brunned, viv nitiduld ; spird

gracili, apice acutd ; suturd subalbofilosd ; anfractibus 10 pla-

nulatis, ultimo costulato, latere impresso, basi equaliter bicris-

tato; aperturd rotundato-pyriformi, basi canaliculatd, intus

fusculd ; lamellis approximatis, superd marginali, pared, inferd

altd, flecuosd ; lunelld imperfecta, interruptd ; plicd palatal: 1,

suture paralleld, lunellam utrinque transgrediente, subcolumel-

lari inconspicud ; peristomate continuo, soluto, tenui, expanso,

basi regulariter rotundato.

Long. 13, diam. 3 mill. ; ap. 3} mill. longa, 3 lata.

3. Clavato-fusiformis, anfractibus 9, peristomate carneo-labiato.

Hab. in Eubeed. Var. 8. in Monte Delphi, 6500 ped. supra mare.

15. CLAUSILIA HOMALORHAPHE, Pfr. Cl. testd rimatd, eylin-

draceo-fusiformi, solidd, longitudinaliter striatd, cerulescenti-

albd, vix nitiduld ; spird sursum attenuatd, apice corned, tum

saturate ceruled ; suturd pland, marginatd ; anfractibus 11

planis, ultimo subcompresso, antic rugoso-striato, basi obtuse

138

bigibboso ; aperturd ovali, intus carned ; lamellis conniventibus,

inferd fere transversd ; lunelld distinetd ; plicis palatalibus 2,

alterd superd, alterd inferd, juxta subcolumellarem emersd ; pe-

ristomate continuo, breviter soluto, refleaiusculo-expanso.

Long. 20, diam. 4 mill. ; ap. 5 mill. longa, 33 lata.

Hab. in insula Candia (Spratt).

16. Cuausit1a Hepensoret, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd, fusiformi,

turritd, soliduld, longitudinaliter subremote plicatd, interstitiis

striatd, parum nitidd, cinereo-albidd ; spird gracili, apice lutes-

cente, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 12 planiuseulis, ultimo basi va-

lide cristato ; periomphalo latiusculo ; aperturd ovali, intus

albd; lamellis tenuibus, inferd subtransversd ; lunelld vix di-

stinctd ; plicd palatali | superd, subcolumellari immersd ; peri-

stomate continuo, soluto, tenui, breviter expanso.

Long. 18, diam. 4 mill. ; ap. 4 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Hab. in Syria, inter Nahr et Kelb. (Road of Antoninus : Heden-

borg.)

17. Cuausiuia stRiaTA, Pfr. Cl. testd non rimatd, fusiformi,

confertissime striata, opacd, albidd, punctis corneis conspersa ;

spird turritd, apice acutiusculd, corned, nitidd ; suturd levi, mar-

ginatd ; anfractibus 11 planis, ultimo anticé undulato-costulato,

basi obtuse cristato; aperturd ovali, intus fusculd ; lamellis

tenuibus, conniventibus, interstitio biplicatulo ; linelld parum

conspicud ; plicd palatali 1 superd, 1 inferd, juxta subcolumel-

larem emersd ; peristomate continuo, soluto, tenui, undique me-

diocriter expanso.

Long. 19, diam. 43 mill.; ap. 43 mill. longa, 34 lata.

Hab. in insula Candia (Spratt).

18. CLaustLiA FLAMMULATA, Pfr. Cl. testd profundé areuato-

rimatd, fusiformi, soliduld, levigatd, nitiduld, cretaced, flam-

mulis longitudinalibus corneis pictd ; spird sursum attenuata,

apice pallidé corned, obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 10, superis cos-

tulato-striatis, sequentibus subplanis, penultimo infra crenulato,

ultimo anticé costulato-striato, juata periomphalum compressé

eristato ; aperturd oblongo-ovali ; lamelld superd medioert, in-

Serd profundd, subramosd; lunelld valida; plicd palatali 1

superd, elongatd, subcolumellari immersd ; peristomate continuo,

soluto, albo, expanso, margine extero repando.

Long. 16, diam. 4 mill.; ap. 4 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Hab. im Morea (Spratt).

19. CLAUSILIA TETRAGONOSTOMA, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd,

clavato-fusiformi, tenui, leviusculd, castaned, pellucida, sericind ;

spird sursum attenuata, apice nigrd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus

11, mediis viv convexiusculis, ultimo anticé capillaceo-striato,

latere valdé compresso, basi bicristato ; cristis parallelis, alterd

periomphalum cingente brevi, alterd valdé elatd, compressd, cre-

nulatd; aperturd subtetragond, intus fused; lamellis approxi-

139

matis, superd tenui, marginali, inferd validd, transversd ; lunelld

angustd, arcuatd, cum plicd palatali unicd crucis formam exhi-

bente ; plicd subcolumellari inconspicud ; peristomate continuo,

soluto, tenwi, expanso.

Long. 15, diam. 4 mill. ; ap. 4 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Hab. in Eubcea (Spratt).

20. CLAUSILIA LUNELLARIS, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd, fusiformi,

soliduld, striatuld, corneo-fuscd, sursum deorsumque pallidiore,

nitiduld ; spird apice acutiusculd ; suturd anfractibus superiorum

lined impressd marginatd, inferiorum subpapillatd ; anfractibus

9 vie convexiusculis, ultimo paulo distinctius striato, basi leviter

bigibboso ; aperturd ovali-rotundatd ; lamellis conniventibus, su-

perd exigud, inferd flecuosd ; lunelld magnd, suturam attingente ;

plicis palatalibus 2, alterd superd, breviusculd, alterd brevissimd,

subcolumellari emersd ; peristomate continuo, superné appresso,

sublabiato, breviter expanso.

Long. 14, diam. 4 mill. ; ap. 32 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Hab. in Kubcea (Spratt).

21. CLAUSILIA NEGROPONTINA, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd, ven-

troso-fusiformi, solidd, longitudinaliter confertim striatd, pur-

pureo-brunned, haud nitente ; spird apice corned, obtusd ; suturd

subcrenulatd, papillis albis strieformibus ornatd ; anfractibus 8

subplanis, ultimo basi tumido, sulco levi bigibboso; aperturd

subrotundd, superné subangulatd ; lamella superd minutissimd,

inferd alta, transversd ; lunelld magnd, callosd, a suturd ad basin

elongata ; plicd palatali | superd, subcolumellari inconspicud ;

peristomate continuo, superné appresso, reflexiusculo, margine

externo subdentato, fusculo.

Long. 13, diam. vix 4 mill. ; ap. 32 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Hab. in Eubcea (Spratt).

22. Cuausin1aA Hanxteyana, Pfr. Cl. testd viv rimatd, subcla-

vatd, longitudinaliter striatuld, tenui, vix nitiduld, corneo-fusces-

cente; spird subcylindricd, sursum attenuatd, pallidiore, apice

obtusd ; suturd marginatd, irregulariter papilliferd ; anfractibus

84 viv convexiusculis, ultimo basi tumido, juxta rimam obsolete

gibboso; aperturd amplié, subcirculari; lamellis approximatis,

superd parvuld, inferd magnd, compressd, transversd, basi ra-

mosd ; lunelld parum arcuatd ; plied palatali | superd, subcolu-

mellari immersd ; peristomate continuo, vix soluto, albo, expanso.

Long. 13, diam. 3 mill.; ap. 34 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Hab. in Eubcea (Spratt).

23. Cuaustn1a THeRMOPYLARuUM, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd, cy-

lindraceo-fusiformi, soliduld, subtiliter striatuld, griseo-carned,

parum nitente ; spird superne attenuatd, apice corned, obtusius-

culd; suturd marginatd ; anfractibus 9-10 viv convexiusculis,

ultimo distinctius striato, basi breviter et obsolete bieristato ;

apertura ovali-pyriformi ; lamellis mediocribus, conniventibus ;

140

lunelld validd ; plicd palatali | superd, subcolumellari emersd ;

peristomate continuo, breviter soluto, albo-labiato, reflewiusculo-

eapanso.

Long. 17, diam. 4 mill. ; ap. 4 mill. longa, 3} lata.

Hab. prope Thermopylas (Spratt).

24. CuausriiaA seRIcATA, Pfr. Cl. testd subrimatd, fusiformi,

tenui, confertim costulatd, sericind, fused; spird apice pallide

corned, obtusiusculd ; suturd albo-marginatd ; anfractibus 10

convexiusculis, ultimo basi breviter cristato; aperturd ampld,

subrotundd, superné angulatd, intus hepaticd ; lamelld superd

parvuld, inferd flecuosd ; lunelld validd, arcuatd ; plicis palata-

libus 2 elongatis, superis, 1 inferd emersd, medianis pluribus

irregularibus, callosis, subcolumellart immersd; peristomate

continuo, breviter soluto, tenui, expanso.

Long. 19, diam. 43 mill. ; ap. 45 mill. longa, 4} lata.

Hab. in Eubcea (Spratt).

25. CuausttiA CHARPENTIER], Pfr. Cl. testd via rimatd, cylin-

draceo-fusiformi, tenui, longitudinaliter confertissimé costulato-

striatd, pallidée fused, diaphand, vix nitiduld; spird superné

attenuatd, apice glabrd, luted, obtusd; suturd submarginatd,

costulis crenulatd; anfractibus 9, prioribus 6 convexis, sequen-

tibus 2 planulatis, ultimo basi tumido, obsoletissimée bigibboso ;

aperturd laté ovali; lamelld superd exigud, inferd magnd, com-

pressd, transversd, basi ramosd ; lunelld leviter arcuatd ; plicd

palatali | superd, subcolumellari inconspicud ; peristomate con-

tinuo, superne appresso, albo-labiato, expanso, margine externo

subdentato.

Long. 14, diam. 4 mill. ; ap. 4 mill. longa, 33 lata.

Hab. in Kubcea (Spratt).

26. Cuausitia Reeveana, Pfr. Cl. testd viv rimatd, fusiformi,

tenut, longitudinaliter confertissimé costulato-striatd ; vix seri-

cind, cinerascenti-fused ; spird apice corned, obtusuld; suturd

submarginatd, crenulatd ; anfractibus 9, summis convexis, reli-

quis vix convexiusculis, ultimo latere impresso, basi subcristato ;

aperturd pyriformi-ovali, intus fusculd ; lamellis tenuibus, ap-

proxmatis ; lunelld filari, leviter arcuatd ; plicd palatali | su-

perd (nonnullisque obsoletis supra eam), subcolumellart immersd ;

peristomate continuo, breviter soluto, tenui, expanso.

Long. 133, diam. 4 mill. ; ap. 32 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Hab. im Grecia (Spratt).

27. CLAuSILIA 1p#A, Pfr. Cl. testd breviter arcuato-rimatd,

Susiformi, soliduld, haud nitente, saturate cinered, costis fili-

Sormibus, rectis, albis, confertis munitd ; spird sensim attenuatd,

apice acutd ; suturd vie impressd, albo-filosd; anfractibus 13

planis, ultimo fortius rugato, basi cristd brevi, arcuatd juxta

periomphalum latiusculum, et gibbere obtuso munito ; apertura

ovali, intus fusculd ; lamelld superd parvd, inferd obliqud, pro-

141

Sunde furcatd ; lunelld extus conspicud ; plicd palatali | superd,

subcolumellari immersd ; peristomate continuo, soluto, carneo,

labiato, expanso.

Long. 22, diam. 5 mill.; ap. 5 mill. longa, 4 lata.

Hab. in Monte Ida, 5500 ped. supra mare (Spratt).

28. CxuausitiA DunKeErt, Pfr. Cl. testd rimatd, ventroso-fusi-

Sformi, tenui, confertim costulatd, diaphand, fuscescenti-albidd ;

spird & medio attenuatd, apice obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 103

via convexiusculis, ultimo latere compresso, basi valide bicris-

tato; carinis conniventibus, equalibus; aperturd pyriform-

ovali, intus albd; lamella superd parva, inferd transversd ; lu-

nelld distinctd inter cristarum originem ; plicd palatali | superd,

subcolumellari immersd ; peristomate continuo, soluto, albo-

sublabiato, undique laté expanso.

Long. 19, diam. 42 mill. ; ap. 42 mill. longa, 4 lata.

Hab. ad “ Caunus,” Asiz Minoris.

29. CuausitiA SowERBYANA, Pfr. Cl. testd breviter rimatd,

ventroso-fusiformi, truncatd, longitudinaliter costulato-striatd,

diaphand, fuscd ; suturd albo-marginatd ; anfractibus (super-

stit.) 63 planiusculis, ultimo latere excavato, basi valide bicris-

tato; cristis parallelis, alterd arcuatd, periomphalum latius-

culum cingente, alterd sursum furcatd; aperturd subrhombed,

basi leviter canaliculatd; lamellis mediocribus, conniventibus,

inferd profundd, vix flecuosd ; lunelld validd ; plicis palatalibus

2 brevibus supra lunellam, subcolumellari vie emersd ; peristo-

mate continuo, breviter soluto, albo, refleciusculo-expanso.

Long. (trunc.) 16, diam. 5 mill. ; ap. 42 mill. longa, 4} lata.

Hab. in Pamphylia (Spratt).

30. CLAUSILIA SEMIDENTICULATA, Pfr. Cl. testd rimatd, fusi-

formi, soliduld, longitudinaliter confertim costatd, brunned,

albido-striolatd ; spird superné attenuatd, obtusiusculd ; anfrac-

tibus 13 angustis, convexiusculis, ultimo rugoso-costato, basi

tumido, jucta rimum compresso-cristato ; aperturd pyriformi-

ovali, basi canaliculatd ; lamelld superd marginali, inferd utrin-

que ramosd; lunelld parvuld; plicis palatalibus 2, superd 1,

alterd inferd, breviter emersd, subcolumellari suboccultd ; peri-

stomate continuo, soluto,intus albo-labiato, reflewiusculo,margine

sinistro extrorsum confertim denticulato.

Long. 15, diam. 33 mill. ; ap. 33 mill. longa, 22 lata.

Hab. prope Bujukderé ad Bosporum.

142

November 27, 1849.

R. H. Solly, Esq., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. On tHe Lorine GENUS oF Parrots, ECLECTUS, WITH THE

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES, EcLEcTuS CorNELIA. By

Cuarztes Lucian, Prince Bonaparte, F.M.L., F.Z.S.

ETC. ETC. ETC.

The richness, good scientific order and proper management of the

well-kept Zoological Garden of Amsterdam, as well as the courtesy

and liberality of its able director, Mr. Westerman, will strike every

naturalist, even though coming, as I did myself, from England. The

establishment has been lately illustrated by the pen of H. Schlegel,

equally superior when it removes the boundaries of science for pro-

fessed zoologists, or renders it useful and popular to ladies and chil-

dren. With or without his valuable book, a visit to this attractive spot

would be fully repaid by the inspection alone of the gigantic Sala-

mander, Sieboldia maxima, Bonap., which has grown more than a foot

in length since I gave it that generic name ; not to speak of the beau-

tiful collection of living Fringillide and Parrots. Among the rarest

and most splendid species of these latter birds, collected from every

quarter of the globe, I will only mention, from America, a magnificent

Macrocercus hyacinthinus, Vieill., with the bill still larger than usual ;

from Africa, the Congo Jack, Pionus gulielmi, established a few weeks

ago by Sir William Jardine; and from Malasia the Lorine, which I

now introduce to the Zoological Society, sure of their receiving with

forbearance my compendions account of its relations.

The genus Eelectus of Wagler holds a conspicuous place in the

family of Lorine Parrots, and is eminently natural if kept within the

proper boundaries assigned to it by its founder, including his two only

species, and, as a third, my new one, all from the Moluccan islands,

and similar in form, having a large stature, the plumage loose, red,

with more or less blue, a powerful black bill with scarcely a cere, a

smooth simple tongue, and a shortish square tail.

1. Eciectus punicevs. Z£. coccineus, dorso, alis, cauddque pur-

pureo-fuscescentibus ; margine alarum, tectricibus inferioribus,

remigibus, annulo ophthalmico, fascid abdominali et torque in-.

terscapulari, pulchré cyaneis ; crisso, et caude apice, rubris.

Synonyms.

Psittacus puniceus, Gm. (exclus. specimin. rostro rubro.)

Lorius amboinensis? Briss. Orn. iv. p. 231. sp. 19.

Psittacus cardinalis? Bodd. ex Lory d Amboine, Buff. Pl. Enl.518.

Domicella! punicea? Wagl. Mon. Psitt. in Act. Monac. p. 569.

gen. xill. sp. 3.

= > cl

Proc. 2.5 a

ethth

CORME

IA. Pr: Bonap

rated by Hallaninde

143

Eclectus Linnei, Wagl. Mon. Ps. p. 571. gen. xiv. sp.1; Gray,

Gen. tab. 103. f. 1.

Lorius cardinalis? G. Gray, nee Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. Astrolabe

et Zélée.

Hab. New Guinea, where it has been killed often on the west coast

near Lobo, by M. Sal. Muller.

The iris in this species is black.

Misled by Wagler, and judging by the plate of Buffon, which cer-

tainly gives the idea of a true Lorius, Mr. G. R. Gray has, by double

employment, considered the puniceus as one of these birds in his ‘ Ge-

nera.”’ Should he have seen the Parrot, he would have perceived it to

be identical with his Lelectus Linnei, and consequently that puniceus,

which Kuhl only went a little too far in confounding with B. grandis,

far from being generically distinct, is, even as a species, very nearly

allied to it.

2. EcLtectus Granpts. LZ. coccineus, dorso, alis, cauddque, pur-

pureo-fuscescentibus ; margine alarum, tectricibus inferioribus,

remigibusque, apice cyaneis ; abdomine, et torque interscapulari,

subviolaceis ; crisso, et caude apice, duteis.

Synonyms.

Psittacus grandis, Gm. Lath. Kuhl (who unites the preceding

with it).

Psittacus ceylonensis, Bodd. ex Lory de la Nouvelle Guinée, Buff.

Pl. Enl. 683; Brown, Ill. tab. 6; Levaillant, Perr. tab. 126 adult,

127 junior, 128 juv.

Eclectus grandis, Wagl. Mon. Psitt. in Act. Monae. 1832, p. 573.

gen. xiv. sp. 2.

Eclectus ceylonensis, G. Gray, Genera of Birds.

Hab. In Insulis Moluccis.

Often brought from Amboina, but the native place is not well as-

certained. Doctor Forsten (too often confounded with Forster), one

of the scientific victims of climate, sent it to Holland from the island

of Gilolo.

The iris in this species is golden yellow.

3. Eciectus Corne.ia. EL. coccineus, dorso, alis, cauddque, pur-

pureo-fuscescentibus ; margine alarum remigibusque apice cya-

neis ; tectricibus inferioribus rubro cyaneoque variis ; abdomine,

crisso, et caude apice, rubris concoloribus.

(Aves, Pl. X., reduced to half the natural size precisely.)

I have named this beautiful bird after H. Sehlegel’s virtuous and

talented wife, whose quick eye detected the species before professed

ornithologists themselves, who relied on their possessing it among

the unnumbered treasures of the as yet uncatalogued Leyden Mu-

seum *; and I dedicate it to that lady with additional pleasure, as a

* The superiority of the Leyden Museum over any other is unquestionable, not

perhaps so much on account of its containing a greater number of species than

those of London, Paris, Philadelphia and Berlin, but for the freshness and perfec-

144

small testimony of gratitude for the happy hours spent, and the use-

ful information collected, under the hospitable roof of the zoologist,

tion of the specimens, for the quantity of skeletons, and above all for the never-

sufficiently-praised series of individuals of the various species of both sexes, in dif-

ferent ages, and from different localities and countries, which facilitate one’s

judgement, and show at once in most cases, especially with Mammalia, what is or

is not a good species. For this and many other reasons, a detailed Catalogue of

this splendid collection is a necessity of our days. We can hardly conceive how

the many treasures accumulated in that National establishment by the indefati-

gable zeal of its so well-known director, Temminck, seconded by M. Schlegel and

their subordinates (whose industry may be appreciated in England by those ac-

quainted with M. Frank the Amsterdam merchant, so useful to science and

naturalists of every country), are still allowed to remain unknown and undescribed ;

the Museum itself, with its numerous new species, being left wncatalogued, and

that in the year 1850! The discoveries made by Dutchmen in far-distant lands,

to the peril of their lives, and with their own or their government’s capital, are

thus daily exposed to be anticipated by other nations, and monopolized by the

ever-increasing struggles of English industry; whilst a scientific Catalogue pub-

lished on the plan long since advocated by Professor Is. Geoffroy St. Hilaire for the

mouseum of the great French Nation, that is, with descriptions and figures of all

new or not sufficiently-known species, would be an imperishable monument for

science and for the Dutch Nation. And the greater benefit have we the right to

expect for science from the execution of this noble enterprise, inasmuch as M.

Schlegel, who would certainly be the head and arm of the publication, combines

the knowledge for which he has long been celebrated all over the world, with the

skill of a firstrate draftsman. His paper on Iconography applied to Natural

History (Mem. Taylerian Soc. Haarlem), in which beautiful drawings of his own

are produced as examples, after he has critically reviewed the standard works of

every nation, and while giving sound precepts to artists devoted to our science,

ought to be known everywhere, and at least translated into the English language.

Under such circumstances, no book on Natural History, we shall never enough

repeat it, would prove more effectual to the progress of science, more creditable

to the nation, to the government, and to the able individuals willing to accom-

plish the labour, than the Catalogue of the Leyden Museum on the enlightened

plan above-mentioned, which such a naturalist as Schlegel certainly could not fail

to improve in the course of elaboration.

In order to prove our assertion, it is enough to remark, how much by the de-

sired publication would be improved our knowledge of the Malasian fauna, since,

of the productions of the island of Gilolo alone, all those collected at the mere

landing of the Dutch naturalists, upon a surface of a square mile, proved to be new,

and many of them very important additions to science ; to indicate the number of

undescribed objects received from Ashantee; and to point out the advantages

arising from the facility of placing henceforth beyond the possibility of doubt the

existence of remarkable species unaccountably rejected or misplaced, as Gavialis

Schlegeli and Testudo emys. But to justify fully our insisting on these facts, I will

select a few animals which I shall have perhaps the honour thus first to introduce

to the English naturalist, and these examples I shall take out of each of the different

classes, saying of the animals just as much as is necessary to excite, not to satisfy

scientific curiosity. Among the new Mammalia, some of which will constitute

new genera, I shall choose a third living species of Elephant.

ELEPHAS SUMATRANUS, Temm., based upon four skeletons which I admired in

company with my learned friend and colleague, Prof. Is. Geoffroy St. Hilaire of

Paris. This species is perfectly intermediate between the Indian and African,

especially in the shape of the skull, and will certainly put an end to the distine-

tion between Elephas and Loxodon with those who admit that anatomical genus;

since although the crowns of the teeth of £. swmatranus are more like the Asiatic

animal, still the less numerous undulated ribbons of enamel are nearly quite as

wide as those forming the losanges of the African. The number of pairs of false

ribs (which alone vary, the true ones being always 6) is 14, one less than in the

africanus, one more than in the indicus; and so it is with the dorsal vertebra,

145

who possesses the deepest knowledge of each and every class of ver-

tebrate animals, and whose literary and truly philosophical attain-

ments are only equaled by his practical and thorough acquaintance

with species, the only solid base of our science.

Hab. Yn Insulis Moluccis ; most probably from Ceram.

The total length of this Parrot is 1 English foot 2 inches, the wings

measuring 83 inches, and its tail 5} inches. The bill is black, as in

the other Noble-Lories (He/ecti), and the small portion of the cere

that remains uncovered by the red feathers of the front is greyish ;

the red colour on the head is brighter than on the rest of the plumage,

and somewhat lighter than in the other species ; the naked ring around

the eye is very narrow and grey, without the small blue feathers that

surround it in Eelectus puniceus only ; the iris is stramimeous and ex-

teriorly of a reddish colour; the pupil, excessively dilatable, is blue-

black. The feet are grey, with the granular little scales blackish ;

the nails black. The quills are greenish internally, reddish externally,

but with their point of a shining blue; on the under surface they are

entirely blackish; the under wing-coverts are red, intermixed with

blue. The tail-feathers are of a dull red, with black shafts, and im-

ternally somewhat greenish. The bottom of the whole plumage is

lead-colour.

The absence of blue on the back and abdomen at once distinguishes

our new Parrot from both its congeneric species, the red colour pre-

vailing so much on its plumage that even the under wing-coverts are

variegated with that colour, and not pure blue as in the others. Our

which are 20 (21 and 19 in the others), whilst the new species agrees with afri-

canus in the number of sacral vertebre (4), and with indicus in that of the caudal

ones (34).

Of the Birds I shall only mention Agelastes meleagrides, Temm., a lesser Tale-

galla, furnished with a strong spur, very rounded wings, and a flat tail. The head

and neck are naked; avery broad white collar; all the rest of the plumage black,

finely undulated with white.

In the Reptiles a new Viperine may be spoken of with great interest, consti-

tuting certainly an independent genus (Chlorcechis, Schlegel), and showing that

Nature takes pleasure in hiding under the similarity of tints the snares of a de-

testable animal, as the innocence of the females of showy birds affords them pro-

tection against the tyrants of the air. The green colour of this poisonous Ser-

pent from Ashantee, as well as its forms, recall the Dendrophidine, and make it,

though a true Viperine, lead an arboreal life, and conceal its perfidious power

among the foliage of the trees.

From the Amphibians a dozen of undescribed Hyladine will prove Africa not so

deficient of these elegant Frogs as it has been supposed to be; whilst another

small Batrachian from New Holland (Myiobatrachus paradoxus, Schlegel) has

the general appearance of a Bombinator, but with the body rounded and the legs

and toes shortish, somewhat connected or at least entangled by the marginal skin of

the flanks. It is rendered remarkable in the whole class of Amphibia by two long

curved canine teeth situated towards the end of the superior jaw, and much re-

sembling fangs.

Among the Fishes I have particularly admired a Percine from the Cape, allied

to the Anthias buphthalmos of my ‘ Fauna Italica,’ and called by Schlegel Anthias

gibbiceps .. .. But what, if hundreds of new species of that class (and I am still

dazzled by the sight of many and many even of my favourite Plewronectide) would

by their being well known greatly benefit our science, and alone give convincing

proof of the propriety, nay, I may add, of the urgent necessity, of the publication ?

No. CXCIX.—ProcrepinGs or THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

146

Eel. Cornelia stands therefore with puniceus and grandis precisely in

the same relation that Lorius unicolor, Bechst. (Levaill. pl. 125)

does to Lorius tricolor, Steph. (Ps. lory, L., figured in Levaillant’s

plates 123 and 124), both being almost entirely red, and wanting the

blue tinges on the so-called scapular. From that analogous variety

of a red-billed species, however, the black bill will tell it at once, even

to those superficial observers who only look to colours; and:as to

another cardinalis (besides the puniceus, so called by Gray, through

reverence to the heterodox Boddaert), that of the Astrolabe and Zé-

lée’s voyage, the generic difference is still more strongly declared in

that species of French naturalists, since it has a greater nudity round

the eye, a wedge-shaped tail, and more slender and elegant forms.

This is not the place to enter into a discussion about geographical

species, local races, or varieties. Our Zclectus Cornelia, notwithstand-

ing its identity of forms and similarity of colours with HZ. puniceus

and grandis, which might induce a philosophical mind to consider

the three as forming but one and the same species, differs more from

either of the two than they do from each other, although they have

been placed in different genera. It is impossible at all events that

the three should not be kept distinct by those naturalists who wish

to represent Nature as it is, not as they would have it; and consist-

ency forbids to consider them otherwise than species as long as we

admit as such the Lagopus scoticus, and the different kinds of Sparrows

of Europe ; and they certainly deserve that title more than the in-

constant geographical modifications of Falco peregrinus, admitted as

species by those who slight over the much more important and at

least constant differences of the Vulturines. Habent sua sidera...

species! That is all we have to say on so important a subject for

the present.

It is impossible to imagine a bird of milder and more gentle dispo-

sition than our Zelectus. The specimen figured allowed itself not

only to be handled in every manner, but placed free, out of its cage,

would allow every measurement to be taken, its wings pulled, its tail

spread, and every feather to be counted and described. Even when

its patience was at an end, and it resorted to its bill, it was gently ;

and it would only use the powerful weapon in seizing the intruding

finger without inflicting any kind of injury. It uttered a low note,

resembling that of the coot (Fwlica atra, L.) when heard at a distance.

2. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF GORGONIA FROM

Ausrrauia. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S.

PRIMNOA AUSTRALASIZ. (Radiata, Pl. II. f. 8, 9, nat. size.)

Coral elongate, unbranched, rather tapering; cells numerous, re-

gular, placed in close regular circles round the stem, each formed of

two series of imbricate calcareous scales.

Inhab. Australasian seas, on oyster-shell and stones.

Several specimens of this very interesting coral were sent to the

British Museum by the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land.

This coral is often covered with various species of smaller Corad-

147

lines and Alge. It varies from two to three feet in height. The

axis is known from the unbranched species of Gorgonia by being more

calcareous, and of a pale greyish colour.

Joseph Millingin, Esq., F.L.S., the Secretary of the Royal Society

of Van Diemen’s Land, has kindly sent me the following particulars

of this coral :—

“It was fished up from a depth of some fathoms in D’Entrecas-

teaux Channel, between the mainland of Tasmania and Bruce’s Island.

It is found, as you will see, affixed to rocks and stones, and to dead,

broken and half-decayed oyster and scallop-shells, &c. It usually ex-

ists In groups, groves or families, varying from three to four to a great

many. The long delicate stem, which is horny-looking and highly elas-

tic when dry, varies from the thickness of a knitting-wire to that of a

crow-quill, and from its mineralized and root-like attachment, tapers

gradually and gracefully to the beautiful acicular point, attaining not

unfrequently a length of two or three feet, and having its entire sur-

face covered with a calcareous coat of a cream-yellow colour, deli-

cately annulated, so as much to resemble the fine string of wooden

beads worn as a necklace by the poorer natives of Bengal, but with

this difference,—that in the coralline the beads form a connected or

rather continuous chain, independently of the delicate elastic centre

upon which the mineral structure is deposited. I am informed that

in one or two instances, when these corallines were procured, they

were enveloped throughout with a mucilaginous or jelly-like substance,

which when they become dry is exsiccated and shriveled to such a

degree as to be scarcely if at all traceable. You will be able to say

whether you consider it likely that there exists, in the recent and living

state of the zoophyte, such an external and soft organization.”

This jelly-like substance was doubtless the polypes.

3. ON THE EVIDENCES OF AFFINITY AFFORDED BY THE SKULL IN

THE UneguLATE Mammatia. By H. N. Turner, Jun.

I had occasion in the introductory part of my communication on

the arrangement of the Carnivora, to make allusion to certain details

of structure in the crania of the Pachydermatous and Ruminant Mam-

malia; and I there pointed out a few peculiarities, which clearly di-

stinguished the Perissodactyla of Professor Owen, both from the Ru-

minant and Non-ruminant Artiodactyla, and also the two latter divi-

sions from each other. It is to our eminent Comparative Anatomist

that we are indebted, by the discovery of some new characters, and

the correction of certain former errors of observation, for the establish-

ment of that mode of subdividing the Ungulata which first suggested

itself to Cuvier ; but there can be no doubt, that when the entire

anatomy of the order is investigated with this view, many constant

distinctions will yet be made apparent, and our appreciation of the

comparative degrees of affinity among its members will become clearer

as we proceed.

In taking up the subject as it has thus been left, I have first di-

rected my attention to the skull, as being that part in which the

148

greatest number of characters are presented at one view, and for the

study of which I have had the most ready opportunities ; and I now

propose to offer such results of my observations as I have been able

sufficiently to mature. In pointing out the characters of the skull

which distinguish these two grand divisions of the Ungulata, the

differences will appear more striking if I consider the Perissodactyla

as they are restricted by Prof. Owen, namely exclusive of the Pro-

boscidian and other aberrant forms, which, though they agree with

them in the most essential characters, differ in many points of confor-

mation.

The nasal bones in the Perissodactyla are gradually widened behind,

so that their posterior angles approach the anterior margins of the

orbits, between which the suture which separates them from the

frontals runs more or less directly across the skull; we may naturally

expect such a character to be masked by the singular modification

which these bones undergo in the Tapir; but in the Artiodactyle di-

vision, even though the extreme points of the nasal bones occasionally

extend very high, or as in the Llama, and in the genus Cephalophorus

among the Antelopes, a sudden extension from their outer edge de-

scends a little on each side of the face, this decided character is never

manifested.

The intermaxillary bones in the Perissodactyla, if there be teeth

developed in their median portion to a functional size, are always

deep enough to allow them to be vertically implanted, while in the

Artiodactyla, the teeth when existing in this bone always incline

towards each other, their roots being divaricated to allow the nasal

opening to extend down between them. In this group, with the

singular exception of the genus Hippopotamus, we find a distinct fo-

ramen above the orbit for the passage of the supraorbital nerve, with

a groove extending from it down the face ; while in the Perissodactyla,

it would appear as though this nerve would issue at a point more

towards the outside, since the foramen only exists in the Horse, in

which it is placed quite at the commencement of the postorbital pro-

cess, and has no groove continued from it.

In the interior of the orbit, there is always, in the Artiodactyla, an

increased concavity of surface upon the antericr side about the junction

of the lacrymal and frontal bones; and in the middle of this fossa,

upon the edge of the lacrymal somewhere between the ductus ad

nasum and the entrance of the infraorbital canal, a pit, most strongly

marked im the Hogs, which serves, as I have found in the Sheep, for

the origin of the obliquus inferior muscle of the eye, the remainder

of the fossa being filled up with adipose matter. In the Perissodac-

tyla no such fossa exists, and there is never more than a very slight

depression marking the origin of the muscle, in most cases not per-

ceptible at all. The shortening of the bony palate in the latter group,

the small difference of level between it and the base of the cranium,

together with the longitudinal extension of the posterior nasal orifice,

the lateral spreading-out of its walls and the constant existence of the

alisphenoid canal, which I pointed out in my former communication,

may be again adverted to.

149

The pterygoid ridge in this group is not very strongly marked, and

gradually dies away upon the lamina enclosing the alisphenoid canal ;

the pterygoid processes have considerable antero-posterior extent, and

the true pterygoid bones are reduced to mere ribands. On the other

hand, in the Artiodactyla, the pterygoid ridge, continued from the in-

ferior root of the zygoma, terminates abruptly, with a free process in

the Ruminants ; while in the Hogs and other allied forms, it is from

this process that a laterally projecting plate extends down on the outer

side of the pterygoid process, forming a pterygoid fossa in a manner

different from all other mammalia, and very characteristic of these

Non-ruminant Artiodactyles. The temporal bone in the Perissodactyla

also furnishes characters in the back of the zygoma, which gently

slopes away to its origin, and in the association of a distinctly marked

eminentia articularis with a rather large and more or less thickened

and mammilliform post-articular process. The principal differences

in the occipital bone I pointed out in my former paper, and notwith-

standing the marked difference between the Hog and the Ruminant,

I must observe that they agree in the flatness and squareness of the

basal portion, while in the Perissodactyla it is transversely convex,

being rounded off on each side into the great foramen lacerum.

I mentioned in a note appended to my former communication, an

idea which occurred to me just before that paper went to press, that

a further distinction between the two groups might be found in the

structure of the premolar teeth. I have found, on investigation, that

the character will not always admit of being rigidly applied, since in

some genera of Perissodactyla, as the Lophiodon to which I there

alluded, the posterior lobes of the premolars are not so completely

developed as they are in the true molars; and on the other hand, in

some of the Artiodactyla, as the Peccary, they advance a little beyond

the rudimentary condition in which they are usually found, though

never attaining an equal development with the others. The character

will however in most cases enable us to distinguish ; and in the course

of the observations I was thus led to make, I have discovered another

more important one, which I will next proceed to explain.

If we consider as an entire molar tooth that which has four prin-

cipal tubercles, the molars of the lower jaw must be said to be placed

each in advance of its homologue in the upper jaw to the extent of a

quarter of a tooth, so that the premolars, which in most cases repre-

sent but half molars, alternate with their opposing teeth above.

It is in accordance with this universal law, that the last lower milk

molar in the Artiodactyle division of the Ungulata has three pair of

lobes ; not, as has been imagined, that it may pretypify the last true

molar, which in the same group is usually also six-lobed. The last

lower true molar, being placed like the rest, a quarter of a tooth in

advance of its four-lobed opponent, the pair of tubercles that are added

to it behind play against the posterior surface of the hindmost pair of

lobes of the upper tooth; but in the last lower milk molar it is the

anterior pair of cusps that are supernumerary, since they close between

the two pair of principal tubercles of the penultimate upper milk

tooth, which like the last one has-the form of a true molar; while

150

the penultimate lower milk molar, which in this as in most groups

represents but the half of a true molar, furnishes opposition to its

most anterior surface. Although it is not always literally true, that

in the Artiodactyla the premolars represent each but the half of a

true molar, and in the Perissodactyla an entire one, it is certain

that in the exceptional cases among the former group, the parts re-

presenting the posterior division of the tooth are small, or merely

rudimental ; and that in the latter group, it is only in the most an-

terior of the series that the posterior portion of the tooth is ever

altogether wanting. It is also certain, that all those genera of which

the milk dentition has been seen, conform in that particular to the

general character, the distinction being well-marked in the Artio-

dactyla between the ¢wo /as¢ upper milk teeth, whose characters are

those of true molars, and those which precede them and represent but

half ones, the same difference also prevailing between the last and

those which precede i¢ in the lower jaw ; always necessitating the ex-

istence of a third pair of tubercles in the last lower milk molar to

work in the interval of the two pairs in the penultimate above ; while

in the Perissodactyla, the constant existence of a well-developed pos-

terior pair of lobes in the penultimate lower milk tooth abrogates the

necessity of a third pair in the last one, and consequently we need

not expect to find it, even in those genera, such as Lophiodon and

Paleotherium, of which the additional lobe to the last true molar is

characteristic. Of the first-named genus, the milk dentition, so far

as I am at present aware, is as yet unknown; but among the plates

in the ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ examples may be seen of the lower jaws of

young Palzeotheria, exhibiting the milk teeth, of which the last has but

two lobes*. Therefore the tripartite condition of this tooth becomes

a constant and important character of the Artiodactyle division.

Most of the characters which separate the Ruminant and Non-ru-

minant divisions of the Artiodactyla have been pointed out in my

former paper, as well as those which distinguish the two subdivisions

of the Hog-tribe, which by the analogy of the amount of difference in

those of other groups, I think must be looked upon as families,—

Suide and Hippopotamide. The striking character derived from the

sudden termination of the pterygoid ridge in the Ruminant, and the

formation of the pterygoid fossa im the other division, has been alluded

to abovet. The considerable upward extension of the masseteric ridge

upon the os malz beneath the orbit seems also characteristic of the

Ruminants, as well as the bifurcation of the orbital ala of the sphenoid,

* Pl. 4. fig. 1 (alluded to by Professor Owen), and pl. 56. fig. 2.

+ In the Hippopotamus the pterygoid ridge runs inwards and even a little back-

wards, and then forms a slight angle at the point of junction with the pterygoid

process, which then runs downwards and forwards, so that the outer wall of the

fossa exists as in the allied forms, while, as I have before observed, it is the inner

one which is wanting. I must again refer to the remarkable osseous bulla within

the orbit of this animal, since I find that the same thing exists, though of much

smaller size, in most ruminants; in many skulls it is broken away, and when re-

maining it so lies upon the “tuberosity” or posterior termination of the alveolar

process of the maxillary bone as to appear at first like a part of it. It opens into

the nose and antrum maxillare, and has no connection with the lacrymal apparatus.

151

which sends a branch forwards for a considerable distance, often so

far as to articulate with the lacrymal bone. They also differ from

the Hog-tribe in having, like the Perissodactyla, a distinct styloid pro-

cess, emanating from the mastoid bone, partly enclosed by a portion

of the tympanic, and with a truncated extremity, to which one of the

angles terminating the “lesser cornw’ or stylo-hyal bone is attached ;

while in the Hog-tribe this process is so completely pressed between

the paroccipital process and the auditory bulla, that in most cases it

does not seem to exist.

It will perhaps be most convenient to assign the rank of “ family”

to the four generally received subdivisions of this ancient order,

although the osteological differences which they present are very

slight ; such few as I could find in the skull I will now point out.

In the Camels and Llamas, the articulation of the lower jaw differs

from that of Ruminants in general, in having a distinct eminentia ar-

ticularis, separated by a fossa not having the character of an articula-

ting surface from the post-articular process, upon which is another

facet ; the condyle of the jaw having likewise two articulating surfaces

placed at right angles with each other. There is also a marked pe-

culiarity in the auditory bulla, since the outer wall of the vaginal

process forms a deep, thickened, vertical plate, burying the styloid

process between it and the opposite part of the bulla. On looking at

the casts of the skull of the Anoplotherium existing in owr museums,

I perceive, immediately under the meatus auditorius, a strong vertical

process, apparently the outer edge of this lamelliform expansion, the

remainder being concealed in the matrix. I fully concur in Professor

Owen’s reasons for considering the Anoplotherium as a ruminant, and

this indication of character, im addition to the many resemblances

which authors have pointed out, renders it probable that this early

representative of the Artiodactyla belonged to the family Camelide.

The existing members of this family also most approach the Anoplo-

therium in the form of the ascending ramus of the lower jaw, and the

strongly-marked notch which bounds the angular process above.

I am glad to find that I have the sanction of Professor Owen’s

opinion in referring the Merycopotamus to the ruminant division,

since on examining the specimens in our National Museum, I find

that in addition to the form of the teeth, which if taken alone are not

always to be depended on, all the essential characters of the skull are

in accordance with that type. The masseteric ridge reaches to within

half an inch of the orbit, and above the zygoma is a distinct indication

of the foramen usually existing there in Ruminants. The glenoid

surface is slightly convex anteriorly, and terminated behind by a di-

stinct post-articular process, on to which the articulating surface is

continued without intermission, thus indicating the animal to be ru-

minant, but removing it from the Camelide. The pterygoid ridge

terminates in an angle, which, however, is not prolonged into a pro-

cess ; from this angle there is xo transverse lamina extending down to

join the pterygoid process, and consequently no pterygoid fossa. The

articulating surfaces of the occipital condyles seem to extend on to

the processes anterior to them; the auditory bulla is rounded, but

152

as the state of the specimens will not permit any definite character to

be drawn from it, I will not venture an opinion as to which family of

Ruminants should claim this remarkable form.

Among the remaining families, I have noticed that in the Moschide

and Cervide the styloid process becomes free almost immediately at

the base of the auditory process, while in the Bovide or Cavicorn

Ruminants, it is enclosed more or less completely for some distance

in the downward and forward direction. The Cervide may also

be distinguished from the latter by the form of the infraorbital

depression, which has its most sudden sinkage on the upper side, or

that which is next the infraorbital fissure. The Giraffe, although it

has neither the depression nor the fissure, resembles the Cervide in

the character of the auditory bulla, and in having the molar teeth ex-

panded at the base of the crown, and compressed towards the summits

of the lobes. The Moschide must, of course, be distinguished from

the Cervide by their trilocular stomach, and by the presence of the

gall-bladder*, and it is probable that further differences in their in-

ternal anatomy may yet be found; I must however revert to the

subject of dentition to point out some characters in which they differ

from all other Ruminants, and agree with the non-ruminant Artiodac-

tyla. In these, as well as in some of the Musk-deer, the premolars, and

those that represent them among the milk series, assume a trenchant

form, and have a more or less developed additional cusp both before and

behind ; this little cusp also shows itself upon the anterior extremity

of the penultimate upper milk tooth, which, as well as the last one,

has the bipartite form of a true molar, and therefore by this combi-

nation of characters may be recognised if found alone. In most Ru-

minants the cusp is very small, and when worn down shows itself

merely as a thickening of the anterior border of the crown. This

tooth, however, also presents us occasionally with a zoological cha-

racter in the development or non-development of the internal tubercle

of the anterior pair; it is absent in the Hog; in the Peccary (who

seems loath to relinquish any of the full number of cusps that nature

can allow him) it is present; the Moschide are the only true Rumi-

nants in which I have found it wanting ; this seems to characterize

the family, and together with the trenchant character of the premolars

in the Meminna and Hyeomoschus, seems to associate with them the

genera Dichobune, Dichodon, and Cainotherium+.

* The singular variety in this respect noticed by Prof. Owen in the Giraffe, must

detract somewhat from the value of the character ; but as the absence of the gall-

bladder seems to be the rule in this animal, it strengthens, so far as it can avail,

the idea of Cervine affinity.

+ In the true Moschus the premolars have much the same form as in the gene-

rality of Ruminants; the incisors are uniform and nearly equal in size, and the au-

ditory bulla is small: in the Meminna, and in those to which the generic name

Tragulus has been applied (which I can see no reason for separating from it), the

last upper premolar alone is bicuspid, the other two and all the lower ones being

trenchant ; the two median incisors are expanded, the others narrowed and curved

outwards to make room for them, and the auditory bulla swollen : Hyeomoschus

only differs from these in the penultimate upper premolar, which though trenchant

is short, and when worn down has the appearance of being simply conical.

153

This characteristic form of the penultimate upper milk tooth,

namely the want of the inner crescent of the anterior pair, with the

presence of the additional cusp in front, plainly marks as this tooth,

that which Prof. Owen has indicated as the penultimate premolar in

his recently discovered genus Hyopotamus, and as the last premolar

in his also newly-described genus Dichodon; the tooth behind it in

each case being the last milk tooth, which always agrees exactly with

the true molars, but is distinguishable from them by its suddenly

diminished size. The series of upper molars of the latter animal

have been placed, in the published figure, to the extent of one tooth

too far back; were they brought forward to their true position, the

tripartite tooth below, which, according to all laws of form and suc-

cession, can be no other than the last milk molar, (of which the suc-

cessor has not begun to appear,) would antagonize by its anterior

pair of crescents with the space in front of the posterior pair in the

penultimate milk tooth above. Of the Hyopotamus Vectianus, the

figure represents a series of the crowns of five upper molars, of which

the first is, as I have before observed, manifestly a penultimate milk

tooth. These being represented without any appended portion of

jaw, and no mention being made in the text as to whether they were

found connected, it seems rather probable that such was not the case,

and in the side view roots are added in outline to certain of the teeth

and not to others, which makes that matter still more doubtful. At

all events, this condition of things could not possibly have co-existed

with that represented in the lower jaw attributed to the same species ;

since in the upper series of teeth we may count ten principal trans-

verse eminences, while in the lower series of five molars, which ought

to fit them, there are only eight depressions: besides which, it is im-

possible that the elevated summits presented by the trenchant lower

premolars, with the correspondingly deep notch which their interval

affords, could ever fit the comparatively diminutive elevations and

depressions presented by the foremost teeth above. The lower true

molars, however, show a much more worn condition than the upper

ones ; but even if it should be possible that the series of upper molars

represented were in place and in use at the same time, it is evident

that the foremost of them cannot be premolars *.

* I do not claim to be the sole discoverer of these incongruities (apparently

the results of a too hasty determination), since I am aware that the true nature

of the tripartite inferior tooth in the Dichodon has been perceived by some emi-

nent comparative anatomists and naturalists; but I am here compelled to attempt

their refutation, since, were Prof. Owen’s determinations in these instances cor-

rect, insuperable objections would be presented to my generalizations on the cha-

racter of the premolars as distinguishing the two groups of Ungulate Mammalia,

and on that of the penultimate upper milk tooth as indicative both of its position

in the series, and of the affinities of certain genera.

That the character of the penultimate upper milk tooth was appreciated by Cu-

vier, will appear from a passage in the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles,’ although it is rather

vaguely and not quite correctly described. In speaking of a fragment of the upper

jaw of a deer from the breccia at Nice, he observes: ‘On reconnait ais¢ément la

seconde de lait pour ce qu’elle est, 4 sa forme allongée, a ses trois paires de crois-

sans, et 4 son appendice transverse placé avant les croissans.”— Deus “ paires de

eroissans ” would have been more correct. The possibility of an error in relation

154

Having now summed up as much of my series of observations with

regard to the Artiodactyle division as I think it at present expedient

to offer, I proceed to consider the Perissodactyle group. 1 observe

that Prof. Owen separates the Proboscidia as a third group, to which

he seems to assign a rank equivalent to that of the other two, and

passes the Deinotherium and the Toxodon, as well as the ‘‘ Sirenoid ”’

forms, with some remarks which do not assign to them any very defi-

nite location. There will always be room for difference of opinion as

to the rank that should be assigned to a group, even when its limits

are fully recognised ; since, as I have elsewhere endeavoured to show*,

“ oranting affinities and even groups to be natural, the limits assigned

to those degrees of difference and similarity which we are wont to in-

dicate by definite terms are not ;” but it seems to me, that although

these more aberrant groups of Ungulata possess several peculiarities

which are entirely their own, they do not differ from the Perisso-

dactyla in essential characters to the same degree as the latter do

from the Artiodactyla, while in certain respects they agree among

themselves, as though they would constitute a second subdivision of

the Perissodactyla again divisible into strongly marked families.

Among the characters which I have brought forward, we find that

the Proboscidia, the Sirenia, and the singular fossil genus Towodon,

agree with the more typical Perissodactyla in the depth of the inter-

maxillary bone and the vertical implantation of the incisors, in the

absence of the supraorbital foramen, of the fossa and pit within the

orbit, and of a strongly marked pterygoid ridge, in the character of

the zygoma, except that in the Proboscidia there is no descending

post-articular process ; in the narrowing anteriorly, and rounded sides

of the basioccipital bone, and in the resemblance between the anterior

and posterior molares. They differ from the typical Perissodactyla

and agree among themselves, in the upward direction of the nasal

opening, the large size of the infraorbital foramen, the lengthening

of the bony palate, with the comparative narrowing of the posterior

nares, in the short antero-posterior extent and the transverse thicken-

ing of the pterygoid processes, and in the considerable angle formed

between the basioccipital and basisphenoid bones (least marked in

the Manatee), the latter being inclined upwards, of course with refer-

ence to the upward direction of the nasal canal. Points of resem-

to the upper molars of the Dichodon seems to have crossed the mind of Prof.

De Blainville, for in a recent number of the ‘ Ostéographie,’ after describing the

dentition of the lower jaw in that animal, he proceeds: ‘“ D’apres ce qui vient

d’étre dit du systéme dentaire de cette mandibule, on voit qu’il est incomplet par

Vabsence de la derniére molaire non encore sortie; mais ne doit-il pas en étre de

méme pour la série d’en haut, si les deux piéces proviennent du méme individu?

Alors il faudrait admettre qu’au lieu de deux, il ne manquerait qu’une seule avant-

molaire, ce qui parait peu probable.”

With regard to the Hyopotamus Vectianus, M. De Blainville seems to doubt a

littie that the upper and lower jaw really belong to each other, but refrains from

a decided judgement, not yet being acquainted, as he observes, with any principle

that can direct the mind in the question of the relation of two parts of the dental

system to each other. He inadvertently calls this species “‘ annectens,”’ the name

given by Prof. Owen to his Paloplotherium.

* Essay on Classification, ‘ Zoologist’ for December 1847.

155

blance and of difference no doubt may be traced through the entire

structure ; as, for instance, the femur of the Proboscidia, although it

wants the third trochanter, so characteristic of the more typical Peris-

sodactyla, resembles the corresponding bone in that group in the cha-

racters of the posterior side of its upper part.

If it be admitted that this assemblage of singularly modified forms

have sufficient resemblance to form a group which shall, with the

more typical Perissodactyla, constitute two divisions, about equal in

rank to the two divisions of the Artiodactyla, there cannot be much

difference in opinion as to the manner in which this group should be

subdivided into families. The Proboscidia stand forth as one (Z/e-

phantide), and the Sirenia as another (Manatide) ; while the Toxo-

don, which in its most essential characters seems to agree with both,

and in some points with each, has so many peculiarities of its own,

that it appears entitled to rank as a distinct family of itself, which

should be placed between the other two, not as a “ comecting link,”

which its marked differences from either must forbid, and which if it

were, it would but annihilate the distinction that exists.

It seems time that naturalists should have decided what it is that

constitutes an affinity ; whether a form can really be allied to several

widely-different groups. We may naturally expect to find, that

amidst the varied forms each part assumes, a character which is the

rule among the members of one group may be the exception in an-

other, without of necessity supposing that a species presenting such

a character can truly belong to both, and thus tend to destroy the

difference of the original models on which the two groups are or-

ganized. In the present case, notwithstanding the peculiarities of

structure mentioned as connecting the Toxodon with the Rodentia,

its renowned describer, even while strengthening the idea of that affi-

nity by adverting to Cuvier’s assertion that the Elephants approach

the same order, yet places it, apparently without a doubt, among the

Ungulata, to which it obviously belongs. Although Cuvier affirms,

that if all the parts of the head of the Elephant be compared succes-

sively with those of other animals, it is almost always among the Ro-

dentia that their analogies will be found, he alludes only to three

parts as indicating any such affinity. The relative size of the incisors

and their alveoli can signify but little when their widely different

structure is considered ; and he correctly tells us why the infraorbital

foramen is large in both: the character of the os mal is common

to the Bats and Insectivora as well as the Rodentia, and seems to be

a frequent concomitant of a degree of organization comparatively low.

The direction of the incisors in the Towxodon differs very little from

that which we find in many of the typical Perissodactyla, and the

absence of roots is simply a physiological adaptation, and an indu-

bitable proof that the detrition to which they were subjected was

considerable; while on the other hand, the whole structure of the

cranium is on the ungulate type, especially different from the Capy-

bara and the forms allied to it, whose skulls present so many striking

characters, that if any resemblance really did exist, an anatomist to

whom they were familiar would certainly perceive it at a glance.

156

It is a matter of considerable regret to me, that before concluding

my notice of the Perissodactyla, I am again compelled to differ from

that high authority to whom we owe so much, and in whose footsteps

I may here be said, as it were, to follow. Although I am prepared

to show that the evidence of the teeth, on which Prof. Owen decided

the place of his genus Hyracotherium, is not so strong as it may

appear; yet, on the other hand, their resemblance to those of the

group to which I must transfer it is not so striking as to have caused

me in the least to doubt the correctness of the place assigned to it,

until I was well satisfied of the value of the cranial characters which

I have pointed out. Although the true molars resemble those of

the Cheropotamus and other non-ruminant Artiodactyla in the tuber-

cular form of the four principal eminences, and in having the ridge

surrounding the base more complete than is usual in the Perisso-

dactyla, yet to make the resemblance good, they should have, in

addition to the two smaller tubercles, the one in the front, the other

in the middle of the tooth, a third one behind; and the fact is well

worthy of attention, that each of these secondary tubercles is placed

upon the angle of a bent ridge which connects the pair of larger ones

immediately behind it, and which in the smaller species (Hyracothe-

rium Cuniculus) exists, while the little tubercle itself is wanting ; thus

showing that the ridge is a more essential part of the tooth than the

tubercle developed upon it; and this ridge just marks out in a rudi-

mental way the bent transverse ridges in the Rhinoceros, Tapir, Pa-

leotherium, and other allied genera. The two last premolars differ

from the true molars only in the non-development of the inner tubercle

of the posterior pair, but of which a slight rudiment is still traceable ;

and the sudden change of form between these teeth and the two first

is met with in no other genus, either of the Artiodactyle or Perisso-

dactyle group. This would be perfectly in accordance with law, if

the third and fourth molars belonged to the milk series, and the ani-

mal were Artiodactyle; but the whole series has the appearance of

adult completeness, and neither the form nor the degree of wear of

these teeth at all indicates such to be their nature ;—indeed Prof.

Owen himself never once hints at such an idea. To whichever group,

then, this little animal be referred, the teeth will present marked ex-

ceptional characters, and therefore it becomes more necessary to seek

for further evidence. I was first led to suspect a Perissodactyle affi-

nity, through observing, by the figures and description published in

Prof. Owen’s very useful work on the British Fossil Mammalia, that

the nasal bones exhibit the character of this group in a very decided

manner, and that the supraorbital foramen and groove are entirely

wanting. This induced me to examine with care the unique speci-

men in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, and I thus con-

firmed these characters, and also found that the mark indicating the

origin of the obliquus inferior oculi is but a slight depression, not

more marked than I have seen it in some skulls of Rhinoceros and

Hyrax, and not placed in a fossa, but simply upon the general uni-

form concavity. Although the posterior portion of the skull is en-

tirely lost, yet enough remains to show that there was but a slight

157

difference of level between the base of the cranium and the palate ;

and to the inner side of the posterior molars there is just sufficient of

the matrix removed to show a slightly raised curved line whose place

is about that which the edge of the posterior nasal opening should

occupy, if the animal be organized upon the true Perissodactyle

type. A further confirmation is afforded by the distinct appear-

ance of a groove, whose broken edges testify the loss of the little

piece with which the alisphenoid canal should be enclosed ; so in

the only fragment we possess every character that remains agrees, .

to help us through the difficulty in which the ambiguous dentition

leaves us.

May I be permitted to express the hope, that before forming a de-

cided judgement on these matters, naturalists will carefully investigate

for themselves ; recollecting, that so long as man is not infallible, the

continued progress of research must with new discoveries find some-

thing to be corrected in that which has been done before? but what-

ever be the judgement on these points of difference, I trust that doubts

will cease as to the truth of the original idea, which nought but error

hindered from being sooner developed ; and that one important step

may thus be gained towards that correct appreciation of the compa-

rative value of groups, which we must attain throughout organic na-

ture, before further generalizations can safely be attempted.

I will conclude by giving a list of genera arranged as I should now

propose; the characters of the groups, although many remain to be

discovered, are already too numerous to be again repeated, and I only

include such genera of which I have been able to examine skulls ; or

in the case of fossils, of which actual specimens, casts, or well-authen-

ticated figures of some characteristic portion of the skeleton have come

within my observation.

ARTIODACTYLA.

RuMINANTIA. NON-RUMINANTIA.

Merycopotamus. Hippopotamide.

Chalicotherium *. Hippopotamina.

Bovide. Hippopotamus.

Sivatherium. Hyopotamus.

Anthracotherium.

Bos. Cheeropotamus.

Ovis. Adapis.

Capra. Dicotylina.

Antilope, and several of Dicotyles.

the genera into which

these have been dis-

membered.

* Of these two genera I have not yet sufficient evidence to determine the

family.

RuMINANTIA.

Cervide.

Cervina.

Cervus, and various sub-

genera.

Camelopardalina.

Camelopardalis.

Moschide.

Moschina.

Moschus.

Meminna.

Hyeomoschus.

Dorcatherium.

Dichobunina.

Cainotherium.

Dichodon.

Dichobune.

Xiphodon.

Camelide.

Anoplotheriana.

Anoplotherium.

Camelina.

Llama.

Camelus.

NON-RUMINANTIA.

Suide.

Sus.

Hippohyus.

Babirussa.

Phascochcerus.

PERISSODACTYLA.

Typica.

Rhinocerotide.

Equina.

Equus.

Rhinocerotina.

Macrauchenia.

Nesodon.

Rhinoceros.

Acerotherium.

Elasmotherium.

Hyrax.

Paleeotherium.

Paloplotherium.

Tapirus.

Lophiodon.

Coryphodon.

Hyracotherium.

ABERRANTIA.

Elephantide.

Deinotherium.

Mastodon.

Elephas.

Toxodontide.

Toxodon.

Manatide.

Halicore.

Manatus.

159

4. MoNoGRAPH OF THE RECENT SPECIES OF TRIGONIA, IN-

CLUDING THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES FROM THE

Cotuection or H. Cumine, Ese. By Artruur ADAms,

R.N., F.L.S. ere.

(Mollusea, Pl. III.)

TricontA, Bruguitre.

Testa equivalvis, inequilateralis, transversa, trigona, interdum

suborbicularis ; dentes cardinales oblongi, lateraliter com-

pressi, divaricati; duo in valvd alterd, utroque latere trans-

versim sulcati ; quatuor in alterd, uno tantum latere sulcati ;

ligamentum externum, crassum, marginale ; impressiones muscu-

lares due.

Shell equivalve, mostly inequilateral, transverse, rather triangular,

sometimes suborbicular ; cardinal teeth oblong, laterally compressed,

divaricated, two in one valve transversely grooved on both sides, four

in the other grooved on one side only ; ligament external, thick, rather

short, marginal; muscular impressions two, distinct, lateral ; palleal

impression very nearly entire.

TRIGONIA MARGARITACEA, Lamarck. JT. testd suborbiculatd,

radiatim costatd, intus margaritaced, costis elevatis, verrucosis,

subasperis ; margine plicato.

Shell rather compressed, with 20 or 23 rather narrow, nodulose,

radiating ribs; the hinder ribs very compressed, all excepting the

front ribs wide apart.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land; Ronald Gunn, Esq. (Mus. Cum.)

Trigonia margaritacea, Lamarck, Ann. du Mus. tom. iv. p. 355.

pl. 67. fig. 2.

T. pectinata, Lamk.

TricontA Lamarckxu, Gray. T. testd subventricosd, solidd,

costis 20-26 angustatis planiusculis nodulosis radiantibus,

costis aree postice confertis angustatis, costis omnibus confer-

tis nodulosis.

Hab. in Nova Hollandia.

Shell rather ventricose, solid, with 20 to 26 narrow, flat-topped,

nodulose radiating ribs; the ribs of the hinder slope narrow, rather

crowded ; ribs convex, all close together and nodulose.

Hab. New Holland, Port Jackson; Mr. Stutchbury. (Mus. Cum.)

Varies, with the inside white, salmon-coloured, yellow, or purple

bronze.

Trigonia Lamarckii, Gray, Annals of Nat. Hist. 1838, p. 482.

Triconia Juxesn, A. Adams, n. sp. TT. testd ovato-trigond,

postice truncatd, margine sinuato, radiatim costatd, costis circa

20-24, elevatis, tuberculato-nodosis, tuberculis rotundatis, ob-

tusis, margine ventrali valde pectinato.

(Mollusea, Pl. III. figs. 4, 5, 6.)

Shell oyately trigonal, posteriorly truncated, the margin sinuated,

160

radiately ribbed; ribs about 20-24, elevated, tubercularly nodose ;

tubercles rounded, obtuse, ventral margin strongly pectinated.

Hab. Cape York, 6 fathoms; J. Jukes, Esq. (Mus. Cuming.)

5. ON A NEW GENUS OF PHOLADID, WITH NOTICES OF SEVERAL

NEW SPECIES AND OF A REMARKABLE SPECIMEN OF PHOLAS

CALVA IN Mr. Cumine’s Cotuection. By G. B. Sowersy,

Jun., F.L.S.

(Mollusca, Pl. V.)

Among the species of Pholades there are various modifications of

structure, particularly with regard to the form, position and number of

the accessory valves, and the test enclosmg the anterior hiatus of the

shell in some species, which are very interesting and important, and

have given rise to various proposals for the division of the species into

distinct genera. The propriety or otherwise of such divisions it is

scarcely worth while to argue about, as it is after all a mere question

of convenience, whether such modifications should be expressed by

arranging the species in so many genera of a family, or so many sub-

divisions of a genus. It will be sufficient for my present purpose to

remark, that there is one character in which the Pholades, whether

open or closed, with or without accessory valves, cup-bearing or tube-

forming, all agree, and that is, in the curved processes commencing

under the hinges inside the shell. In the genus now to be described

these are wanting, and this fact removes the hesitation which might

have been felt in attempting to establish a generic distinction from the

other characters, however well-marked and interesting.

Genus TRIOMPHALIA“*.

Char.Gen.—Molluscum acephalum terebrans. Testa bivalvis, zetate

juniore hians, zetate matura clausa. Valvee ineequales ; utraque an-

ticé lamina testacea inflata ad marginem ventralem affix4, interné

cardine unidentato, sine processu subcardinali. Valva dextra posticé

alteram longitudine superans. Valva sinistra alteram involvens, ad

dorsum nucleo quasi-umbonali incipiens.

The shells of this genus, when mature, have the ventral hiatus closed

by an expanded test fixed to the edge of each valve; that of the left

valve commences at the back, in a nucleus resembling an extra umbo,

and in front overwrapping that of the other. The right valve, on

the other hand, materially exceeds in length, at the posterior extre-

mity, the other valve, which terminates very abruptly.. The hinge is

without sub-umbonal processes, but has an obtuse tooth on the hinge

in each valve.

The name is taken from the nucleus of the covering-test in the

right valve, which forms, as it were, a third umbo. The typical spe-

cies is the Pholas globosa of Quoy.

TRIOMPHALIA GLOBOSA, Pl. V. f. 1. (Pholas globosa, Quoy.)

Tr. testd subovali, postice subattenuatd, anticé globosd ; valvis

transverse dimidiatis, parte posticd concentricé lyratd ; in medio

* Tpets, tres; dudadds, umbo.

7 =

ee ee

Proc. Z.5. Mollusca V.

[email protected] Fon? del et Lith Reeve Berlham & Reeve imp.

3a. TR.CUMINGII, 4.PHOLAS CALVA, tnsztw, witha stony tube; 5, PHOLAS TUBIFER, zz széz,

with shelly tube.

| L.TRIOMPHALIA GLOBOSA, 2.2a,2b.TR.PULCHERRIMA, 2c.2a inside of valves of the same ;

161

costd imbricatd unicd, parte anticd lyratd, radiatim costis acute

imbricatis ornatd: valvd dextrd productd sublinguiformi, den-

tibus acutis recurvis serratd: nucleo lamine terminalis valve

sinistre triangulari, striatd, subcomplanatd.

Found in soft stone, at half-tide. Island of Leyte ; Cuming.

TRIOMPHALIA PULCHERRIMA, Pl. V. f. 2, 2a, 6,c,d. Tr. testd

subovali ventricosd, antice globosd, corrugatd, anticé subatte-

nuatd ; valvis transverse dimidiatis, parte posticd costis distan-

tibus concentricé lyratd, parte anticd lineis lyratd, margine den-

tibus acutis crispatis serratd : nucleo lamine terminalis valve

sinistre subtriangulari, rotundo, lineis elevatis lyrato.

This species is much larger than 7’. globosa, the ventral covering

much more rough and inflated, the concentric ribs on the posterior

part of the valves more strongly defined, and not crossed by the oblique

row of raised points which is seen in the former species.

Found in soft stone at low water at West Colombia; Cuming.

TriomeHaLiA Cumineu, Pl. V. f. 3,3a. Tr. testd rotunda,

crassd ; valvis posticé canali divisis, concentricé lineis elevatis

lyratis, anticé costis minutis serratis radiatis ; parte posticd

concentrice laminatd ; valud dextrd postice in lingulam triangu-

larem margine triplicatam productd ; valvd sinistrd posticé bre-

vissimd margine terminali circulari.

This shell would be completely spherical but for the linguiform ex-

tension of the right valve. The left valve terminates in a circular mar-

gin, where the rounded part of the right valve meets it.

Found in coral rock at low water. Isle of Zebu, Philippines ; Cu-

ming.

The following new species of Pholas will be figured and described

in the forthcoming number of my ‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum ’:—

1. Paowas raqueata, Thes. Conch. Pl. CIII. f. 19, 20.

2. Pu. Manitua. Thes. Conch. Pl. CIII. f. 17, 18.

3: Pu. rracruis, Thes. Conch. Pl. CVIII. f. 92, 93.

4. P. consrricra, Thes. Conch. Pl. CIV. f. 27, 28.

5. Pu. rerepinirormis. Ph. testd globosd, apertd, in medio

divisd; anticé margine ventrali subangulatd, costis laqueatis

concentricis ornatd ; postice brevi, levigatd ; lamind dorsali und

subquadratd super marginem reflecam teste positd.

Although short, and with an angular opening, like the species of

the genus Xylophaga, this species and the following have the curved

subcardinal processes which are characteristic of the true Pholades,

and are not found in Xylophage.

Found in cakes of floating wax on the coast of Cuba.

6. Pa. aperta, Thes. Conch. Pl. CVIII. f. 99, 100.

7. Pu. Incr, Thes. Conch. Pl. CV. f. 45, 46.

This differs from the great Californian species in the characters of

No. CC.—Proceepincs or THE ZooLoGicaL Society.

162

the dorsal side of the anterior part, which is finely striated in both

directions ; in the epidermidal lamine, which are beautifully serrated ;

and in the integumental covering of the dorsal edge, which is divided

into four parts.

Collected by Capt. Ince, R.N., in coral rocks at Rain Island, Torres

Straits.

8. Pu. mutristRiaTA, Thes. Conch. Pl. CIV. f. 35, 36.

9. Pu. vatissima. Ph. testd subquadratd, subcompressd, aperta,

antice angulatd posticée truncatd ; costis moniliferis radiatis et

lineis concentricis cancellaté ; umbonibus subcentralibus mar-

gine dorsali refiexo.

A wide, rather flat shell, widely gaping in front, and truncated at

the posterior extremity, with radiating ribs fornting knots on the raised

lines of growth. It appears to be without accessory valves.

Taken in Manilla Bay ; Cuming.

10. Pu. spatuunata. Ph. testd elongatd, clausd, oblique divisd ;

parte anticd radiatim costatd subangulatd ; parte posticd con-

centricé leviter striata, subtruncatd, ad margines integumente

protectd, ad terminus in cyatho-corneo, luteribus spathuliformi-

bus, productd : ad umbones laminis duabus equalibus posticé

bilobatis, antice elongatis.

From New Zealand.

Puotas Cava (Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1834), Pl. V. f. 4.

I wish to call the attention of the Meeting to a remarkable speci-

men of Ph. calva in situ, which may be considered as bearing, in

some degree, upon the boring question in a manner somewhat un-

favourable to the ‘rasping’ theory. In this specimen the animal

has lined the anterior narrow end of its hole with a thick laminated

tube, formed not of shelly matter, as in the case of Pholas tubifer, of

which I figure a specimen ia situ, but of the same material as the

stone in which it has burrowed, and bearing every appearance of a

reformation of its substance by precipitation, after having been dis-

solved by a chemical agent. The structure is far too fine to have

been formed from any débris which could be the result of merely me-

chanical action.

The specimen of Ph. tubifer, Pl. V. fig. 5, in my father’s collec-

tion, shows in a remarkable manner the fitting of the hole to the shape

of the shell, which is not symmetrical, and could not turn in the

slightest degree.

December 11, 184().

R. C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair.

The Secretary stated that he had the pleasure of announcing the

probability of the Society’s success in an object to which he had de-

voted a considerable share of his attention, which the Council had

frequently considered, and towards which all previous efforts had

been rendered fruitless by the magnitude of the difficulties by which

it is surrounded. He then proceeded to read the following extracts

from a letter addressed to him by the Hon. C. A. Murray, dated

Cairo, Noy. 16, 1849 :—

“Tt is with the greatest satisfaction that I communicate to you

the intelligence that I have succeeded in obtaiming for the Society a

live Hippopotamus! It is now in a yard at the back of my house,

and apparently in perfect health ; you cannot be more anxious than

Tam that I may be able to keep it through the winter and send it to

you safe in spring. It is only five or six months old *, and still lives

entirely on milk; I think a fresh importation of cows will be neces-

sary in Cairo, as our little monster takes about thirty quarts of milk

daily for his share already. HH. H. Abbas Pasha has been most

liberal in having the animal brought here at his own expense from

the White Nile. A lieutenant and a party of ten Nubian soldiers

formed his escort ; a boat was built on purpose for him ; and the vice-

roy sent him to my house in charge of the chief officer of bis palace.

I may also mention that by H. H. orders, another officer with a party

of soldiers is still out on the White Nile, charged with the duty of

securing a young female for us, so that I am not without hope of

sending you the pair together.”’

Five days afterwards, on the 21st of November, Mr. Murray

writes :-—

“The Hippopotamus is quite well, and the delight of every one

who sees him. He is as tame and playful as a Newfoundland puppy ;

knows his keepers, and follows them all over the courtyard ; in short,

if he continues gentle and intelligent as he promises to be, he will be

the most attractive object ever seen in our Garden, and may be taught

all the tricks usually performed by the elephant.”

In addition to the preceding correspondence, the Secretary stated

that he had received a most interesting letter from Mr. Dunean, the

well-known African traveller, now bearing the appointment of H. M.

Vice-Consul at Whydah. The letter was dated from the British fort,

and dated Sept. 14, 1849 :—

**T have the honour to inform you that I started from Whydah on

the 24th of August, and arrived at Abamey, the capital of the king-

dom of Dahomey, on the 30th, when I and my friends met with a

very cordial reception. I was allowed two days to prepare the pre-

sents sent by the British government to the king of this country.

* Mammalia, Pl. XIV.

164

On the 2nd of September we delivered these presents, and also the

pea-fowls sent by the Zoological Society. On the following day I

was honoured by an interview with the king, who received me in the

same cordial manner as before. I read to him your letter, which was

interpreted as I read: he is much pleased with the birds, which were

turned out and fed in his presence. I explained to him the reason

of their being without tails, and showed him a picture of the bird in

full plumage. He asked a great many questions respecting the So-

ciety, and requested me to read over a number of members’ names

from the list with which you furnished me. As soon as I mentioned

Lord Palmerston’s name, the king readily recognised it.

“In reply to your letter, the king promises to catch you elephants,

and he suggested to me that it is always necessary to kill the old one

to secure the young. He says that his female soldiers have caught

many, but never kept them alive. If they are bound with ropes

they surely die: the king thinks the only way to secure one is to

have a large cage made, of great strength, and carried to the imme-

diate vicinity of the elephants’ track, so that the young elephant

may be placed in it as soon as captured, and at once conveyed to

Whydah.

**T have asked for several other animals, which have also been pro-

mised to me. I am, thank God, in excellent health, as well as my

companions.”

The following papers were read :—

1. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SEVERAL NEW SPECIES OF

TERRESTRIAL, FLUVIATILE AND MARINE Mo.uuuscous AnI-

MALS INHABITING New ZEALAND. By J. E. Gray, Esa.,

F.R.S., PresipenT oF THE BoTANICAL SOCIETY, ETC.

Major Greenwood has most kindly transmitted to me, for the Mu-

seum Collection, a number of small species of terrestrial and fluviatile

Mollusea which he had collected near Auckland in New Zealand.

I hasten to lay before the Society a description of those which were

not noticed in the Faunula attached to Dr. Dieffenbach’s Travels.

1. Ard¢onips.

1. Nanrina? Kivi, Gray, Fauna N. Z. 262. n. 220.

Hab. Auckland; Major Greenwood.

2. Nanina Maria, Gray, Fauna N. Z. 262. n. 221.

Hab. Auckland; Major Greenwood.

These species were each described from a single specimen; Major

Greenwood has sent one of the former and several of the latter, of

different ages, and they prove very distinct and well-marked species.

3. Nanina? CELINDE.

Shell rather depressed, pale brown; spire subconic ; whorls five,

rather closely adpressed, with transverse membranaceous ridges, the

last slightly keeled, convex in front ; axis with a narrow deep perfo-

165

ration ; peristome with a very slightly thickened internal submarginal

rib. Diam. 2 lines.

Hab. Auckland.

4. Nanrina ERIGONE.

Shell trochiform, pellucid, brown-spotted ; spire conical, as high as

broad, apex blunt ; whorls rather convex, very slightly concentrically

wrinkled, brown, cross-banded, last rounded, evenly convex in front,

axis with a narrow deep perforation; peristome rather reflexed near

the axis. Diam. ;4,th of an inch.

Hab, Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood.

5. Nanina TuLiia.

Shell depressed, pellucid, whitish ; spire scarcely raised, with close-

pressed, rather convex, transversely-grooved whorls, crossed with pale

brown streaks; the last whorl rounded, convex in front, and crossed

with brown lines and distinct cross-grooves ; axis imperforated. Diam.

3th of an inch.

Hab. Auckland, New Zealand.

2. Limacip.

1. Hextrx Dunnia, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 317, 1841; Fau-

nula N. Z. 247. n. 143. Named in honour of Mrs. Dunn, a relative

of Mr. Joshua Alder, from whom I received the first land-shell from

New Zealand.

2. Herrx GreEnwoonil.

Shell rather depressed, largely umbilicated, pale brown, thin, pel-

lucid, rugose ; spire slightly raised, outer whorl rounded, with three

or four rather oblique ridges directed towards the front; umbilicus

very large, conical, wide, deep, the pillar side of the outer lip straight

and high.

Hab. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood.

This species is very like Helix Dunnie in size, colour and form,

but the outer whorl is rounded, and with some very peculiar oblique

ridges on the outer periphery ; the umbilicus is much larger; the

pillar-lip, as high as the confines of the umbilicus, is straight, and

not arched, as in that species.

I have great pleasure in dedicating it to Major Greenwood, who has

so kindly enabled me to add the above genus, and this and the follow-

ing species, to the New Zealand Fauna.

3. Hextrx (Carocotia) ZeLanpix, Gray, Faun. N. Z. 247.

n. 144 and 262.

Hab. Auckland.

4. Hewix Portia.

Shell rather depressed ; spire convex, rounded, pale brown ; whorls

five or six, rather close-pressed, rather convex, crossed with close con-

centric laminal ridges, edged with elongated hairs, and marked with

rather dark brown cross-bands ; last whorl rounded, convex in front ;

166

axis with a rather narrow deep umbilicus ; mouth rather wide, peri-

stome thin, slightly reflexed near the axis, and rather smuous near

the suture of the spire. Diam. 3rd of an inch.

Hab. Auckland; Major Greenwood and Dr. Sinclair.

5. Hewrx Ive.

Shell depressed, pellucid, whitish, brown rayed ; spire flat or rather

sunk in the middle whorl, close-pressed, convex, with rather distant

very slight spiral membranaceous ridges, and larger and more distinct

membranaceous cross-ridges, fringed on the edge with hair-like elonga-

tions; last whorl rounded externally in front, slightly flattened near

the axis; axis large, umbilicated, showing the volutions. Diam. 3 of

an inch.

Hab. Auckland.

6. Hexrx (Zonites) coma, Gray, Fauna N. Z. 263. n. 224.

Hab. Auckland (abundant) ; Major Greenwood.

7. Hewrx Eersta.

Shell depressed, dark brown ; spire scarcely raised, at length irre-

gular and rather distorted ; whorls subcylindrical, regularly and closely

spirally grooved, with rather distant, thick, broad, membranous cross-

ridges ; last whorl subcylindrical, often twisted rather in front of the

regular course, rounded externally and in front, and closely spirally

grooved in front; axis widely umbilicated, showing all the whorls.

Diam. 2th of an inch.

Hab. Auckland; Dr. Sinclair and Major Greenwood.

8. Zonrres CH1Ron.

Shell depressed, dark olive-green, covered with a thick, polished

periostraca, and crossed with rather sinuous, concentric, membranous

ridges; spire rather convex, rounded; whorls rather convex, last

spread out, rounded on the edge and convex in front; axis widely

umbilicated, showing the lower whorls; mouth roundish, sublunate ;

peristome thin, outer lip rather expanded behind, and separated

from the penultimate whorl by a slight notch. Diam. + of an inch.

Hab. Auckland ; Major Greenwood.

The upper surface resembles a miniature Helix Busbyi, but the

under surface is very different.

9. ZonrrEs? Coresta.

Shell depressed, dark olive-green, with brown cross-bands covered

with a thick, smooth, polished periostraca; spire scarcely raised,

rather convex; whorls convex, last expanded, rounded on the edge

and in front ; axis broadly umbilicated, showing all the whorls ; mouth

roundish, sublunate ; peristome thin, with the periostraca inflexed

when dry. Diam. 2th of an inch.

Hab. Auckland, New Zealand.

This shell is exactly like a very minute specimen of Helix Busby.

It differs from the former, Z. Chiron, in being smaller, more depressed,

and in the umbilicus bemg much wider, showing the front side of the

upper whorls, which appear rather transverse.

167

10. Butimus? (Laoma) Lermonias.

Shell trochiform, polished, brown-spotted ; spire conical, rather

higher than broad, apex obtuse ; whorls very slightly convex, polished,

with one or two slightly sunk lines on the front half; last whorl with

a distinet rib-like keel on the front edge ; two spiral grooves on front

half outer side ; the side flattened with several small concentric grooves ;

axis minutely and deeply perforated ; mouth square; peristome simple,

slightly reflexed near the axis; the throat with three equal, well-

marked spiral ridges, one on the outer side of the posterior, and an-

other opposite to it on the outer side of the front lip, and one on the

middle of the right side or outer edge of the last whorl. Diam. #,th

of an inch.

Hab. Auckland; Major Greenwood.

I am inclined to regard this shell as the type of a particular sub-

genus of shell which may be characterized by the simple peristome,

the perforated axis, the square mouth, and the spiral ridges in the

throat ; but I have only seen a single specimen, and it may be, though

I regard it as very improbable, the young state of a Pupa or Vertigo.

If it prove distinct, it may be called Laoma.

AURICULID2 ?

EvASMATINA RecuusiAna, Petit, Proc. Zool. Soc. 184 .

Hab. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood.

M. Petit described this specimen from the island of Opara in the

South Seas.

CyCLosTOMID.

Reavis Ecora.

Shell ovate, pale brown, covered with a dull brown periostraca

marked with elevated, transverse, membranaceous ridges rather

fringed on the edge ; apex rounded ; whorls convex, rounded in front,

and with a deep brown band round the axis ; axis scarcely perforated ;

mouth ovate; peristome reflexed, sharp-edged, with a thin, sharp-

edged, slightly-raised internal peristome. Length 23 lines.

Hab. Auckland, New Zealand.

Cycioruorus Cyrora. 2% /¢° 9% -

Shell minute, trochiform, brown, closely and uniformly spirally

striated and slightly concentrically wrmkled; apex subacute; spire

conical, nearly as high as broad; whorls convex, the last rounded

and convex in front ; axis perforated; mouth subcireular ; peristome

scareely reflexed, thickened internally ; ? operculum horny, of a few

rapidly enlarging whorls. Diam. ;th of an inch.

Hab. Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood.

LyMNEAD.

PLANORBIS CORINNA.

Shell depressed, white, above flat, beneath rather concave ; whorls

convex, rounded.

Hab. Auckland, New Zealand.

168

This species is very like the European P. albus, but not spirally

striated.

The most interesting of these shells is a new genus, which appears

to belong to the family Lymneade, and allied to the genus Ancylus,

but to be immediately distinguished from it by the shell possessing a

thin lamina on the hinder edge of the cavity, most probably extended

between the upper part of the body and the upper edge of the foot,

as is the case in Crepidula. It is easily to be distinguished from the

latter genus by the posterior plate having its edge bent suddenly down

towards the base of the aperture and enlarged at the front part of the

right side, and produced into a lobe having a groove between it and

the inner surface of the right side of the shell. This character also

separates it from Navicella.

The genus may be thus characterized :—

Latia.

Shell half ovate, spiral, of one or two very rapidly enlarging whorls ;

spire very short, placed nearly in the centre rather on the left of the

hinder edge ; aperture very large, nearly occupying the whole of the

shell, oblong, rather oblique ; cavity simple, hinder edge with a thin,

narrow, flat, horizontal lamina occupying the hinder and nearly half

the length of the left side of the cavity; the left and hinder edge

suddenly bent down towards the base of the shell, and produced into

a rather broad expansion at the right side, leaving a rather broad

space between it and the inner part of the right side of the aperture ;

periostraca thin, pale brown, spirally striated.

Animal.—Head with a short broad snout, rounded in front; ten-

tacula two, short, triangular, the eyes on the outer side of their base ;

body subspiral; mantle submarginal, continued all round ; edge simple;

aperture of the respiratory cavity on the hinder part of the right side,

protected on the imer side by the process of the lamina; upper part

of the body subspiral, separate from the back of the foot and fitting

imto the upper cavity of the shell above the posterior plate ; abductor

muscle submarginal, horse-shoe-shaped?; foot oblong, rounded at

each end.

The description of the animal is imperfect, being taken from a dried

specimen softened by being soaked in a weak solution of caustic pot-

ash, and then placed in weak spirits.

This genus is evidently allied to Ancylus, but differs‘in the shell

being more Nerite-like, and in the aperture of respiration being placed

on the right side.

LATIA NERITOIDES.

Pale brown, spirally striated, internal lamina white, transparent.

Hab. Auckland, New Zealand.

Dr. Sinclair sent some specimens of this shell to the British Mu-

seum, with animals dried in them, in 1847, and Major Greenwood

has kindly sent two additional specimens.

2) aed

J «

Lp? Tse

PUPS BSE

bite wale: bi Qos! 1

Pet | re es sipctielt ot

davon at ” wig mid’ et

Kar £ oh ps = 3 re £3" 1

& vi va he By ae 7

avast Aa a4 m “ba oa bribery ’ wee Bes et

. bt “hl a rit a

eh .¥ ane aaa ayy na

Sersigie ee. Sita ste knot 3 ait herds 3 aca aly oh pai Se 4

arava aa: Peahidod’, ea j

ca ai or 5 oats sid To naprureaa nin: 2 somes rik Gels

“in4 master bag 44 cho gee wl F

Sowerby, del erlith. ze : Reeve Beriham & Ree?

1, TELLINA SQUAMULOSA. 2.3.& 4. GEOMELANIA JAMAICENSIS.

SPANOPAA JAPONICA . 6. SANCUINOLARIA TELLINOIDES.

7. THRACIA MAGNIFICA. Jonas.

169

LITTORINID.

Amnicola? antipodarum, Gray, Fauna New Zeal. 241. n. 101.

Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood.

Amnicola? Zelandiz, Gray, Fauna New Zeal. 241. n. 102.

Auckland, New Zealand; Major Greenwood.

Amnicola? n. sp.

A single specimen, not in a good state.

Auckland, New Zealand ; Major Greenwood.

Major Greenwood also sent two specimens of a marine shell. He

observes, that it was ‘entirely enveloped by the animal when alive.”

It proved a new species of Lamellaria.

LAMELLARIA OPHIONE.

Shell oblong, elongate, pellucid, white ; spire very short, conical ;

whorls convex, last whorl very large, convex, rather iridescent ; aper-

ture ovate ; pillar-lip curved, slightly reflexed.

Auckland, New Zealand.

2. On THE ANIMAL OF GEOMELANIA. By ArTHUR ADAMs,

R.N., F.L.S. ete.

(Mollusca, Pl. VI. figs. 2, 3, 4.)

An examination of the animal of Geomelania Jamaicensis, Pfeiffer

(which the kindness of Mr. Cuming has allowed me to make), shows

it to belong to the family of Looping-Snails, Truncatellide of Gray ;

in fact, it differs in no respect from the animal of Truncatella.

The tentacles are short, conical and depressed, with the eyes large,

black, and sessile on the middle of the upper surface of their base ;

the head terminates anteriorly in a broad, flattened bilobate proboscis,

as long as the tentacles ; and the foot is short, depressed, and divided

by a deep groove from the head, bearing on its upper hind surface a

horny, simple, thin, oval operculum, with the apex slightly spiral, and

the nucleus subterminal. The order, which consists of the genera

Truncatella, Skenea, Geomelania, and possibly Acicula and Assimi-

nea, differs from the Cyclostomide in the position of the eyes and

the short depressed tentacles; and would seem to be placed most

naturally between duriculide and Cyclostomide. By means of Ris-

soa and Hydrobia it has also relations with Littorinide ; Truncatella

resembling the former and 4ssiminea the latter genus. In habits

they are amphibious.

3. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS FROM THE Cvu-

MINGIAN CoLLecTion. By ArtrHuur Apams, F.L.S.

1. TeLLina squamutosa. (Mollusca, Pl. VI. fig. 1.) T. testd

transversd, equilaterali, alba, concentricé in medio plicatd, plicis

-angulatis subdistantibus, interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis ;

regionibus lateralibus squamulis spinosis, regione ventrali

170

squamulis verrucosis obsitd ; latere antico rotundato, postico

subflexuoso rostrato ; ared sulco impressd ; margine ventrali con-

vexo, postice subflexuoso.

Hab. in littoribus Australie.

Shell transverse, equilateral, white, transversely concentrically pli-

cated in the middle; plicee rather wide apart and angulated ; inter-

stices longitudinally striated; ventral region and both extremities

covered with scales, spinose at each end and wart-like in the middle.

Hab. Cape York, North Australia ; collected by J. B. Jukes, Esq.

2. SANGUINOLARIA TELLINOIDES. (Mollusca, Pl. VI. fig. 6.)

S. testd transversd, inequilaterd, utrinque hiante, rubiginosd,

tenui, levi, striis transversis concentricis radiatim lineolatd;

latere antico latiore, rotundato; postico angustiore, rotundato,

subrostrato ; ared laterali lined latd impressd ; margine ven-

trali convexo, postice valde sinuato.

Hab. in Sinu Californize.

Shell inequilateral, gaping at both ends, rubiginose, thin, smooth,

with transverse concentric striee and longitudinal fine radiating lines ;

anterior side the widest and rounded, posterior side narrowest, round

and somewhat beaked ; lateral area with a depression extending from

the umbo to the ventral margin; ventral margin convex, strongly

sinuated posteriorly.

Hab. Gulf of California.

3. Panopaa Japonica, A. Adams. (Mollusca, Pl. VI. fig. 5.)

Pan. testd equivalvi, transversd, lateribus inequaliter hiante,

inequilaterd, utrinque rotundatd, albd, tenui, fragili, trans-

versim concentrice plicatd, plicis subdistantibus rotundatis ;

latere antico breviore, postico duplo feré anticum superante ;

margine ventrali arcuato, integro.

Hab. Japoniam.

4, DescRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS THRACIA.

By Dr. Jonas. Communicatep By H. Cuming, Esa.

TuraciA MAGNiIFICA, Jonas. (Mollusca, Pl. VI. fig. 7.) Th.

testd ovato-oblongd, transversd, inequivalvi, lacted ; utrinque

rotundatd ; lateribus hiante ; valvd dextrd ventricosiore et ma-

jore quam sinistrd; latere antico fleruoso, posteriore brevi,

oblique carinato, transversim corrugato-plicatd, plicis subdi-

stantibus concentricis longitudinaliter radiatim granulato-stri-

atd, margine neutrali arcuato anticée subsinuato.

Hab. 2

5. Norice or a Hysprip CROWNED-PIGEON, HATCHED IN THE

Mewnacerise. By D. W. Mircue tt, Setc.Z.S. etc. ETC.

The habits of so singular a form as the Crowned-Pigeon possess an

interest, which will, [ believe, be a sufficient apology for my desire to

make some record of the first instance of its successful nidification in

171]

confinement. And I make the record of this particular instance

with greater confidence, because the previous experience of the So-

ciety’s Menagerie affords proof that the bird discovered by M. Steurs

in Gillolo, and described in the Proceedings of 1844 under the name

of Goura Victoria, by Mr. L. Fraser, is not the female of Goura

coronata, as has been suggested, but a true and distinct species.

The number of Crowned-Pigeons in possession of the Society having

been reduced to a single female of Goura Victoria, and a male of

Goura coronata, they were placed, by my direction, in the same divi-

sion of the old Aviary. In the beginning of June last it was observed

that they had paired. About two months afterwards they began to

make attempts at the construction of a nest. In the open part of the

Aviary there was a large branch of a tree fixed transversely, as a perch,

about six feet from the ground. They commenced their work by

carrying up twigs and pieces of stick which had been purposely placed

within their reach, to the extremity of the perch, and vainly endea-

voured to fabricate a platform on this slippery and insufficient foun-

dation. The careful keeper watched their difficulty, and supplied

them with the necessary support by fixing there a flat piece of basket-

work.

They now began in earnest, and on the 15th of August they ceased

from their labor, during which the male had generally carried up the

materials and the female disposed of them. On this eventful day it is

supposed the single egg was laid, but it was so constantly covered by

one or other of the birds, that the keeper did not get sight of it for

some time afterwards. The nest was within a few feet of the front of

the Aviary, which during the period of incubation was passed by many

thousands of visitors: still so adroitly did the birds watch their oppor-

tunity, that I heard of no instance, except that in which the keeper

saw the egg, in which they were discovered in the act of relieving

each other. The exposed situation of the nest, which was very

slightly protected by the thin foliage of a climbing rose, rendered me

apprehensive of the effects of the weather on the young bird, which

was hatched on the 13th of September. It was covered with con-

stant assiduity by one or other of the parents, who fed it while be-

neath them. Whether from excess of care or from accident I know

not, but it was found dead in the nest on the morning of the 17th,

the mother still sitting there with unmoved constancy, and over-

shadowing the dead corpse with her warm breast, as if incredulous of

her bereavement. Knowing the interest with which I regarded this

Malasian child, my accomplished friend Mr. Wolf was kind enough to

preserve its aspect in the characteristic sketch which forms the sub-

ject of the annexed engraving (Aves, Pl. XIII.).

On the 24th of October another egg was produced, but, having

been dropped from a perch in the house, was found broken on the

ground. These birds are still in admirable health, and I have hope

that if they breed at an earlier period in the approaching season, they

will have better fortune, and succeed in bringing their produce to

maturity.

While upon this subject, I may perhaps not inappropriately advert

172

to another Columbine hybrid, of which two specimens exist in the

Collection, the produce of Ectopistes migratorius @ and Turtur ri-

sorius?. They have neither the tail of Hctopistes nor the collar of

risorius, and to any one who was ignorant of their origin, would pre-

sent indubitable indications of at least specific distinction.

And I may also notice in this place a hybrid of an entirely dif-

ferent kind, which was deposited during the earlier part of this year

in the Society’s Menagerie, and has become the property of the Earl

of Derby. The pencil of Mr. Wolf has again afforded me the means

of recording the characteristic features of this singular Bovine (Mam-

malia, Pl. XV.); and it is only necessary for me to add to the in-

formation conveyed by his figure, that this animal was imported

from India some four years ago, and appears to be the produce of a

Zebu mother and a Yak sire, although I have been altogether unable

to trace its actual history.

)

Yled NUM

INVA Sen

4h)

rox

LA a

| on aS Ge

Gua

‘

5 a Las

Bette’

Lilie 36 aN

we ts i

iat e

ry “4 a

irae Pere a

i pifiorict

were h, PAYG Ne aa ok

OTe

DMS weet (1

“ereat

BOE ee bE

ve nse er tote

Sco \h Cs ha

SS ee a

INDEX.

The names of New Species, and Species newly characterized, are printed in Roman

Characters : those of Species previously known, but respecting which novel informa-

tion is given, in /¢alics: those of Species respecting which Anatomical Observations

are made, in Capirats.

Page

Acanthocyathus Grayii, M.-Edw. et

RALIN ej rak yet exeecth-paisaoused ane sa dG

PACOPOLRETIUNE: < Fie Joven aosia en devensewaees 158

Acheus torquatus, Geoff. .......+.+. aged

Metias Vieachy .s...2cescesse0iece 36, 47, 48

PUSHIN, LAD: css yiiccssesvenceen cote 36

CIOPIR Sos 2 iste pmatacticavasaccsecnosh 157

Agelastes meleagrides, Temm., n. sp. 145

PLLUT ETS CN) A Ree 34

WMlaclaga \. acisasctine' hitdiaaswadeeee ee 27

Amnicola, Gray, 0. Sp. .........eee ee 169

Amunicola? antipodarum, Gray ...... 169

? zelandia, Gray .......0.6 aeenea 169

Anomia acheus, Gray, 0. Sp.....0e 116

acontes, Gray, N. SP....+0.eeee+ 116

— aculeata, Miiller...........++++... 115

—— adamas, Gray, 0. sp......-...+ aol?

——— alectis; (Graz, SPs c.c0aen.cers 117

— enigmatica, Alton..... sidgnenesee wtlS

—— amabeus, Gray, n. sp. .....- axed 5

aspera, Philippi.....+....++s0008- 115

ja= UT MCLESIN AGT ayant. |S Dalicaxwulseuwatis 116

=a ———= SRG, OUEIN,. 16 uexedeseeven eves LLo

CCNA DACOStA sein vccconans><<eaes 114

coronata, Bean .........e00+« eselilS

costata, Brocchi.......... one 114

— cucullata, Lamk. ................. 115

cylindrica, Gmelin............+++ 115

—— cymbiformis, Maton et Rac.... 115

—— cytum, Gray, N. Sp......-206.s. 115

—— dryas, Gray, 0. Sp.....0......e0+ 115

electrica, Linn. ..........s.0000ss 114

elegans, Philippi ..........:...000+ 115

—— elyros, Gray, 0. Sp. ....++000.-. 118

—— ephippium, Defrance ............ 118

—— ephippium, Linn. .........- arte ee

—— fidenas, Gray, n. sp. ....-+...+-- 116

Sornicata, Lamk. ............66+ 115

—— hamillus, Gray, n. sp. ........-. 117

——lampe, Gray, Di'8p. .cscavevasee 117

—— larbas, Gray, 0. sp. ....0.0.s0++ 117

— lens; Lamarck............... Sees ae la)

macrochisma, Deshayes......... 121

—— margaritacea, Poli .......+ ets o salle

Page

Anomia membranacea, Lamk. ...... 115

naviformis, JONAS .....sceee.eeee 118

patellaris; Gamkit, %uescedeestss 115

patelliformis, Chemn. ........- 115

—— ec ABN /ndgtcokoorbawentess 122.

pectiniformis, Poli .............. 114

— pacilus, Gray, n. sp. .......0-... 117

— plicata, Brocchi............++.... 114

—— polymorpha, Philippi............ 114

punctata, Chemn. ............... 115

—— pyriformis, Lamk............+... 115

radiata, Droc[enil);..casyaaecsees 114

WORD GUAT oh oa cdues da acionceb ane 118

seabra, Solander, MS. ......... 115

scabrella, Philippi ............... 114

Sulcata POWYS. ave tscete aes sends 114

SPUMING,| GIN... ..<orecceeh -shceeiet 122

—— squamula, Linn.........-......... 115

Striata, LOVEN ..:00...s0..ceeseee 122

—— striatula, Brug. ....00.:..sscese. 115

—— ——, Desh. 2.0... - cece ccc ecceee 118

UnGUlAtas GMiok Ts eakuenatenee 122

violacea, Brug. ...........00¢ cell

tenuistriata, Desh..........+00.++ 118

ANCPLOTHERIUM ........sccsceceeseeoes 151

An OplOtheritimn) Wace te <seosss satcnenaee 158

Anthias buphthalmos, Bonap.......... 145

gibbiceps, Sehi., n. sp. ......+++ 145

Anthracotherium ......000ecccceceveees 157

ARG eae eteeh cae joes yack eeeber ee 36

7111) | MOE ERECAEEEC ENE Ore Chet Corte 157

A ntHOne Orcas 5iiv.sovaussnosavisiedse < 94

VCUCOLYD |. cosevcsucees dedccicsseescos 94

NASOMACUIAEG «02. .n.ce0cceoteenens 94

Aphelia apollinaris, Boisd...........+. 61

AV OG EN isis Cod sass sseeage aes en sabn 31

ANCOR. c.sic ci swte aeRO Sl

Arctopithecus, Gray, n. S.......e0eees 65

Arctopithecus Blainvillei, Gray... 71, 73

HaACCiAus, GRAY Nyon casedes\ opus « 72

gularis, Gray, Nn. sp. ......-++0+ 70

marmoratus, Gray ............006 71

—— problematicus, Gray, n. sp. ... 73

Ardea goliath, Temm...... iacbnaatenys 106

174 INDEX.

Page Page

PAV SCVMM Gian sanssesaisvotensnncraoertscdt ve 36 | Bulimus purpuratus, Reeve, n.sp. ... 98

Arsenura erythrine, Hiibn. .......-. 36 POSACEUS! « casnc. caste cer aseneeeater 97

PATRI SS tcoweasetaseseecestacccser es ose 10 | —— rhodolarynx, Reeve, n. sp. ... 98

AIRMEN cobserccseecss*arersracdecccscees 10 | —— scitulus, Reeve, n. sp. ......... 97

VALLACUS Wtessnentseerccsesceneckesree ress 36 | CAINOTHERIUM ..........ccceeeeece vee 152

Attus abbreviatus, Walck. ..........+ 5 | (Cainotheritam \ ..ccccs.4cscocccsensabeees 158

—— Cookii, Walck. ....00......00000 5 | Caligatus Angasii, Wing, n. sp. ...... 104

—— Darwinii, White, n. sp. .......+ 4 | Callithria....... sseatadooesuwuceeneemeeees 9

~—— phrinoides, Walck......+...+0+++ 5)| \CALBITHR IX ai. oat cere bee 10

RAUURU ESAS ease= sandeep oesleesanieeciee Jee 158, |, CanLITRICHINA «4, vwssgessdes ss aewod es 10

Bison AMeCricanus sersseeeeeeseeeeevess 90 | Callitrichina, Gray.........c0....6 easel iid

Blastotrochus nutrix, M.-Edw. et Camelopardalis ...ceccccccscsseeecscees 158

Hanne res ccsevrscessstaseneesessnsees es 76 | CAMELOPARDALIS GIRAFFA ......+5. 7

Boa diviniloqgua, Dum. et Bibr....... 103 | Camelopardalis giraffa ............00+ 94

Bombyx aleinoe, Cram. .......6....++ 50!) Camels... cessorwcbs cases eeceeeeetee 158

G7 GUS MUA esseeseneneeicet cones + 49 | Camelus dromedarius .......06...0+0005 94

COP PAVIA OOM eee veeaseeces ses 50 | Capra? 25 isch. Ae. RR 157

corthiaRabritees-cstec seen saeees 37 | Capreolus leucotis, Gray, n. sp.....-. 64

cytherea, Faby. ......2.+0.000000. 44 DY GAN GUS sis csscusoosacnstecee sete 64

dione; Habraiersestes transect en. 45 | Caryophyllea ramea ....... seat raeoeee 77

nictitans, Fabr........ccessesecess 55 | Casuarius emu....... severe ccveseeeeeene 95

Peters, Guers) Sesser ss AGU | GRAD acetone: duce ssavasote Sevusetieeen ae 10

polyphemus, Fabr. ...... 2.000000: BDC (WRBINA <consveneverourcovssiccuroesrtuseame 10

spectabilis, Hope ....... Testes 7 | COBUR Rd, sgh AER. See 8

tyrvhea, Bape sccectisecceetes. 44) | CORBUS, chy select veeeeyseclyy tervciecteeyeee 10

Wallichii, Gray ...0++...00ecs.ee+ 37 | Cebus Satanas, Hoffmanseg. ......... 9

BOS “ninsassewenaterceeb ect de seeeetan eh res 157 | CEPHALOPHORUS .....seeseesceceeeeee 148

RACHYTELES s<s..sevasiessusws see cstees 10 | Cerastes Hasselquistii...... seusesdeeees 95

Brachyurus +... Madodsertates de «s+. 9,10 | Cercopithecus ludio, Gray, n.sp.... 8

SHA CHYURUS yes csdeveessser ect setesawe 10 melanogenys, GYAY .....1..0.0600+ 7

Bracuyurus catvvs, I. Geoff...... 10 WMeutANS 8. KR Cie 8

Brachyurus owakari, Spix ......... 8, 10 POCAUTIBER : oz. eee wees utededeatans 8

Bradypus, Gray ..........seeeee' 3 Se 65 | CeRcorITHECUS PYGERYTHRUS ... 28

Bradypus affinis, Gray, n. sp. ...... 68 | Cerura......... Seselissldeteccateaee abst a6

erinitus, Browne ......+++... 67569: | Cornus cccersheaseal Qe ORE -. 158

—— didactylus, Linn. .«......++...++ 66 | Cervus hippelaphus ...... vosleevob ede + «94

torquatus, Blainv. ...........+ 66, 68 | —— virginianus ........0...45- WoO: 94

—— tridaetylus, Linn. ....... Recess 68 | Chalicotherium .......... weave eis 157

Bulimus alto-peruvianus, Reeve,n.sp. 99 | Chameleo vulgaris .......c00.cceeeceens 95

— alutaceus, Reeve, n. Sp, ......... 99 | Chant vovowcswenni Ah eeaterece tees 35

—— clausilioides, Reeve, n. sp....... 96 | Chelifer pallipes, White, 1 DHSPHCIwR - 6

columellaris, Reeve, n. sp....... 100 | Cuimmra ......... SPE DIR 29

cuzcoensis, Reeve, n. Sp. «.-.+s 98 | Chiropotes....cc.ssecscccscaseese Week 9

—— decussatus, Reeve, n. sp. ...... 99 | CHGROPOTAMUS.......--ccceecereceeeee 156

— depstus, Reeve, n. Sp.....+...-.- 97 | Cheeropotamus.........cccecececeeceseeee 157

foveolatus, Reeve, n. Sp....+e-... 97 | Choloepus, Ill. .......ccccceceeceeecneees 65

—— haMASLOMA...0.cceececseceersee... 97 | Cholepus didactylus ....0....... eet 66

irroratus, Reeve, nN. Sp. .+e.--... 16 | Chrysothrix...... Pr cL 9

(Laoma) Leimonias, Gray, CHRYSOTHRIX....ee.csceseeseeeereeeseee 10

N.rSPs Vatehiseessteceos alee: Fosaeneleeed 167 | Cistudo Mexicana, Gray, n n. rata 17

Lobbii, Reeve, n. sp. ......+00+-- 98 | Clausilia Belcheri, Pfr., n. sp. 135

mahogant, SOW. ......++++ sesteee 97 canaliculata, Pfr, He epuoenaees 137

— mpyristicus, Reeve, n. sp. ...... 99 | —— candida, Pfr., n. sp. ......+00-.. 135

nigropileatus, Reeve, n. sp. .... 97 | —— Charpentieri, Pfr., n. sp. ...... 140

—— (Partula) decussatulus, P/r., — claviformis, Pfr., n. sp.......... 135

Dh. SPs jeu cbearcessvcancesesontterasews «2 131 compressa, P/r., n. sp. ...-+.... 136

(Partula) navigatorius, Pfr., — cyclostoma, Pfr., n. sp.....6+.- 135

Ms SPiy > ssc cbeas ceecaeeseeweeoeee ewe 13] | —— Dunkeri, Pfr., n. sp. .......000 141

preetextus, Reeve, n. Sp.......+-- 98 | —— greca, Pfr., n. Sp. .........00 we 137

—— primularis, Reeve, n. sp. ...... 100 | —— Hanleyana, Pfr., 0. sp.......++ 139

INDEX. 175

Page Page

Clausilia homalorhaphe, P/fr., n. sp. 137 | DicHODON .........006.e.cceeee eee 152, 153

=— jdma, .Pfr.,. DSPs. .waleve.tseebs- BAO! |) ADICKOAOW <trcstascbas snitch cusp eecantemters 153

—— lunellaris, Pfr., n. Sp. s.-...00. 139" | Dieotylesscisiescssecesseceonee-seavssewer’ 157

—— Milleri, Pfr.,:0. Spe. sisveeea<ss. 136 | DIPUS ALGYPTIUS ...c00.cceccennese 24-28

negropontina, Pfr., n. Sp. .....- 139 | Dolomedes lateralis, White, n.sp.... 4

ey DUCA; PFs, Ms 8Ps ve ateete ssw ses 136 | —— mirificus, Walck. .......+.++... 4

———— Reeveana, Pfr.5 Ni SPsjsssonssse» 140 sagittiger, White, n. sp.........- 4

=— Sscalaris, Pfri, n.'Sp. <.c0.es0asees 137 | Domicella punicea, Wagl. ......+++.+- 142

— semidenticulata, Pfr., n.sp.... 141 | Doreatherium ......ccccccccceeeeeerecees 158

sericata, Pfr.,n. sp. ......+ PAO) |) Dr epatads tack acs eay stewie ncewes sai ppatecse 36

— Sowerbyana, Pfr.;n. sp. ....+- 141 | Echidna communifornis cytherea,

Siipata, pers. Spsiese.sabises 136 LUD s. al sandappannenaasnns ee ereneine 44

—— thermopylarum, P/r., n. sp.... 139 | Helectus ceylonensis, G. R. ie . 143

furrita; Pfrs, WISP.) cea-creces ve 135 Cornelia, Bonap., nu. sp. ... 143, 146

Coccyzus Geoffroyi, Temm. .......... 63 | —— grandis, Wagl. ....0....+e0.e000 143

Cochleophasia tessellea ....6+....0000+ 35 | —— Linnai, Wagl. ........ccseeesees 143

Celogenys paca (Linn.) .......++++0+++ 28 | —— puniceus, Bonap. .........+0+00 142

Coepola rubescens...0+.0+0++ mmaatetitien 83 | Ectopistes migratorius (Linn.) ...... 172

Coluber constrictor? .........06+ 102, 106 | Hlasmatina Reclusiana, Petit.......... 167

Copiopteryx Semiramis (Cram.) ... 36 | Elasmotherium .....ccceeeeceseeeeeeees 158

aaemget i deahedat ¢ uccisddawawtcaabaiins 1585 |) Pile has: vccecsccd..cecscecceasedeexdabasae 158

RSS US ORS ii esting uenaas ewe eth 36 | Elephas Sumatranus, Temm.,n.sp. 144

inatnvekuins atrox, Gray...100, 106 | [email protected] 16

Crotalus Aurissus....-...cccceeeecesecees OS |" PNA OMtS wes ccaac. geen aivaraahaas 34, 35

Cteniza antipodum, White, n. sp. 3 | Epeira verrucosa, Walck. ...........- 5

hexops, White, n. sp. ...+++4+. Bi | Peg uleltins ch ocssaps Losses’ aaphpauseekbene 158

Cultrides rufipennis, G. R. Gray, EQuus BURCHELLIL ....+0...000.ese0e 30

Blogs emicites cnlsmak easaeee> ose eels FHEMIONUS, sonsccccvesectosvcnssces 29

Cyathina Smithii, M.-Edw. et Haime 74 RAGMNIONUR scnnno'cinewt ee ddewsiceea 64

Cyclophorus cytora, Gray, n. sp. ... 167 | —— KIANG o...seeessseeteeesuneeens 29

Cyclostoma aplustre, Sow., n. sp. ... 15 WEBRAS cxcoctes bb odeaventiyetecs 30

——$._ CUVICTIANUM 2... ..seeecceereeeeees 15 | Hriopus cupreoventris .......ersee.cceee 96

—— formosum, Sow., n. sp. ..-.e.... 15 simplex, Gould, n. sp. ......++- 96

ALAN, Techie ya dsl aisle ee a8 yeeseancee 16 | Estheria, gen., Bravais ......... oe 85

Cyclura Collet, Gray ......4-0+04+ ..... 106 | Estheria Boysii, Baird, n.sp. ...... 89

PGNUSUFERUS) jor: (ch dese dean ters kwes 28 brasiliensis, Baird, n. sp. ...... 89

Cylindrella sericea, Pfr., n. sp. ...... 134 cycladoides, Lucas ....... cadets 87

Cynocephalus hamadryas ++... .. 94 | —— dahalacensis, Straus Durckh. 86, 89

Cyprea cribellum, Gask., n. sp....... 22 | —— donaciformis, Baird, n.sp. ... 89

cribraria, Linn. ....... erp cee 23 | —— gigas ...... ee ee 85, 87

eximia, Strzelecki ........- 124, 125 melitensis, Baird, n. sp. ..... 2 ABS

—— pulex, VAP. -...ee....cceeeeeeeeeeee 23 | —— polita, Baird, n. sp. «.-....0+.4- 88

—— umbilicata, Sowerby ...... 124,125 | —— similis, Baird, n. sp. ............ 90

Cyprovula ewimia, Gray .......60...00 125 | —— fetracera ..ccercsssceereseeers 86, 90

umbilicata, Gray ....eereseeeees 125 | Eudemonia, Hibn. ...........++ yee 36

Cystophora antillarum, Gray, n. sp. 93 | Eudemonia Semiramis, Cram. ...... 49

PRORLG Lens ekde ds «tidak ces See 1-93 uroarge, Hiibn. ........0+.0+ss.0 49

Cytherea nobilis, Reeve, n. sp. «+++ 126 | Eunectes murinus, Wagl. ....++...++ 106

Cyzicus, Straus Durckh. ...........- 85 | Buster ociseneservasecsoncassace oe 36

Cyzicus Bravaisii, Aud. ............ 85,87 | Eustera argus (Fabr.) — ..-sessee...0es 36

Dandridgia dysderoides, White, n.sp. 5 | Falco peregrinus, Le ......+000.se0eee- 146

Daphnia gigas, Hermann ...... 84, 87, 88 | Felis jubata .....cccerssssseecrsecseeeeess 94

Dasyprocta AZAr@ ...1eeccecvecscverees 64 LeDixcemanens stage ee eo 94

DWINODEPRIOM, 52: onesie ercennncr cones 5 Ae a saat neea (OU tens oewacteaseusnask- 94

DINO ErIUNN ssn 8 ss ie sicaed.deecseae 158 viverrind, Benn.......+0+.--008..- 1

Delphinus eutropia, Gray, n.sp. .. 1 Flabellum aculeatum, M.-Edw. et

Desmophyllum Stokesii, M.-Edw. et Haime vaswsse sae. cbs) tpamwasiatacads. 76

PBI else cethes doaretisvores atexicabiechis.< 74 affine, M.-Edw. et Haime ...... 75

(PRRGHOR WN sees diesels dab Oenteceven se 152 | —— Bairdi, M.-Edw. et Haime ... 76

—— Candeanum, M.-Edw.et Haime 76

176 INDEX.

Page Page

Flabellum compressum, M.-Edw. et Helix phlogophora, Pfr., n. sp. ....... 127

Haltiejesssc eee ates eH. AS 76 | —— platystyla, Pfr., n.sp. ......... 130

crassum, M.-Edw. et Haime . 76 Portia, Gray, n. Sp. ....20600... 165

crenulatum, M.-Edw.et Haime 76 recedens, Pfr... Spsia-scbesshe - 129

Cumingii, M.-Edw. et Haime. 76 rosarium, Pfr., 0. Sp...-.. a ae 131

debile, M.-Edw. et Haime...... 76 Salleana, Pfr., n.sp........ we eo

distinctum, M.-Edw. et Haime 76 | —— sandvicensis, Pfr., n.sp. ...... 128

elegans, M.-Edw. et Haime ... 76 sericatula, Pfr., D. Sp. ....+++» 127

elongatum, M.-Edw. et Haime 76 | —— tricolor, Pfr, n.sp. ......... Sep k2D

i, Gray, 0. Sp. «+00 75 (Zonites) coma, Gray............ 166

—— Owenii, M.-Edw. et Haime ... 76 | Hemiplacuna Rozieri, Sow. MS.,n.sp. 124

PAVONINUM wo0c0e...-.seeerereeeene 75 | Henucha? Delegorguei, Boisd. ...... 59

—— profundum, M.-Edw. et Haime 76 grimmia, Hibner ............... 59

— spinosum, M.-Edw. et Haime . 76 ? smilax, Westw.,n.spi ...... 59

— Stokesii, M.-Edw. et Haime... 76 | Hepialus ..........0.cccceceecsccceceeeeee 36

Sumatrense, M,-Edw.et Haime 76 | Herpestes badius, A. Smith ......... 11

Thouarsii,.M.-Edw. et Haime. 76 fasciatus, Desm:,| :. ee teeeees 28

Pulica aira, Lintiec) eeeiie xs 146 | —— Muigigella, .......0%sciet De ll

Fungia compressa, Lamk. ............ 76 | —— punctulatus, Gray, n. sp. ...... 11

Gallus eneus, Temm. .........00200000- 63 | Heterocyathus, M.-Edw. et Haime . 76

Temminckii, G. R. Gray, n.sp. 62 | —— equicostatus,M.-Edw.etHaime 77

GastrOpache@ ins. ..<00 ssa Rats S36 cochlea: (Giz) ). scenester 77

Gavialis Schlegeli .....c.ce.seceeveeee . 144 eupsammides, Gray, nu. sp. 77

Gazella Cuvieri, Ogilby .+.++++00..-+++ 62 | —— hemispherica, Gray, n. sp. .... 77

Geomelania jamaicensis, Pfr. .......+. 169 Rousseanus, M.-Edw.et Haime 77

Glareola nuchalis, G. R. Gray,n. sp. 63 | Hippohyus ...... seen taate ees PSL naee 158

Gongylus ocellatus ...s0c.ccceeeecneeeee 95)'|, (HipPoPORAMUS 3.2.8. seceseiees 272 --- 148

Goura coronata, Gm. ........ osdeeeowe LIL” | Ailippopatamus) 3 sveectesssencsseteudees 157

Victoria, Fraser ...s.etses.icsses. 171 | Hippopotamus amphibius, Linn. ... 163

WEP US ANLGONE 000.20: <ccuwarcsee bees 95 | “yalophenn cz: .ccaczs. ORE 36

Gymnetrus Ascanii, Shaw ...,........ 82 || ‘HYEZoMOSeHUS) >.:) ace S.sieeeats 152

Banker, Valier’ 81, 82,83 | Hyeomoschus ..........000.208 swaas as 158

Gryllii, Lindr. ....... eet PBL B2 |] \elyonatamus...j2;.15.0ssese.as eee 157

Hawkenii ......... Ssavilvsense 79, 80 | HyorporaAMUs VECTIANUS ...... 153, 154

Hawkensii, Bloch ............ were a9 «| CHU racothersum... ....ccckeb <ctoaue eRe 158

—- yi Cometh. coseeee. wees. 82 | HyRacoTHERIUM CUNICULUS ...... 156

Northumbricus, Hanc. MS. S20 RYT atisnacttbccspecdses-aese sews sade 158

remipes, Schneid. .......+0....4. 82 | Iguana tuberculata, Laur. .......... -» 106

Halicore .........082 Dc ORR 158 | Jmbrasia, Hiibn............. ee oe 36

Helarctos malayanus ... “ie seeeeti. O5 kl nde Ga. waceases ccc cche eee ese 10

Heliodoxa, Gould, n. g. . veh SAO | Usnuga: (ren, JOLY. i ses.2t2ccsceneeesues 85

Heliodoxa jacula, Gould, DASPs1-eah. 96 | Isaura cycladoides, Joly....... oa0e0 855 87

Helix africana, Pfr., n. sp. ............ 128 tetracera, Joly... .sticee eee 90

—— albicans, Pyr., DSPs AeA 420) ARACCHENAY, Soccs503-cteeet ee eee 10

—— Baskervillei, Pfr., n. sp. ...... USOrt] ais COHUS ciscnes.-.. 2002 scoeaveessastaetee 10

borneensis, Pfr., 0. sp. .....-... 127 | Kinosternon scorpiodes .............4. 17

brevipila, Pf, MRD sta Wee 130 | Lagenorhynchus clanculus, Gray,

— Bushyincas cites: QAR PS 166 Di\BPo bic ath Sects: Ree

— (Gamcolis} Zelandie, Gray ... 165 | —— thicolea, Gray, n. sp............. 2

coarctata, Pfr., n. sp. ......... 128 | Lagopus scoticus ..........c0..ceee00- + 146

—— connivens, Pfr., D. sp. ......... 230) | SHAGOTHEIS. 2. ete eles 10

——- Dunnia, Gray.............. eee 165 | Lamellaria ophione, Gray, n.sp. ... 169

—— Egesta, Grayym. sp. wiscoveeesss 166 | Lanius septentrionalis............... o. 64

—— galactostoma, Pfr., n. sp. ...... 130) | Bavrie asses <cccscne.-d eee 36

Greenwoodii, Gray, n.sp....... 165 | Lasiocampa strigina, Westw.,n.sp.. 37

—— Ide, Gray, n. sp. ....ce.ccceeeee 166\ || Lastocampacs. : tec satateodcaeeasee 36

——. Jacquinoti, Pfr., n. sp. ......... 128 | Latia;.Gray,imig.)cst-c2s. cebu 168

Monssoni, Pfr., n. sp. ......... 126 | Latia neritoides, Gray, n. sp.......... 168

nobilis eP/r., wis pswtsectevece.. 127 | Lemur rufifrons, Benn. ............+++ 17

—— nympha, Pfr., n. sp. .....00000.. 129 | Lemuride 10

INDEX 177

Page Page

Leptocephalus candidissimus, Costa. 83 | Nucult..cccccceccesecccsssscsseeseeeees yaeve

MONT ISSR AE nxt os i eee RST 83 | Nuculina donaciforme, Parreys MS. 89

Limnadia Hermanni,A. Brongn. 85,86,88 | Numidaptilonorhyncha .........+++... 106

pr OG Bak vis Jehes weteeeee see 87 | Nycticebus javanicus ........c0eeeees 17

Mauritiana, Guérin ......... 85,87 | Nycticorax caledonicus (Gm.) ...... 106

—— tetracera, Kryn.............065 86;90 | Nyctipithecus. ......iilsctesie.cetcconees 9

TENOR. S354 sch cist gs Mee ETL 36.) Nycorrprmemcus:ils.....cccseseter se «oO

PE Baceeie SAR wees. 158: | ‘OnychotrianGray fnccstaie es ootosetes 16

ETON aio oteocssstehaccte en ce RU RTE 36 | Onychotria Mexicana, Gray, n.sp.. 17

Lomelia epimethea, Drury ............ 36 | Ophidium glesne, Asc.......... conceenes 82

MG BHTOD ON Pes sdua Bee eles 149, 150 Amen Ge? och Tiscaaecds ooeneeeeates 84

MSG PTAOU GN seat. seeks as VOS a) COPGyiavastaceweevneawe venus allnetae pe aoeekies 36

Lorius amboinensis, Briss. .......... «» 142 | Orthagoriscus Mold........:.c0eseeeeees 6

—— cardinalis, G.R. Gray ......... 143 | Ostrea anomialis, Lamk. ..........+ 118

tricolor, Steph....oecvsccesecseeses 146 striata, Pulteney .......0....00 122

—— unicolor, Bechst. ............... 145 | Ostreum striatum, Da Costa......... 122

WIGCPOUCHKECNAD, .o...0-ssacee.cssestevesel os 158 | Ouakaria, Gray .........ceecseeeeeeeees 9

Macropus. Major s.s.0...0s00 eseosece ses 90 | Ouakaria calvus, Gray .........+ avec

Madrepora cochlea, Gm. .........+4. 77 | —— Spixii, Gray .....cceccessceeesees 10

LU ACUTE SERS PC PEEECELLS PCE E SEE BW WOES). snes occu shan tee dccerscuaencem eters 157

Marginella angystoma.......... 1.000608 VOG| SOLIS <Gmelint >”. sess sadeheda-Decasene 91

contaminata, Gask., n. sp...... 20 tragelaphus......ses0es0. Score 1

corned, Lam. .........+0+6 ad aoe 20\\| (RALAOTHER TUM... .....Jwesetedecatese 150

RPG) MI OTUE See SS ERIS 6 21 | (Paleotherium?. Wovtecsres waecerecnaeteee 158

—— lineato-labrum, Gask., n.sp.... 20 | Paloplotheriwm .......0....s.ceeneeeees 158

— pudica, Gash., n. sp. .......- 0. 18 | Palparia Lambertella, Wing, n. sp. . 105

pulcherrima, Gask.,n.sp. ... 21

— quadrilineata, Gask., n. sp...... 17

sagittata, Hinds)............c0.00. 22

serrata, Gask., 0. Sp. .....2.s.0.: 19

tessellata, Lam. ............00000. 19

triplicata, Gask., 0. Sp. .....0006 19

triticea, Lam. . 00:0. ailera oardeatNs 20

Mastodon .......2+......0 odeseuctccssneee 158

MEMINNA o0e......00000 Meat Doo 152

Meminna .........00ce008 SAG saccedcucaos 158

MERYCOPOTAMUS. ..........eseeeeeeeee 151

Merycopotamus ...ccceccececcececeseees 157

PCDAS i. csvavenwuvisey soc cdtetce eet: 10

Monoculus lenticularis, Linn. 84, 85, 87

MUMASENUS vs scebencSuisceretaceeswebeteeots 158

ROR UWHLU Siciasienismaicivs « otedeutocsdoneas ete 152

Murena anguilla ...... ccc cccee ec eec eens 84

Mus pilorides, Desm. .........008...... 105

Myceres....... matasklncnids chiens sceveeettc 10

WU GCHOTUANA, «ove aces rinse sited BCs Nee 10

Mygale antipodum, White, n.sp. ... 3

hexops, White, n. sp. ............ 3

Myiobatrachus paradoxus, Schlegel 145

VY TAR sw enews se civics see SRA ORR 31

INOUE UGG ocwnnte cxcusesoteewvans eetb ents 95

Nanina celinde, Gray, n. sp. ATI: 164

Erigone, Gray, n. sp..........6 +» 165

—? Kivi, Gray ............c000.05 -. 164

Maria Guay. se cossts. ss Nee 164

Tullia, Gray, n. sp. ...... eee. 165

INeS0d OR: ~ 5x ddde ade oct O Oe ue of 158

Nucifraga caryocatactes ............ 23

hemispilas) ise nte2a0K: Ss. 23

—— multipunctata, Gould, n.sp.... 23

Panopza japonica, 4. Addams, nu. sp. 170

PARADOXURUS TYPUS ......e00005 24-28

PELCCONUS CFISPUS Warcecercev-sececoses 94

Penthophor@ .......2cceecssee wie esses 36

IPCLOSIG.nc.xseacke A On PRR 35

PRGCOCKCTUS Me cacsasne tes me teeenee ans 158

Phalena Attacus Epimethea, Drury 50

alinda, Drury .......2+... 51

— — lucina, Drury ............ 57

—. phedusa, Drury ......... 51

a AGAR: 00s cscnstteses tones diese

brachyura, Cram. ...........0666 49

capensis, Cram. ........++ peseeee 44

—— guineensis, Pet. ..........cseeeeee 46

—— —— flava perelegans, Pet. ... 45

GE anima. eaKe. atekneons ses Pera ct

Map hid, MANNS. <.ac. 5.00 vests 45, 46

tyrrhed, Oram, cecsostwascuceases 44

Phalangistanudicaudata, Gould,n.sp. 110

Phalangium Listeri, White, n.sp.... 6

Phoca barbata y.as.<ccbesaedeesedesess 93

Phenicopterus antiquorum.....0... 94

Pholas aperta, G. B. Sow., n. sp. ...

CAG, SOW aM nie awoneckecee te ve

constricta, G. B. Sow., n. sp. .

fragilis, G. B. Sow., n. sp.......

Incii, G. B. Sow., n. sp.

— laqueata, G, B. Sow., n. sp. ...

latissima, G. B. Sow., n. sp....

— manille, G. B. Sow., n. sp.

multistriata, G. B. Sow., n. sp.

—— spathulata, G. B. Sow., n. sp.

—— terediniformis, G. B.Sow.,n. sp. 161

—— Ubi fer viccevsersere BE Pac dive U62

178 INDEX

Page

PRTHEGIAN«b osicc-seenbeuws-akenteban>s tes 10

Pithecid, Sprxias. adedetacsadassoce<cvens 8,9

Pithecia leucocephala ......++0+++...+++ 10

leucocephalus, Geoft. ....+....+++ 9

— monachus, Geoff. ....00...seeeee 9

—— rufiventer, Geoff. ....22....eeee 9

PUVHECIANA, «csc -0cc0s00s saece Rareorea 10

Pitheciana, Gray.......0:.cse0-ceesseeee 9

Placotrochus levis, M.-Edw. et

Haime rst. esse cease daceseeeees-Fcnle 76

Placunanomia Broderipii, Gray...... 121

— abnormalis, Sow. ...-+-.++.+++0« 121

—— alope, Gray, i. Sp...-..0.-ee00008 122°

—— cepi0, Gray, D. SP....seeeeereeees 121

Colon, Gray, Vi. SPpeeeseeeeeeeeeees 123

—— Cumingii, Brod. .......-.0006000 120

=, CoA AL A DIOGO. .o.<2dsps<r ees aes 120

foliata, IBrOd Mabe aes toca es cee 120

IONE, Gray, N. SP. .....ceeeeeeeee 123

macrochisma, Gray ......++2+++ 121

—— patelliformis, Gray.........+0+++- 122

pectinata, Brod, ...++0....0044- 121

—— rudis, Brod. ....»+«ss istseeoroes ZO

— zealandica, Gray, N. Sp.......+++ 123

Planorbis corinna, Gray, n. sp. ...... 167

Platycercus Barnardi.......++ ee eaig es 64

tabuensis, Lath..... wabGupee .maey 14

Platypteryieysccs.s neck hts inedscen sees s 36

Pododesmus decipiens, Philippi ...... 120

Porphyrio smaragnotus ....++--+0++++6 94

Primnoa Australasia, Gray, n. sp.... 146

Prosthemadera Nove-Seelandie ... 14

Psammosaurus GYISCUS .....0+00eeeeee 95

Pseudocheirus nudicaudatus, Gould,

Miz SPoW tas. dots .geteanese del ches ewickivnn 110

Psittacus cardinalis, Bodd............ 142

ceylonensis, Bodd. ..........-.+++ 143

grandis, GI. \:......-.-200.02s-00¢ 143,

Lr yA S205. Wate oes naesecanpeiae 145

puUniceus, GM....0.0s00...0s0eeeee- 142

Psyche stettinella ...4......02-..0s000s 35

Pteropus conspicillatus, Gould, n.sp. 109

= FUNEN CUS. aus acddebneoen-Saneae tte 110

poliocephalus .........ees00+ 109, 110

Ptilinopus melanocephalus ............ 64

Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus, Kuhl.. 61

Ptiloris paradiseus ......e00....2.00s008 111

— Victorix, Gould, n. sp. ......... 111

Python regius, Bibr. .........060esee0s 106

Realia Egea, Gray, n. 8p. ......+0+++- 167

Regalecus Glesne .........e0eeeeeeseee 81, 82

glesne, ASCAN. ......+02seeceec.eeee 78

= | Gti Aaa daa see teces os Jet-ccagee’ « 81

PEMEPCS deena scvun th ondeawact ons. 78

remipes, Brumn. .....-..2-..6+0+0+ 82

Rhamphastus carinatus, Sw. ......++: 94

Rheseyntes, HUubn. ............0e0eeeee 36

RETNGCOTOR 4.5) st acho wseendebeschoneed as 158

Rhizotrochus typus, M.-Edw. et

PAAMIME ye edas eves vis <o0ds teen scetetne ees 76

Page

Ruticilla grandis, Gould, n. sp 112

ETP PATE OT TS ee 8

Sanguinolaria tellinoides, 4. ddams,

2 SPey i ee eee acd ohees oes spanate ceweseten 170

SQtupnia coc. ao ohaee oa OER 33-61

Saturnia acetes, Westw., n. sp. ...... 53

aleinoe, (Cram. | Jssj4e089=4--ene 50

—— agathylla, Westw., n.sp. -..... 58

—— alinda (Drury) ....0+...cecceceeseee 50

—— alopia, Westw., n. Sp.......+0+ - 55

—— angasana, Westw.,n.sp. ...... 52

—— (4Aphelia) apollinaris, Boisd. . 61

apollonia, Cram. ....06...0+- 36, 47

arata, Westw., n. Sp. ..-...--000+ 41

==> argus,, Baby. ...uecies «ptemaneeee- 49

—— belina, Westw., n. sp. .ss..+... 41

CECIGEN Ds. cupaap errs aa0Breeee eee 33

CGffTra, BOA. ...00+«<esaawaebovete 50

——— CAT PINE vaoswecsserccreenees coe 33

— cedo nuili, Cram. ......... vesewtob

—— COMEL ES... reverecaeenererecer ve 47

—— campioned, Sign. .........s0000 49

cytherea, Faby. ...s0ssesseeeene « 44

Delegorguei, Boisd. ......- a\asher-209

—— dione, Fabre ......ceeeeeereeee 44, 46

—— epimethed ....000+00.. Noaseenear 50

— ethra, Westw., n. sp. .....2..06++ 56

forda, Westw., 0. Sp. ...-..100+++ 52

grimmia, Hiibn..........02eeeeees 59

hersilia, Westw., n. sp. « wee 4

(Henucha ?) Smilax, Westw. a

AS Piaialee sores a 0k aa seb ands ombaiecta sms eae 59

herilla, Westw., n. Sp. ...+0+0+s 57

Sa ARES ra seh wah cian Rasaaea na cen aaacihers beeen

isis, Westw., ...++» casenes Mera)

—— lucina, Drury «.........+000... 37, 56

WUD. si Sa spnccinnniascapechataeee 38, 47

WIAGGs WTUT Vela co ncyessanathncseere 36

—— MAId, KIUZ....--ceeccceneerecceees 54

SS MRRTGS, Wasps. «caweoteekss odhes ena vbee 48

— menippe, Westw., n. sp. ..-+-- 43

—— mimos@, Boisd. ........+..2+++ 47, 48

—— mylitia, Drury .......000..200008+ 46

—— mythimnia, Westw., n. sp....-.- 40

—— nenia, Westw., n. sp. ......-..00+ 57

—— nictitans, Fabr. ............00++ oD

—— pandiona, Cram........0+s.0.080 36

paphia, Linn. ......0.0...000.208 « 46

POVONIAL . Savcvs Cacdacdetestede see

—— perspicilla, Stoll......s.e.ce.ee00 36

—— phedusa (Drury) ........0.2.00+ 51

Se 11) os SECTS er ene Te YC 33, 36, 46

SOLONE sccis Seaiceuaeptee > ose deebeees 47

semiramis, Cram. ......-+..++..- 49

SPITE os 20k «gas as omeains «teceee nc 33

—— tyrrhea (Cram.)....c.ceceeeeeeee 43

tyrrhena, Westw., n. sp...+.....+ 51

—— vacuna, Westw., n. sp. .-+...++- 39

—— (Urota) sinope, Westw.,n. sp. 60

—— Wahlbergit, Boisd..........06+.4- 46

CTA

INDEX. Lie

Page Page

Simia chiropotes, Humboldt ......... S| Domrgeraes Spikes. scdestsase-2ache ses 14

—— melanocephalus, Humboldt 9 | Tornatellina Cumingiana, Pfr., n. sp. 134

—— sagulata, Trail ......... Foner oC SB } MORPEDON i sss cecateecarseanesecen vets = 29

NEEM GIG US a achi-scahasauvessseneassbiv..6e Q5) | MOKOUONwess2rasorcesemecseaass) Pe epesee 154

Sitta leucopsis, Gould, n. sp. ........- LVS) |) Dowodon*<2:.<2de.-seee-s CORRE eo Corer 158

PERU AMIETISR TUNE sackigclacstisaJcceskossurves 157 | Trichomaplata vittata, Wing, n. sp. 105

Solea lingula... ... tcemenee ities se anes ses 83 | Trigonia Jukesii, 4. 4dams, n.sp.... 159

Sphasus gracilipes, White, n.sp. ... 5 Lamarckii, Gray ...ceeee+...00 159

Sphecotheres australis............0.0+0 112 margaritacea, Lam. .....-....+. 159

flaviventris, Gould, n. sp. ...... 111 | TRIGONTA (PECTINATA) ....+0++6+ teste het

Sphenops capistratus .....0...secceees 95 | Trigonia pectinata, Lam. ............ 159

Squama magna, Chemn. ..........+++++ 122 | Triomphalia Cumingii, G. B. Sow.,

RENIN EC eomaet ccasenscrescevatassecces 36 ML Spat \evsecsssdallas sotreeatansaccestrs 161

LeMIO WULG AIG. =... .<...060.-ve0eceeceeess 95 globosa (Quoy), G. B. Sow. ... 160

Streptaxis Cumingiana, Pfr.,n. sp. 126 pulcherrima, G. B. Sow., n. sp. 161

glabra, P7775 Ds SP.sr-.-+ces+-sse- 126 | Trochilus Leadbeateri............+++... 96

SErUthiO CAMELUS......25ar0serescsneeess 4) roped Hubn: .s:iescesesos=ostsesseen 36

Succinea acuta, Pfr., n. sp. ......... 132 | Tupaia Ellioti, Waterh., n. sp....107, 108

—— Bensoni, Pfr., 0. sp. .....2...0+ 133 IF ENTUGINED sc Toney ss ce aeer eae 107, 108

WNGICH VE7r., Mist SDeecensecvces<> = 133 | —— javanica ....... ase descestehansens 108

— picta, Pfr., n. Sp. ....20...-220ss ESS |, —— FONG ss See evecare 107, 108

—— pusilla, Pfr., n. sp........22..2008 134 | Turtur risorius (Linn.) ..........++... 172

rubicunda, Pfr., n. sp. ...-..++- 134 | Uromastia spinipes .. .........+-0ee000 95

Salleana, Pfr., n. sp............. 133 | Urota sinope, Westw., n. sp. ...... 60

— solidula, Pfr., n. sp. ..........55 USS. ||) Ursus tt 0etlintis\..c..ccccsene: decatast. 105

— subgranosa, Pfr., n. sp.......... 132 | Vitrina luzonica, Pfr., n. sp.......... 132

3.05 Sot SCE EE DES SCCORE EE DEEES Sooariaaes 158 Strangei, Pfr., 0. Sp............. 132

TET ETC ger Sag COREE ELEEDEEBCE CELE 158 | —— Verreauxii, Pfr., n. sp. ......... 132

Tarentola egyptiacd ........2..0..000 95 | Voluta catenata, Mont. .........+++... 22

Tegenaria antipodiana, White, n.sp. 5 | Xiphodon........ Fes eR ge aey 158

Tellina enigmatica, Chemn. ........- WSS |) Wared Wessore <cc-cseeshes cone teens 9

squamulosa, 4. ddams, n. sp. 169 | Yunx indica, Gould, n. sp. .......... 2 LZ

MIPRTRMOLCINUR Wetec adecsateanewcees sass 144 POCO AWE ....2dencouconsccaseoses 112

LEO TG ie ere CO COCER POPC EEO MG) ||| ZOUAM TN corn aceen cose rpc tiants .theanke 36

Thracia magnifica, Jonas, n. sp. ... 170 | Zonites chiron, Gray, n. sp. ......... 166

Tigrisoma tigrinum (Gm.) ......++. --- 106 | Zonites ? coresia, Gray, n. sp. ...+++ 166

Tomigerus principalis, Sow., n.sp.... 14

Printed by Ricuarb and Joun E. TayxLor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street,